Philadelphia University

Mechanical Engineering Design 8th

eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 1

Problems 1-1 through 1-4 are for student research.

1-5
(a) Point vehicles
v

cars v 42.1v − v 2
Q= = =
hour x 0.324
Seek stationary point maximum
dQ 42.1 − 2v
=0= ∴ v* = 21.05 mph
dv 0.324
42.1(21.05) − 21.052
Q* = = 1368 cars/h Ans.
0.324
(b) v

l x l
2 2

000001
v


0.324 l −1

Q= = +
x +l v(42.1) − v 2 v
Maximize Q with l = 10/5280 mi

v Q
22.18 1221.431
22.19 1221.433
22.20 1221.435 ←
22.21 1221.435
22.22 1221.434

1368 − 1221
% loss of throughput = = 12% Ans.
1221
22.2 − 21.05
(c) % increase in speed = 5.5%
21.05
Modest change in optimal speed Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
2 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

1-6 This and the following problem may be the student’s first experience with a figure of merit.
• Formulate fom to reflect larger figure of merit for larger merit.
• Use a maximization optimization algorithm. When one gets into computer implementa-
tion and answers are not known, minimizing instead of maximizing is the largest error
one can make.

FV = F1 sin θ − W = 0

FH = −F1 cos θ − F2 = 0
From which
F1 = W/sin θ
F2 = −W cos θ/sin θ
fom = −$ = −¢γ (volume)
.
= −¢γ(l1 A1 + l2 A2 )
F1 W l1
A1 = = , l2 =
S S sin θ cos θ
 
 F2  W cos θ
A2 =   =
S S sin θ


l2 W l2 W cos θ
fom = −¢γ +
cos θ S sin θ S sin θ
−¢γ W l2 1 + cos2 θ


=
S cos θ sin θ
Set leading constant to unity

θ◦ fom
θ* = 54.736◦ Ans.
0 −∞ fom* = −2.828
20 −5.86
30 −4.04 Alternative:
40 d 1 + cos2 θ


−3.22
45 −3.00 =0
dθ cos θ sin θ
50 −2.87
54.736 −2.828 And solve resulting tran-
60 −2.886 scendental for θ*.

Check second derivative to see if a maximum, minimum, or point of inflection has been
found. Or, evaluate fom on either side of θ*.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 1 3

1-7
(a) x1 + x2 = X 1 + e1 + X 2 + e2
error = e = (x1 + x2 ) − ( X 1 + X 2 )
= e1 + e2 Ans.
(b) x1 − x2 = X 1 + e1 − ( X 2 + e2 )
e = (x1 − x2 ) − ( X 1 − X 2 ) = e1 − e2 Ans.
(c) x1 x2 = ( X 1 + e1 )( X 2 + e2 )
e = x1 x2 − X 1 X 2 = X 1 e2 + X 2 e1 + e1 e2


. e1 e2
= X 1 e2 + X 2 e1 = X 1 X 2 + Ans.
X1 X2


x1 X 1 + e1 X 1 1 + e1 / X 1
(d) = =
x2 X 2 + e2 X 2 1 + e2 / X 2

−1


e2 . e2 e1 e2 . e1 e2
1+ =1− and 1+ 1− =1+ −
X2 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2


x1 X 1 . X 1 e1 e2
e= − = − Ans.
x2 X2 X2 X1 X2

1-8 √
(a) x1 = 5 = 2.236 067 977 5
X 1 = 2.23 3-correct digits
√
x2 = 6 = 2.449 487 742 78
X 2 = 2.44 3-correct digits
√ √
x1 + x2 = 5 + 6 = 4.685 557 720 28
√
e1 = x1 − X 1 = 5 − 2.23 = 0.006 067 977 5
√
e2 = x2 − X 2 = 6 − 2.44 = 0.009 489 742 78
√ √
e = e1 + e2 = 5 − 2.23 + 6 − 2.44 = 0.015 557 720 28
Sum = x1 + x2 = X 1 + X 2 + e
= 2.23 + 2.44 + 0.015 557 720 28
= 4.685 557 720 28 (Checks) Ans.

(b) X 1 = 2.24, X 2 = 2.45

√
e1 = 5 − 2.24 = −0.003 932 022 50
√
e2 = 6 − 2.45 = −0.000 510 257 22
e = e1 + e2 = −0.004 442 279 72
Sum = X 1 + X 2 + e
= 2.24 + 2.45 + (−0.004 442 279 72)
= 4.685 557 720 28 Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
4 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

1-9
(a) σ = 20(6.89) = 137.8 MPa
(b) F = 350(4.45) = 1558 N = 1.558 kN
(c) M = 1200 lbf · in (0.113) = 135.6 N · m
(d) A = 2.4(645) = 1548 mm2
(e) I = 17.4 in4 (2.54) 4 = 724.2 cm4
(f) A = 3.6(1.610) 2 = 9.332 km2
(g) E = 21(1000)(6.89) = 144.69(103 ) MPa = 144.7 GPa
(h) v = 45 mi/h (1.61) = 72.45 km/h
(i) V = 60 in3 (2.54) 3 = 983.2 cm3 = 0.983 liter

1-10
(a) l = 1.5/0.305 = 4.918 ft = 59.02 in
(b) σ = 600/6.89 = 86.96 kpsi
(c) p = 160/6.89 = 23.22 psi
(d) Z = 1.84(105 )/(25.4) 3 = 11.23 in3
(e) w = 38.1/175 = 0.218 lbf/in
(f) δ = 0.05/25.4 = 0.00197 in
(g) v = 6.12/0.0051 = 1200 ft/min
(h) ǫ = 0.0021 in/in
(i) V = 30/(0.254) 3 = 1831 in3

1-11
200
(a) σ = = 13.1 MPa
15.3
42(103 )
(b) σ = = 70(106 ) N/m2 = 70 MPa
6(10−2 ) 2
1200(800) 3 (10−3 ) 3
(c) y = = 1.546(10−2 ) m = 15.5 mm
3(207)109 (64)103 (10−3 ) 4
1100(250)(10−3 )
(d) θ = 9 4 3 4
= 9.043(10−2 ) rad = 5.18◦
79.3(10 )(π/32)(25) (10 )
−

1-12
600
(a) σ = = 5 MPa
20(6)
1
(b) I = 8(24) 3 = 9216 mm4
12
π
(c) I = 324 (10−1 ) 4 = 5.147 cm4
64
16(16)
(d) τ = = 5.215(106 ) N/m2 = 5.215 MPa
π(253 )(10−3 ) 3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 1 5

1-13
120(103 )
(a) τ = = 382 MPa
(π/4)(202 )
32(800)(800)(10−3 )
(b) σ = = 198.9(106 ) N/m2 = 198.9 MPa
π(32) 3 (10−3 ) 3
π
(c) Z = (364 − 264 ) = 3334 mm3
32(36)
(1.6) 4 (10−3 ) 4 (79.3)(109 )
(d) k = = 286.8 N/m
8(19.2) 3 (10−3 ) 3 (32)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 2

2-1 From Table A-20

Sut = 470 MPa (68 kpsi), S y = 390 MPa (57 kpsi) Ans.

2-2 From Table A-20

Sut = 620 MPa (90 kpsi), S y = 340 MPa (49.5 kpsi) Ans.

2-3 Comparison of yield strengths:

620
Sut of G10 500 HR is = 1.32 times larger than SAE1020 CD Ans.
470
390
Syt of SAE1020 CD is = 1.15 times larger than G10500 HR Ans.
340
From Table A-20, the ductilities (reduction in areas) show,
40
SAE1020 CD is = 1.14 times larger than G10500 Ans.
35
The stiffness values of these materials are identical Ans.

Table A-20 Table A-5

Sut Sy Ductility Stiffness
MPa (kpsi) MPa (kpsi) R% GPa (Mpsi)
SAE1020 CD 470(68) 390 (57) 40 207(30)
UNS10500 HR 620(90) 340(495) 35 207(30)

2-4 From Table A-21

1040 Q&T S̄ y = 593 (86) MPa (kpsi) at 205◦C (400◦F) Ans.

2-5 From Table A-21

1040 Q&T R = 65% at 650◦C (1200◦F) Ans.

2-6 Using Table A-5, the specific strengths are:

Sy 39.5(103 )
UNS G10350 HR steel: = = 1.40(105 ) in Ans.
W 0.282
Sy 43(103 )
2024 T4 aluminum: = = 4.39(105 ) in Ans.
W 0.098
Sy 140(103 )
Ti-6Al-4V titanium: = = 8.75(105 ) in Ans.
W 0.16
ASTM 30 gray cast iron has no yield strength. Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 2 7

2-7 The specific moduli are:

E 30(106 )
UNS G10350 HR steel: = = 1.06(108 ) in Ans.
W 0.282
E 10.3(106 )
2024 T4 aluminum: = = 1.05(108 ) in Ans.
W 0.098
E 16.5(106 )
Ti-6Al-4V titanium: = = 1.03(108 ) in Ans.
W 0.16

E 14.5(106 )
Gray cast iron: = = 5.58(107 ) in Ans.
W 0.26

E − 2G
2-8 2G(1 + ν) = E ⇒ ν=
2G
From Table A-5
30 − 2(11.5)
Steel: ν = = 0.304 Ans.
2(11.5)
10.4 − 2(3.90)
Aluminum: ν = = 0.333 Ans.
2(3.90)
18 − 2(7)
Beryllium copper: ν = = 0.286 Ans.
2(7)
14.5 − 2(6)
Gray cast iron: ν = = 0.208 Ans.
2(6)

2-9

E
U
80

70

60
Stress P兾A0 kpsi

50

Y
40 Su ⫽ 85.5 kpsi Ans.
Sy ⫽ 45.5 kpsi Ans.
30 E ⫽ 90兾0.003 ⫽ 30 000 kpsi Ans.
A0 ⫺ AF 0.1987 ⫺ 0.1077
20 R⫽ ⫽ (100) ⫽ 45.8% Ans.
A0 0.1987
⌬l l ⫺ l0 l A0
10 ⑀⫽ ⫽ ⫽ ⫺ 1⫽ ⫺1
l0 l0 l0 A

0
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.016 (Lower curve)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 (Upper curve)
Strain, ⑀
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
8 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

2-10 To plot σtrue vs. ε, the following equations are applied to the data.
π(0.503) 2
A0 = = 0.1987 in2
4
l
Eq. (2-4) ε = ln for 0 ≤ L ≤ 0.0028 in
l0
A0
ε = ln for L > 0.0028 in
A
P
σtrue =
A
The results are summarized in the table below and plotted on the next page.
The last 5 points of data are used to plot log σ vs log ε
The curve fit gives m = 0.2306
Ans.
log σ0 = 5.1852 ⇒ σ0 = 153.2 kpsi
For 20% cold work, Eq. (2-10) and Eq. (2-13) give,
A = A0 (1 − W ) = 0.1987(1 − 0.2) = 0.1590 in2
A0 0.1987
ε = ln = ln = 0.2231
A 0.1590
Eq. (2-14):
S y′ = σ0 εm = 153.2(0.2231) 0.2306 = 108.4 kpsi Ans.
Eq. (2-15), with Su = 85.5 kpsi from Prob. 2-9,
Su 85.5
Su′ = = = 106.9 kpsi Ans.
1−W 1 − 0.2

P L A ε σtrue log ε log σtrue

0 0 0.198 713 0 0
1 000 0.0004 0.198 713 0.000 2 5032.388 −3.699 01 3.701 774
2 000 0.0006 0.198 713 0.000 3 10 064.78 −3.522 94 4.002 804
3 000 0.0010 0.198 713 0.000 5 15 097.17 −3.301 14 4.178 895
4 000 0.0013 0.198 713 0.000 65 20 129.55 −3.187 23 4.303 834
7 000 0.0023 0.198 713 0.001 149 35 226.72 −2.939 55 4.546 872
8 400 0.0028 0.198 713 0.001 399 42 272.06 −2.854 18 4.626 053
8 800 0.0036 0.198 4 0.001 575 44 354.84 −2.802 61 4.646 941
9 200 0.0089 0.197 8 0.004 604 46 511.63 −2.336 85 4.667 562
9 100 0.196 3 0.012 216 46 357.62 −1.913 05 4.666 121
13 200 0.192 4 0.032 284 68 607.07 −1.491 01 4.836 369
15 200 0.187 5 0.058 082 81 066.67 −1.235 96 4.908 842
17 000 0.156 3 0.240 083 108 765.2 −0.619 64 5.036 49
16 400 0.130 7 0.418 956 125 478.2 −0.377 83 5.098 568
14 800 0.107 7 0.612 511 137 418.8 −0.212 89 5.138 046
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 2 9

160000

140000

120000

␴true (psi)
100000

80000

60000

40000

20000

0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
␧true

5.2

5.1

y ⫽ 0.2306x ⫹ 5.1852

log ␴
5

4.9

4.8
⫺1.6 ⫺1.4 ⫺1.2 ⫺1 ⫺0.8 ⫺0.6 ⫺0.4 ⫺0.2 0
log ␧

2-11 Tangent modulus at σ = 0 is

σ . 5000 − 0
E0 = = = 25(106 ) psi
ε 0.2(10−3 ) − 0
At σ = 20 kpsi
. (26 − 19)(103 )
E 20 = −3
= 14.0(106 ) psi Ans.
(1.5 − 1)(10 )

60
ε(10−3 ) σ (kpsi)
50
0 0
0.20 5 40
0.44 10
␴ (kpsi)

(Sy)0.001 ⫽
˙ 35 kpsi Ans.
0.80 16 30
1.0 19
1.5 26 20
2.0 32
2.8 40 10

3.4 46
0
4.0 49 0 1 2 3 4 5
5.0 54 ␧ (10⫺3)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
10 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

2-12 Since |εo | = |εi |

R+h

R

R + N


ln
=
ln
=
−ln


R+ N

R+ N

R

R+h R+N
=
R+N R
( R + N ) 2 = R( R + h)
From which, N 2 + 2R N − Rh = 0
  
h 1/2

The roots are: N = R −1 ± 1 +
R
The + sign being significant,
 
h 1/2

N=R 1+ −1 Ans.
R
Substitute for N in
R+h
εo = ln
R+N
 

h 1/2
 
 R+h 
Gives ε0 = ln   = ln 1 + Ans.
 
h 1/2 R
 
 
R+ R 1+ −R
R
These constitute a useful pair of equations in cold-forming situations, allowing the surface
strains to be found so that cold-working strength enhancement can be estimated.

2-13 From Table A-22

AISI 1212 S y = 28.0 kpsi, σ f = 106 kpsi, Sut = 61.5 kpsi
σ0 = 110 kpsi, m = 0.24, ε f = 0.85
From Eq. (2-12) εu = m = 0.24
A0 1 1
Eq. (2-10) = = = 1.25
Ai′ 1−W 1 − 0.2
Eq. (2-13) εi = ln 1.25 = 0.2231 ⇒ εi < εu
Eq. (2-14) S y′ = σ0 εim = 110(0.2231) 0.24 = 76.7 kpsi Ans.
Su 61.5
Eq. (2-15) Su′ = = = 76.9 kpsi Ans.
1−W 1 − 0.2

2-14 For H B = 250,

Eq. (2-17) Su = 0.495 (250) = 124 kpsi
Ans.
= 3.41 (250) = 853 MPa
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 2 11

2-15 For the data given,

 
H B = 2530 H B2 = 640 226

2530 640 226 − (2530) 2 /10
H̄ B = = 253 σ̂ H B = = 3.887
10 9
Eq. (2-17)
S̄u = 0.495(253) = 125.2 kpsi Ans.
σ̄su = 0.495(3.887) = 1.92 kpsi Ans.

2-16 From Prob. 2-15, H̄ B = 253 and σ̂ HB = 3.887

Eq. (2-18)
S̄u = 0.23(253) − 12.5 = 45.7 kpsi Ans.
σ̂su = 0.23(3.887) = 0.894 kpsi Ans.

2-17
. 45.52
(a) uR = = 34.5 in · lbf/in3 Ans.
2(30)
(b)

P L A A0 /A − 1 ε σ = P/A0
0 0 0 0
1 000 0.0004 0.0002 5 032.39
2 000 0.0006 0.0003 10 064.78
3 000 0.0010 0.0005 15 097.17
4 000 0.0013 0.000 65 20 129.55
7 000 0.0023 0.001 15 35 226.72
8 400 0.0028 0.0014 42 272.06
8 800 0.0036 0.0018 44 285.02
9 200 0.0089 0.004 45 46 297.97
9 100 0.1963 0.012 291 0.012 291 45 794.73
13 200 0.1924 0.032 811 0.032 811 66 427.53
15 200 0.1875 0.059 802 0.059 802 76 492.30
17 000 0.1563 0.271 355 0.271 355 85 550.60
16 400 0.1307 0.520 373 0.520 373 82 531.17
14 800 0.1077 0.845059 0.845 059 74 479.35
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
12 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

␴
90000

80000

70000

60000

50000

40000

30000

20000

10000

0 ␧
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
All data points

␴
50000

45000

40000

35000

30000

25000

20000
A1 A2
15000

10000

5000

0 ␧
0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005
First 9 data points

␴
90000

80000

70000

60000

50000

40000 A4 A5

30000

20000
A3
10000

0 ␧
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Last 6 data points

5
.  1
uT = Ai = (43 000)(0.001 5) + 45 000(0.004 45 − 0.001 5)
i=1
2
1
+ (45 000 + 76 500)(0.059 8 − 0.004 45)
2
+ 81 000(0.4 − 0.059 8) + 80 000(0.845 − 0.4)
.
= 66.7(103 )in · lbf/in3 Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 2 13

2-18 m = Alρ
For stiffness, k = AE/l, or, A = kl/E.
Thus, m = kl 2 ρ/E, and, M = E/ρ. Therefore, β = 1
From Fig. 2-16, ductile materials include Steel, Titanium, Molybdenum, Aluminum, and
Composites.
For strength, S = F/A, or, A = F/S.
Thus, m = Fl ρ/S, and, M = S/ρ.
From Fig. 2-19, lines parallel to S/ρ give for ductile materials, Steel, Nickel, Titanium, and
composites.
Common to both stiffness and strength are Steel, Titanium, Aluminum, and
Composites. Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 3

3-1
W W

2 2
A B A B

RA RB RA RB

1 1 1

(a) (b)

1
1

RD
RC

3 2 D
C

RA RB B
A

(c)

W
1
RC

RB
RA
RB
2
RA

(d)
(e)

A RA
1

RBx B

RB
RBx RBy

RBy
1

Scale of
corner magnified

(f)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 15

3-2
(a) 2 kN
60°
RB R A = 2 sin 60 = 1.732 kN Ans.
90°
2 R B = 2 sin 30 = 1 kN Ans.
2 kN
30° 60°
RA
RB 30°
RA

(b) RA
0.4 m S = 0.6 m
B
0.6
A 45°
α = tan−1 = 30.96◦
800 N
0.4 + 0.6
0.6 m

RO O ␣
s

RO RA 800
RA = ⇒ R A = 1100 N Ans.
135° sin 135 sin 30.96
30.96° 800 N
RO 800
45⬚ ⫺ 30.96⬚ ⫽ 14.04⬚ = ⇒ R O = 377 N Ans.
sin 14.04 sin 30.96
30.96°

(c) 1.2 kN 1.2

RO = = 2.078 kN Ans.
tan 30
30° 1.2
RA = = 2.4 kN Ans.
RO RA sin 30

60° 90° 60°

RA 1.2 kN
RO

(d) Step 1: Find R A and R E

4.5
C 4.5 m h= = 7.794 m
30° tan 30
400 N

y
哷+ MA = 0
2 4

h
9R E − 7.794(400 cos 30) − 4.5(400 sin 30) = 0
B D R E = 400 N Ans.
3

RAx 60°
A E x

RA 9m
RAy RE


Fx = 0 R Ax + 400 cos 30 = 0 ⇒ R Ax = −346.4 N


Fy = 0 R Ay + 400 − 400 sin 30 = 0 ⇒ R Ay = −200 N

R A = 346.42 + 2002 = 400 N Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
16 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Step 2: Find components of RC on link 4 and R D

(RCy)4


哷+ MC = 0
C (RCx)4
400(4.5) − (7.794 − 1.9) R D = 0 ⇒ R D = 305.4 N Ans.


Fx = 0 ⇒ ( RC x ) 4 = 305.4 N
4

Fy = 0 ⇒ ( RC y ) 4 = −400 N
RD D

400 N

Step 3: Find components of RC on link 2

(RCy)2


Fx = 0
C (RCx)2
( RC x ) 2 + 305.4 − 346.4 = 0 ⇒ ( RC x ) 2 = 41 N


2 Fy = 0
( RC y ) 2 = 200 N
B 305.4 N

346.4 N
A

200 N

200 N 400 N 200 N 400 N

41 N 305.4 N C 41 N C 305.4 N
30°
Pin C
400 N

305.4 N B D 305.4 N
B D

346.4 N
E
A

200 N 400 N
400 N
Ans.

3-3
(a) y 40 lbf 60 lbf

哷+ M0 = 0
4" 4" 6" 4"
O x
A B C D
−18(60) + 14R2 + 8(30) − 4(40) = 0
R1 30 lbf R2
R2 = 71.43 lbf
V (lbf)


60
Fy = 0: R1 − 40 + 30 + 71.43 − 60 = 0
O x
⫺1.43 ⫺11.43 R1 = −1.43 lbf
⫺41.43

M M1 = −1.43(4) = −5.72 lbf · in

(lbf • in)
M4
x
M2 = −5.72 − 41.43(4) = −171.44 lbf · in
O
M1
M2
M3 = −171.44 − 11.43(6) = −240 lbf · in
M3
M4 = −240 + 60(4) = 0 checks!
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 17


(b) y 2 kN 4 kN/m Fy = 0
O
A B C
x R0 = 2 + 4(0.150) = 2.6 kN


MO RO 200 mm 150 mm 150 mm M0 = 0
V (kN) M0 = 2000(0.2) + 4000(0.150)(0.425)
2.6
= 655 N · m
0.6
O
O x
M1 = −655 + 2600(0.2) = −135 N · m
M
(N • m)
M2 = −135 + 600(0.150) = −45 N · m
M3
O x
M2 1
M1 M3 = −45 + 600(0.150) = 0 checks!
2
⫺655

(c) y


1000 lbf
M0 = 0: 10R2 − 6(1000) = 0 ⇒ R2 = 600 lbf
6 ft 4 ft B

O x
A Fy = 0: R1 − 1000 + 600 = 0 ⇒ R1 = 400 lbf
R1 R2

V (lbf)

400

O x

⫺600

M M1
(lbf • ft) M1 = 400(6) = 2400 lbf · ft
M2
x
M2 = 2400 − 600(4) = 0 checks!
O

y


(d) 1000 lbf 2000 lbf
哷+ MC = 0
2 ft 6 ft 2 ft
O
A B C
x −10R1 + 2(2000) + 8(1000) = 0
R1 R2 R1 = 1200 lbf


1200
Fy = 0: 1200 − 1000 − 2000 + R2 = 0
200
x
R2 = 1800 lbf
⫺1800

M
M2 M1 = 1200(2) = 2400 lbf · ft
M1
M3
M2 = 2400 + 200(6) = 3600 lbf · ft
O x
M3 = 3600 − 1800(2) = 0 checks!
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
18 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(e) y 400 lbf 800 lbf 哷+ MB = 0
O
4 ft 3 ft B 3 ft
x −7R1 + 3(400) − 3(800) = 0
A C
R1 R2 R1 = −171.4 lbf
V (lbf)


800 Fy = 0: −171.4 − 400 + R2 − 800 = 0
O x
R2 = 1371.4 lbf
⫺171.4
⫺571.4

O
M3
x
M1 = −171.4(4) = −685.7 lbf · ft
M1 M2 = −685.7 − 571.4(3) = −2400 lbf · ft
M2
M3 = −2400 + 800(3) = 0 checks!

(f) Break at A
40 lbf/in

1
O
8"
A R1 = V A = 40(8) = 160 lbf
2
R1 VA

y

160 lbf 320 lbf 哷+ MD = 0
A B 5" 5" D
2" C 12(160) − 10R2 + 320(5) = 0
R2 R3 R2 = 352 lbf


40 lbf/in 320 lbf
Fy = 0
x −160 + 352 − 320 + R3 = 0
R3 = 128 lbf
160 lbf 352 lbf 128 lbf

V (lbf)
192
160

O x

⫺128
⫺160
1
M M4 M1 = 160(4) = 320 lbf · in
2
M1
1
O
M5
x
M2 = 320 − 160(4) = 0 checks! (hinge)
M2 2
M3 M3 = 0 − 160(2) = −320 lbf · in
M4 = −320 + 192(5) = 640 lbf · in
M5 = 640 − 128(5) = 0 checks!
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 19

3-4
(a) q = R1 x−1 − 40x − 4−1 + 30x − 8−1 + R2 x − 14−1 − 60x − 18−1
V = R1 − 40x − 40 + 30x − 80 + R2 x − 140 − 60x − 180 (1)
M = R1 x − 40x − 41 + 30x − 81 + R2 x − 141 − 60x − 181 (2)
for x = 18+ V =0 and M = 0 Eqs. (1) and (2) give
0 = R1 − 40 + 30 + R2 − 60 ⇒ R1 + R2 = 70 (3)
0 = R1 (18) − 40(14) + 30(10) + 4R2 ⇒ 9R1 + 2R2 = 130 (4)
Solve (3) and (4) simultaneously to get R1 = −1.43 lbf, R2 = 71.43 lbf. Ans.
+
From Eqs. (1) and (2), at x = 0 , V = R1 = −1.43 lbf, M = 0
x = 4+ : V = −1.43 − 40 = −41.43, M = −1.43x
x = 8+ : V = −1.43 − 40 + 30 = −11.43
M = −1.43(8) − 40(8 − 4) 1 = −171.44
x = 14+ : V = −1.43 − 40 + 30 + 71.43 = 60
M = −1.43(14) − 40(14 − 4) + 30(14 − 8) = −240 .
+
x = 18 : V = 0, M = 0 See curves of V and M in Prob. 3-3 solution.

(b) q = R0 x−1 − M0 x−2 − 2000x − 0.2−1 − 4000x − 0.350 + 4000x − 0.50

V = R0 − M0 x−1 − 2000x − 0.20 − 4000x − 0.351 + 4000x − 0.51 (1)
M = R0 x − M0 − 2000x − 0.21 − 2000x − 0.352 + 2000x − 0.52 (2)
at x = 0.5+ m, V = M = 0, Eqs. (1) and (2) give
R0 − 2000 − 4000(0.5 − 0.35) = 0 ⇒ R1 = 2600 N = 2.6 kN Ans.
R0 (0.5) − M0 − 2000(0.5 − 0.2) − 2000(0.5 − 0.35) 2 = 0
with R0 = 2600 N, M0 = 655 N · m Ans.
With R0 and M0, Eqs. (1) and (2) give the same V and M curves as Prob. 3-3 (note for
V, M0 x−1 has no physical meaning).
(c) q = R1 x−1 − 1000x − 6−1 + R2 x − 10−1
V = R1 − 1000x − 60 + R2 x − 100 (1)
M = R1 x − 1000x − 61 + R2 x − 101 (2)
at x = 10+ ft, V = M = 0, Eqs. (1) and (2) give
R1 − 1000 + R2 = 0 ⇒ R1 + R2 = 1000
10R1 − 1000(10 − 6) = 0 ⇒ R1 = 400 lbf , R2 = 1000 − 400 = 600 lbf
0 ≤ x ≤ 6: V = 400 lbf, M = 400x
6 ≤ x ≤ 10: V = 400 − 1000(x − 6) 0 = 600 lbf
M = 400x − 1000(x − 6) = 6000 − 600x
See curves of Prob. 3-3 solution.
(d) q = R1 x−1 − 1000x − 2−1 − 2000x − 8−1 + R2 x − 10−1
V = R1 − 1000x − 20 − 2000x − 80 + R2 x − 100 (1)
M = R1 x − 1000x − 21 − 2000x − 81 + R2 x − 101 (2)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
20 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

At x = 10+ , V = M = 0 from Eqs. (1) and (2)

R1 − 1000 − 2000 + R2 = 0 ⇒ R1 + R2 = 3000
10R1 − 1000(10 − 2) − 2000(10 − 8) = 0 ⇒ R1 = 1200 lbf ,
R2 = 3000 − 1200 = 1800 lbf
0 ≤ x ≤ 2: V = 1200 lbf, M = 1200x lbf · ft
2 ≤ x ≤ 8: V = 1200 − 1000 = 200 lbf
M = 1200x − 1000(x − 2) = 200x + 2000 lbf · ft
8 ≤ x ≤ 10: V = 1200 − 1000 − 2000 = −1800 lbf
M = 1200x − 1000(x − 2) − 2000(x − 8) = −1800x + 18 000 lbf · ft
Plots are the same as in Prob. 3-3.

(e) q = R1 x−1 − 400x − 4−1 + R2 x − 7−1 − 800x − 10−1

V = R1 − 400x − 40 + R2 x − 70 − 800x − 100 (1)
M = R1 x − 400x − 41 + R2 x − 71 − 800x − 101 (2)
at x = 10+ , V = M = 0
R1 − 400 + R2 − 800 = 0 ⇒ R1 + R2 = 1200 (3)
10R1 − 400(6) + R2 (3) = 0 ⇒ 10R1 + 3R2 = 2400 (4)
Solve Eqs. (3) and (4) simultaneously: R1 = −171.4 lbf, R2 = 1371.4 lbf
0 ≤ x ≤ 4: V = −171.4 lbf, M = −171.4x lbf · ft
4 ≤ x ≤ 7: V = −171.4 − 400 = −571.4 lbf
M = −171.4x − 400(x − 4) lbf · ft = −571.4x + 1600
7 ≤ x ≤ 10: V = −171.4 − 400 + 1371.4 = 800 lbf
M = −171.4x − 400(x − 4) + 1371.4(x − 7) = 800x − 8000 lbf · ft
Plots are the same as in Prob. 3-3.
(f) q = R1 x−1 − 40x0 + 40x − 80 + R2 x − 10−1 − 320x − 15−1 + R3 x − 20
V = R1 − 40x + 40x − 81 + R2 x − 100 − 320x − 150 + R3 x − 200 (1)
2 2 1 1 1
M = R1 x − 20x + 20x − 8 + R2 x − 10 − 320x − 15 + R3 x − 20 (2)
2
M = 0 at x = 8 in ∴ 8R1 − 20(8) = 0 ⇒ R1 = 160 lbf
at x = 20+ , V and M = 0
160 − 40(20) + 40(12) + R2 − 320 + R3 = 0 R2 + R3 = 480
⇒
160(20) − 20(20) 2 + 20(12) 2 + 10R2 − 320(5) = 0 R2 = 352 lbf
⇒
R3 = 480 − 352 = 128 lbf
2
0 ≤ x ≤ 8: V = 160 − 40x lbf, M = 160x − 20x lbf · in
8 ≤ x ≤ 10: V = 160 − 40x + 40(x − 8) = −160 lbf ,
M = 160x − 20x 2 + 20(x − 8) 2 = 1280 − 160x lbf · in
10 ≤ x ≤ 15: V = 160 − 40x + 40(x − 8) + 352 = 192 lbf
M = 160x − 20x 2 + 20(x − 8) + 352(x − 10) = 192x − 2240
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 21

15 ≤ x ≤ 20: V = 160 − 40x + 40(x − 8) + 352 − 320 = −128 lbf

M = 160x − 20x 2 − 20(x − 8) + 352(x − 10) − 320(x − 15)
= −128x + 2560
Plots of V and M are the same as in Prob. 3-3.

3-5 Solution depends upon the beam selected.

3-6
(a) Moment at center, xc = (l − 2a)/2
  2   
w l l wl l
Mc = (l − 2a) − = −a
2 2 2 2 4

At reaction, |Mr | = wa 2 /2
a = 2.25, l = 10 in, w = 100 lbf/in
 
100(10) 10
Mc = − 2.25 = 125 lbf · in
2 4
100(2.252 )
Mr = = 253.1 lbf · in Ans.
2
(b) Minimum occurs when Mc = |Mr |
wa 2
 
wl l
−a = ⇒ a 2 + al − 0.25l 2 = 0
2 4 2
Taking the positive root
1   l √

a= −l + l 2 + 4(0.25l 2 ) = 2 − 1 = 0.2071l Ans.

2 2
for l = 10 in and w = 100 lbf, Mmin = (100/2)[(0.2071)(10)]2 = 214 lbf · in

3-7 For the ith wire from bottom, from summing forces vertically
(a) Ti
xi
a Ti = (i + 1)W
W iW

From summing moments about point a,

Ma = W (l − xi ) − i W xi = 0
Giving,
l
xi =
i +1
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
22 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

So
l l
W = =
1+1 2
l l
x= =
2+1 3
l l
y= =
3+1 4
l l
z= =
4+1 5

(b) With straight rigid wires, the mobile is not stable. Any perturbation can lead to all wires
becoming collinear. Consider a wire of length l bent at its string support:
Ti


␣
il l
␤ Ma = 0
i⫹1 i⫹1

W
iW

iWl ilW
Ma = cos α − cos β = 0
i +1 i +1
iWl
(cos α − cos β) = 0
i +1
Moment vanishes when α = β for any wire. Consider a ccw rotation angle β, which
makes α → α + β and β → α − β
iWl
Ma = [cos(α + β) − cos(α − β)]
i +1
2i W l . 2i W lβ
= sin α sin β = sin α
i +1 i +1
There exists a correcting moment of opposite sense to arbitrary rotation β. An equation
for an upward bend can be found by changing the sign of W . The moment will no longer
be correcting. A curved, convex-upward bend of wire will produce stable equilibrium
too, but the equation would change somewhat.

3-8
(a) ␶1 x
12 + 6
␶ cw
(12, 4cw) C= =9
2␾s
2
12 − 6
2␾p
CD = =3
2
␴2 ␴1 ␴
C D

R = 32 + 42 = 5
R
σ1 = 5 + 9 = 14
ccw
(6, 4 )
␶ ccw
σ2 = 9 − 5 = 4
y ␶2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 23

 
4 1 −1 4
φ p = tan = 26.6◦ cw
2 3
x
26.6⬚
14

τ1 = R = 5, φs = 45◦ − 26.6◦ = 18.4◦ ccw

9

9
18.4⬚
x
5
9

(b) y ␶1 9 + 16
␶ cw C= = 12.5
(9, 5cw) 2
R 16 − 9
CD = = 3.5
2
D 
␴
␴2 C
2␾p
␴1
R = 52 + 3.52 = 6.10
2␾s σ1 = 6.1 + 12.5 = 18.6
(16, 5ccw) 1 5
␶ ccw φ p = tan−1 = 27.5◦ ccw
␶2 x 2 3.5
σ2 = 12.5 − 6.1 = 6.4
6.4
18.6
27.5⬚
x

τ1 = R = 6.10 , φs = 45◦ − 27.5◦ = 17.5◦ cw

12.5

6.10
x
17.5⬚
12.5

(c) ␶1
24 + 10
␶ cw y
C= = 17
(24, 6cw) 2
R 24 − 10
CD = =7
D C 2
␴2 ␴1 ␴ 
2␾p
R = 72 + 62 = 9.22
2␾s
(10, 6 ccw
) σ1 = 17 + 9.22 = 26.22
␶ ccw x σ2 = 17 − 9.22 = 7.78
␶2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
24 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

 
1 −1 7
26.22 φp = 90 + tan = 69.7◦ ccw
69.7⬚ 2 6
7.78

τ1 = R = 9.22, φs = 69.7◦ − 45◦ = 24.7◦ ccw

17 9.22
17
24.7⬚
x

(d) x
␶1 9 + 19
␶ cw
(9, 8cw)
C= = 14
2
2␾s
19 − 9
2␾p CD = =5
2
␴2 ␴1 ␴ 
D C R = 52 + 82 = 9.434
R σ1 = 14 + 9.43 = 23.43
(19, 8ccw) σ2 = 14 − 9.43 = 4.57
␶ ccw
␶2
y

 
1 −1 5
4.57 φp = 90 + tan = 61.0◦ cw
2 8
x

61⬚
23.43

τ1 = R = 9.434, φs = 61◦ − 45◦ = 16◦ cw

14

x
16⬚
14
9.434
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 25

3-9
(a) ␶ cw ␶1
12 − 4
y
C= =4
(12, 7cw) 2
R 12 + 4
CD = =8
D C
␴
2
␴2 ␴1 
R = 82 + 72 = 10.63
2␾p

(⫺4, 7ccw) 2␾s σ1 = 4 + 10.63 = 14.63

x σ2 = 4 − 10.63 = −6.63
␶2
␶ ccw

 
1 −1 8
14.63 φp = 90 + tan = 69.4◦ ccw
69.4⬚
2 7
6.63

τ1 = R = 10.63, φs = 69.4◦ − 45◦ = 24.4◦ ccw

4
10.63
4
24.4⬚
x

(b) y ␶ cw ␶1
6−5
(⫺5, 8cw) C= = 0.5
2
R 6+5
CD = = 5.5
␴2
C D
␴1
␴ 2
2␾p R = 5.52 + 82 = 9.71
2␾s σ1 = 0.5 + 9.71 = 10.21
(6, 8ccw) σ2 = 0.5 − 9.71 = −9.21
␶2
␶ ccw x

9.21 1 −1 8
10.21 φp = tan = 27.75◦ ccw
27.75⬚ 2 5.5
x
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
26 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

τ1 = R = 9.71, φs = 45◦ − 27.75◦ = 17.25◦ cw

0.5

9.71
x
17.25⬚
0.5

(c) ␶ cw
−8 + 7
␶1
C= = −0.5
x 2
(⫺8, 6cw)
2␾s 8+7
2␾p
CD = = 7.5
2

␴
␴2 D C ␴1 R = 7.52 + 62 = 9.60
R σ1 = 9.60 − 0.5 = 9.10
(7, 6ccw)

y
σ2 = −0.5 − 9.6 = −10.1
␶2
␶ ccw

 
1 −1 7.5
φp = 90 + tan = 70.67◦ cw
10.1 2 6
x

70.67⬚
9.1

τ1 = R = 9.60, φs = 70.67◦ − 45◦ = 25.67◦ cw

0.5

x
25.67⬚
0.5
9.60

(d) ␶ cw ␶1
9−6
C= = 1.5
2
x
2␾s
(9, 3cw)
9+6
CD = = 7.5
2␾p
␴
2
␴2 C D ␴1 
R
(⫺6, 3ccw)
R = 7.52 + 32 = 8.078
y
σ1 = 1.5 + 8.078 = 9.58
σ2 = 1.5 − 8.078 = −6.58
␶2
␶ ccw
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 27

6.58 1 −1 3
φp = tan = 10.9◦ cw
2 7.5
x
10.9⬚
9.58

τ1 = R = 8.078, φs = 45◦ − 10.9◦ = 34.1◦ ccw

1.5 1.5
34.1⬚
x
8.08

3-10
(a) ␶ cw ␶1 20 − 10
C= =5
x
2
2␾s (20, 8cw) 20 + 10
CD = = 15
2␾p 2
␴
␴2 C D ␴1

R R = 152 + 82 = 17
(⫺10, 8ccw)
y σ1 = 5 + 17 = 22
σ2 = 5 − 17 = −12
␶ ccw ␶2

12 1 −1 8
φp = tan = 14.04◦ cw
2 15
x
14.04⬚
22

τ1 = R = 17, φs = 45◦ − 14.04◦ = 30.96◦ ccw

5
5
30.96⬚
x
17
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
28 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(b) ␶ cw ␶1
30 − 10
C= = 10
y 2
(⫺10, 10cw) R 30 + 10
CD = = 20
D
␴
2
␴2 C 2␾p ␴1 
R = 202 + 102 = 22.36
(30, 10ccw)
2␾s
x σ1 = 10 + 22.36 = 32.36
σ2 = 10 − 22.36 = −12.36
␶2
␶ ccw

12.36 1 −1 10
φp = tan = 13.28◦ ccw
32.36
2 20
13.28⬚
x

τ1 = R = 22.36, φs = 45◦ − 13.28◦ = 31.72◦ cw

10

22.36
x

31.72⬚
10

(c) ␶ cw ␶1
−10 + 18
C= =4
x 2
(⫺10, 9cw) 2␾s
2␾p 10 + 18
CD = = 14
2
␴ 
␴2 ␴1
D C
R = 142 + 92 = 16.64
R
(18, 9ccw) σ1 = 4 + 16.64 = 20.64
y
σ2 = 4 − 16.64 = −12.64
␶2
␶ ccw
 
1 −1 14
φp = 90 + tan = 73.63◦ cw
12.64 2 9
x

73.63⬚
20.64

τ1 = R = 16.64, φs = 73.63◦ − 45◦ = 28.63◦ cw

4

x
28.63⬚
4
16.64
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 29

(d) ␶ cw ␶1 −12 + 22
C= =5
x 2
(⫺12, 12cw) 2␾s
2␾p 12 + 22
CD = = 17
␴  2
␴2 ␴1
D C R = 172 + 122 = 20.81
R
(22, 12ccw) σ1 = 5 + 20.81 = 25.81
y σ2 = 5 − 20.81 = −15.81
␶2
␶ ccw
 
1 −1 17
φp = 90 + tan = 72.39◦ cw
15.81 2 12
x

72.39⬚
25.81

τ1 = R = 20.81, φs = 72.39◦ − 45◦ = 27.39◦ cw

5

x
27.39⬚
5
20.81

3-11
(a) ␶ ␶1/3 ⫽
14
⫽7
2

␶1/2 ⫽ 5

␶2/3 ⫽ 2

⫺4 y x 10
␴
␴ 3 ⫽ ␴y ␴2 ⫽ 0 ␴x ⫽ ␴1

␶1/3
(b) ␶ 0 + 10
y
␶1/2
C= =5
(0, 4cw)
2
R
10 − 0
␶2/3 CD = =5
C D
2
␴
␴3 ␴2 ␴1

R = 52 + 42 = 6.40
(10, 4ccw) σ1 = 5 + 6.40 = 11.40
x σ2 = 0, σ3 = 5 − 6.40 = −1.40

11.40 1.40
τ1/3 = R = 6.40, τ1/2 = = 5.70, τ2/3 = = 0.70
2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
30 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

␶
(c) 2 circles (⫺2, 4cw) x −2 − 8
C= = −5
2
Point is a circle
C 8−2
␴3
D ␴1 ␴2
␴ CD = =3
2

(⫺8, 4ccw) R = 32 + 42 = 5
y
σ1 = −5 + 5 = 0, σ2 = 0
σ3 = −5 − 5 = −10
10
τ1/3 = = 5, τ1/2 = 0, τ2/3 = 5
2
␶1/3 ␶
(d) 10 − 30
␶2/3 C= = −10
2
y
(⫺30, 10cw) ␶1/2 10 + 30
R CD = = 20
C D
␴
2
␴3 ␴2 ␴1 
(10, 10ccw)
R = 202 + 102 = 22.36
x
σ1 = −10 + 22.36 = 12.36
σ2 = 0
σ3 = −10 − 22.36 = −32.36

12.36 32.36
τ1/3 = 22.36, τ1/2 = = 6.18, τ2/3 = = 16.18
2 2

3-12
(a) ␶1/3 ␶
−80 − 30
␶2/3 C= = −55
x 2
(⫺80, 20cw)
␶1/2
80 − 30
C
CD = = 25
␴3 D ␴2 ␴1
␴ 2
R 
(⫺30, 20ccw)
R = 252 + 202 = 32.02
y
σ1 = 0
σ2 = −55 + 32.02 = −22.98 = −23.0
σ3 = −55 − 32.0 = −87.0

23 87
τ1/2 = = 11.5, τ2/3 = 32.0, τ1/3 = = 43.5
2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 31

(b) ␶1/3 ␶ 30 − 60
C= = −15
␶2/3 x 2
R (30, 30cw)
60 + 30
␶1/2 CD = = 45
␴
2
␴3 C ␴2 D ␴1 
R = 452 + 302 = 54.1
(⫺60, 30ccw)
y σ1 = −15 + 54.1 = 39.1
σ2 = 0
σ3 = −15 − 54.1 = −69.1

39.1 + 69.1 39.1 69.1

τ1/3 = = 54.1, τ1/2 = = 19.6, τ2/3 = = 34.6
2 2 2

(c) y
␶ ␶1/3
40 + 0
␶1/2
C= = 20
2
(0, 20cw)
␶2/3 40 − 0
R CD = = 20
D
␴
2
␴3 ␴2 C ␴1 
R = 202 + 202 = 28.3
(40, 20ccw)
x σ1 = 20 + 28.3 = 48.3
σ2 = 20 − 28.3 = −8.3
σ3 = σz = −30

48.3 + 30 30 − 8.3
τ1/3 = = 39.1, τ1/2 = 28.3, τ2/3 = = 10.9
2 2
(d) ␶ ␶1/3
x 50
␶1/2
(50, 30cw)
C= = 25
2
␶2/3 50
CD = = 25
␴3 ␴2 ␴1
␴ 2
C D 
R = 252 + 302 = 39.1
(0, 30ccw)
σ1 = 25 + 39.1 = 64.1
y
σ2 = 25 − 39.1 = −14.1
σ3 = σz = −20

64.1 + 20 20 − 14.1
τ1/3 = = 42.1, τ1/2 = 39.1, τ2/3 = = 2.95
2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
32 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-13
F 2000
σ = = = 10 190 psi = 10.19 kpsi Ans.
A (π/4)(0.52 )
FL L 72
δ= = σ = 10 190 = 0.024 46 in Ans.
AE E 30(106 )
δ 0.024 46
ǫ1 = = = 340(10−6 ) = 340µ Ans.
L 72
From Table A-5, ν = 0.292
ǫ2 = −νǫ1 = −0.292(340) = −99.3µ Ans.

d = ǫ2 d = −99.3(10−6 )(0.5) = −49.6(10−6 ) in Ans.

3-14 From Table A-5, E = 71.7 GPa

L 3
δ = σ = 135(106 ) = 5.65(10−3 ) m = 5.65 mm Ans.
E 71.7(109 )

3-15 With σz = 0, solve the first two equations of Eq. (3-19) simultaneously. Place E on the left-
hand side of both equations, and using Cramer’s rule,

Eǫx −ν
Eǫ 1 Eǫx + ν Eǫ y E(ǫx + νǫ y )
σx = y = =
1 −ν 1 − ν2 1 − ν2
−ν 1

Likewise,
E(ǫ y + νǫx )
σy =
1 − ν2
From Table A-5, E = 207 GPa and ν = 0.292. Thus,
E(ǫx + νǫ y ) 207(109 )[0.0021 + 0.292(−0.000 67)] −6
σx = = (10 ) = 431 MPa Ans.
1 − ν2 1 − 0.2922
207(109 )[−0.000 67 + 0.292(0.0021)] −6
σy = (10 ) = −12.9 MPa Ans.
1 − 0.2922

3-16 The engineer has assumed the stress to be uniform. That is,
t
␪
F
␶
␴

F
Ft = −F cos θ + τ A = 0 ⇒ τ = cos θ
A
When failure occurs in shear
F
Ssu = cos θ
A
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 33

The uniform stress assumption is common practice but is not exact. If interested in the
details, see p. 570 of 6th edition.

3-17 From Eq. (3-15)

σ 3 − (−2 + 6 − 4)σ 2 + [−2(6) + (−2)(−4) + 6(−4) − 32 − 22 − (−5) 2 ]σ
− [−2(6)(−4) + 2(3)(2)(−5) − (−2)(2) 2 − 6(−5) 2 − (−4)(3) 2 ] = 0
σ 3 − 66σ + 118 = 0
Roots are: 7.012, 1.89, −8.903 kpsi Ans.
7.012 − 1.89 ␶1/3 ␶ (kpsi)
τ1/2 = = 2.56 kpsi
2 ␶2/3

8.903 + 1.89
τ2/3 = = 5.40 kpsi ␶1/2
2
⫺8.903 ␴ (kpsi)
8.903 + 7.012 1.89 7.012
τmax = τ1/3 = = 7.96 kpsi Ans.
2

Note: For Probs. 3-17 to 3-19, one can also find the eigenvalues of the matrix
σx τx y τzx
 
[σ ] = τx y σ y τ yz
τzx τ yz σz
for the principal stresses

3-18 From Eq. (3-15)

√
2
σ 3 − (10 + 0 + 10)σ 2 + 10(0) + 10(10) + 0(10) − 202 − −10 2 − 02 σ
 
√
√
2
− 10(0)(10) + 2(20) −10 2 (0) − 10 −10 2 − 0(0) 2 − 10(20) 2 = 0
 

σ 3 − 20σ 2 − 500σ + 6000 = 0

Roots are: 30, 10, −20 MPa Ans. ␶ (MPa) ␶1/3
30 − 10
τ1/2 = = 10 MPa ␶2/3
2 ␶1/2
10 + 20
τ2/3 = = 15 MPa
2 ⫺20 10 30 ␴ (MPa)
30 + 20
τmax = τ1/3 = = 25 MPa Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
34 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-19 From Eq. (3-15)

σ 3 − (1 + 4 + 4)σ 2 + [1(4) + 1(4) + 4(4) − 22 − (−4) 2 − (−2) 2 ]σ
−[1(4)(4) + 2(2)(−4)(−2) − 1(−4) 2 − 4(−2) 2 − 4(2) 2 ] = 0
σ 3 − 9σ 2 = 0
Roots are: 9, 0, 0 kpsi
␶(kpsi) ␶1/2 ⫽ ␶1/3

␶2/3
␴(kpsi)
O 0 9

9
τ2/3 = 0, τ1/2 = τ1/3 = τmax = = 4.5 kpsi Ans.
2

3-20
c ac
(a) R1 = F Mmax = R1 a = F
l l
6M 6 ac σ bh 2l
σ = 2
= 2 F ⇒ F= Ans.
bh bh l 6ac

Fm (σm /σ )(bm /b) (h m / h) 2 (lm /l) 1(s)(s) 2 (s)

(b) = = = s2 Ans.
F (am /a) (cm /c) (s)(s)
For equal stress, the model load varies by the square of the scale factor.

3-21
wl 2
 
wl wl l
R1 = , Mmax |x=l/2 = l− =
2 22 2 8

6M 6 wl 2 3W l 4 σ bh 2
σ = 2
= 2
= ⇒ W = Ans.
bh bh 8 4bh 2 3 l

Wm (σm /σ )(bm /b) (h m / h) 2 1(s)(s) 2

= = = s2 Ans.
W lm /l s
wm lm wm s2
= s2 ⇒ = =s Ans.
wl w s
For equal stress, the model load w varies linearily with the scale factor.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 35

3-22
(a) Can solve by iteration or derive equations for the general case.
W1 W2 W3 . . . WT . . . Wn Find maximum moment under wheel W3
A B 
a23 WT = W at centroid of W’s
d3 RB
RA a13
x3
l

l − x3 − d3
RA = WT
l
Under wheel 3
(l − x3 − d3 )
M3 = R A x3 − W1 a13 − W2 a23 = WT x3 − W1 a13 − W2 a23
l
d M3 WT l − d3
For maximum, = 0 = (l − d3 − 2x3 ) ⇒ x3 =
dx3 l 2
(l − d3 ) 2
substitute into M, ⇒ M3 = WT − W1 a13 − W2 a23
4l
This means the midpoint of d3 intersects the midpoint of the beam
i−1
l − di (l − di ) 2

For wheel i xi = , Mi = WT − W j a ji
2 4l j=1

Note for wheel 1: W j a ji = 0

104.4
WT = 104.4, W1 = W2 = W3 = W4 = = 26.1 kip
4
476 (1200 − 238) 2
Wheel 1: d1 = = 238 in, M1 = (104.4) = 20 128 kip · in
2 4(1200)
Wheel 2: d2 = 238 − 84 = 154 in
(1200 − 154) 2
M2 = (104.4) − 26.1(84) = 21 605 kip · in = Mmax
4(1200)
Check if all of the wheels are on the rail
84" 77" 84"
315"

xmax
600" 600"

(b) xmax = 600 − 77 = 523 in

(c) See above sketch.
(d) inner axles
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
36 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-23
(a) D
a a
c1 ⫽ 0.833" 0.75"
Ga 0.083"
C 1.5"
1 1
1" b 0.167"
4
Gb
y ⫽ c2 ⫽ 0.667"
3" B 0.5"
8

A
1" 1"
4
1 12 " 4

Aa = Ab = 0.25(1.5) = 0.375 in2

A = 3(0.375) = 1.125 in2
2(0.375)(0.75) + 0.375(0.5)
ȳ = = 0.667 in
1.125
0.25(1.5) 3
Ia = = 0.0703 in4
12
1.5(0.25) 3
Ib = = 0.001 95 in4
12
I1 = 2[0.0703 + 0.375(0.083) 2 ] + [0.001 95 + 0.375(0.167) 2 ] = 0.158 in4 Ans.
10 000(0.667)
σA = = 42(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.158
10 000(0.667 − 0.375)
σB = = 18.5(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.158
10 000(0.167 − 0.125)
σC = = 2.7(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.158
10 000(0.833)
σD = − = −52.7(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.158

(b) D

c1 ⫽ 1.155"
C a b
1.732"
0.982"
1 1
Ga 0.327" Gb
y B
c2 ⫽ 0.577" 0.577" 0.577"
0.25" 1.134"
A A
2"

Here we treat the hole as a negative area.

Aa = 1.732 in2
 
0.982
Ab = 1.134 = 0.557 in2
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 37

A = 1.732 − 0.557 = 1.175 in2

1.732(0.577) − 0.557(0.577)
ȳ = = 0.577 in Ans.
1.175
bh 3 2(1.732) 3
Ia = = = 0.289 in4
36 36

1.134(0.982) 3
Ib = = 0.0298 in4
36
I1 = Ia − Ib = 0.289 − 0.0298 = 0.259 in4 Ans.

because the centroids are coincident.

10 000(0.577)
σA = = 22.3(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.259
10 000(0.327)
σB = = 12.6(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.259
10 000(0.982 − 0.327)
σC = − = −25.3(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.259
10 000(1.155)
σD = − = −44.6(10) 3 psi Ans.
0.259
(c) Use two negative areas.
D

C
c1 ⫽ 1.708"
b
1 1
Gb Gc
1.5" c
c2 ⫽ 2.292"
2"
B
a G
a 0.25"
A

Aa = 1 in2 , Ab = 9 in2 , Ac = 16 in2 , A = 16 − 9 − 1 = 6 in2 ;

ȳa = 0.25 in, ȳb = 2.0 in, ȳc = 2 in
16(2) − 9(2) − 1(0.25)
ȳ = = 2.292 in Ans.
6
c1 = 4 − 2.292 = 1.708 in
2(0.5) 3
Ia = = 0.020 83 in4
12
3(3) 3
Ib = = 6.75 in4
12
4(4) 3
Ic = = 21.333 in4
12
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
38 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

I1 = [21.333 + 16(0.292) 2 ] − [6.75 + 9(0.292) 2 ]

− [0.020 83 + 1(2.292 − 0.25) 2 ]
= 10.99 in4 Ans.
10 000(2.292)
σA = = 2086 psi Ans.
10.99
10 000(2.292 − 0.5)
σB = = 1631 psi Ans.
10.99
10 000(1.708 − 0.5)
σC = − = −1099 psi Ans.
10.99
10 000(1.708)
σD = − = −1554 psi Ans.
10.99
(d) Use a as a negative area.
C

c1 ⫽ 1.355" b
B
1 1

1.490" a 3.464"
c2 ⫽ 2.645"
Ga
1.155"
A

Aa = 6.928 in2 , Ab = 16 in2 , A = 9.072 in2 ;

ȳa = 1.155 in, ȳb = 2 in
2(16) − 1.155(6.928)
ȳ = = 2.645 in Ans.
9.072
c1 = 4 − 2.645 = 1.355 in
bh 3 4(3.464) 3
Ia = = = 4.618 in4
36 36
4(4) 3
Ib = = 21.33 in4
12
I1 = [21.33 + 16(0.645) 2 ] − [4.618 + 6.928(1.490) 2 ]
= 7.99 in4 Ans.
10 000(2.645)
σA = = 3310 psi Ans.
7.99
10 000(3.464 − 2.645)
σB = − = −1025 psi Ans.
7.99
10 000(1.355)
σC = − = −1696 psi Ans.
7.99
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 39

(e) a
C Aa = 6(1.25) = 7.5 in2
c1 ⫽ 1.422"
B Ab = 3(1.5) = 4.5 in2
A = Ac + Ab = 12 in2
c2 ⫽ 2.828"
b
3.625(7.5) + 1.5(4.5)
A
ȳ = = 2.828 in Ans.
12
1 1
I = (6)(1.25) 3 + 7.5(3.625 − 2.828) 2 + (1.5)(3) 3 + 4.5(2.828 − 1.5) 2
12 12
4
= 17.05 in Ans.
10 000(2.828)
σA = = 1659 psi Ans.
17.05
10 000(3 − 2.828)
σB =− = −101 psi Ans.
17.05
10 000(1.422)
σC =− = −834 psi Ans.
17.05
(f) D Let a = total area
a
c ⫽ 1.5
C A = 1.5(3) − 1(1.25) = 3.25 in2
b b 1 1
c ⫽ 1.5
B I = Ia − 2Ib = (1.5)(3) 3 − (1.25)(1) 3
12 12
A 4
1.5 = 3.271 in Ans.
10 000(1.5)
σA = = 4586 psi, σ D = −4586 psi
3.271
Ans.
10 000(0.5)
σB = = 1529 psi, σC = −1529 psi
3.271

3-24
(a) The moment is maximum and constant between A and B
1
M = −50(20) = −1000 lbf · in , I = (0.5)(2) 3 = 0.3333 in4
12
E I 1.6(106 )(0.3333)

ρ = = = 533.3 in
M 1000
(x, y) = (30, −533.3) in Ans.

(b) The moment is maximum and constant between A and B

M = 50(5) = 250 lbf · in, I = 0.3333 in4
1.6(106 )(0.3333)
ρ= = 2133 in Ans.
250
(x, y) = (20, 2133) in Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
40 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-25
(a) 1000 lbf 1
I = (0.75)(1.5) 3 = 0.2109 in4
O
12" 6"
B
12
A
A = 0.75(1.5) = 1.125 in
333 lbf 667 lbf
Mmax is at A. At the bottom of the section,
V (lbf)
Mc 4000(0.75)
333 σmax = = = 14 225 psi Ans.
O x I 0.2109
Due to V, τmax constant is between A and B
667
at y = 0
M
(lbf • in)
4000 3V 3 667
τmax = = = 889 psi Ans.
2A 2 1.125
O x

(b) 1000 lbf 1000 lbf 1

I = (1)(2) 3 = 0.6667 in4
12
8" A 8"
x
O B Mmax is at A at the top of the beam
2000 lbf 8000(1)
σmax = = 12 000 psi Ans.
V (lbf)
1000
0.6667

O x
|Vmax | = 1000 lbf from O to B at y = 0
3V 3 1000
⫺1000 τmax = = = 750 psi Ans.
2A 2 (2)(1)
M
(lbf • in)

O x

⫺8000

(c) 120 lbf/in 1

I = (0.75)(2) 3 = 0.5 in4
O x 12
5" A 15" B 5" C
1
1500 lbf 1500 lbf M1 = − 600(5) = −1500 lbf · in = M3
2
V (lbf)
900
1
600
M2 = −1500 + (900)(7.5) = 1875 lbf · in
2
O x
Mmax is at span center. At the bottom of the
⫺600 beam,
⫺900
1875(1)
M M2 σmax = = 3750 psi Ans.
(lbf • in) 0.5
O x At A and B at y = 0
M1 M3 3 900
τmax = = 900 psi Ans.
2 (0.75)(2)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 41

(d) 100 lbf/in 1

I = (1)(2) 3 = 0.6667 in4
x 12
O 6" A 12" B
600
1350 lbf 450 lbf M1 = − (6) = −1800 lbf · in
2
V (lbf) 750 1
M2 = −1800 + 750(7.5) = 1013 lbf · in
O x 2
7.5"
⫺600
⫺450 At A, top of beam
M M2 1800(1)
(lbf • in) σmax = = 2700 psi Ans.
x
0.6667
O

M1
At A, y = 0
3 750
τmax = = 563 psi Ans.
2 (2)(1)

3-26
wl 2 wl 2 c 8σ I
Mmax = ⇒ σmax = ⇒ w=
8 8I cl 2
(a) l = 12(12) = 144 in, I = (1/12)(1.5)(9.5) 3 = 107.2 in4
8(1200)(107.2)
w= = 10.4 lbf/in Ans.
4.75(1442 )
(b) l = 48 in, I = (π/64)(24 − 1.254 ) = 0.6656 in4
8(12)(103 )(0.6656)
w= = 27.7 lbf/in Ans.
1(48) 2
.
(c) l = 48 in, I = (1/12)(2)(33 ) − (1/12)(1.625)(2.6253 ) = 2.051 in4
8(12)(103 )(2.051)
w= = 57.0 lbf/in Ans.
1.5(48) 2
(d) l = 72 in; Table A-6, I = 2(1.24) = 2.48 in4

0.842"
2.158"
cmax = 2.158"
8(12)(103 )(2.48)
w= = 21.3 lbf/in Ans.
2.158(72) 2
(e) l = 72 in; Table A-7, I = 3.85 in4

2 8(12)(103 )(3.85)
w= = 35.6 lbf/in Ans.
2(722 )

(f) l = 72 in, I = (1/12)(1)(43 ) = 5.333 in4

8(12)(103 )(5.333)
w= = 49.4 lbf/in Ans.
(2)(72) 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
42 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-27 (a) Model (c)

π
500 lbf 500 lbf
I = (0.54 ) = 3.068(10−3 ) in4
64
0.4375
π
1.25 in A = (0.52 ) = 0.1963 in2
4
500 lbf 500 lbf
Mc 218.75(0.25)
V (lbf) σ = =
500 I 3.068(10−3 )
= 17 825 psi = 17.8 kpsi Ans.
O
4V 4 500
⫺500
τmax = = = 3400 psi Ans.
3A 3 0.1963
M Mmax ⫽ 500(0.4375)
(lbf • in) ⫽ 218.75 lbf • in

(b) Model (d)

1333 lbf/in
0.25"

1.25"
1
500 lbf 500 lbf Mmax = 500(0.25) + (500)(0.375)
2
V (lbf)
500 = 218.75 lbf · in
Vmax = 500 lbf
O
Same M and V
⫺500
∴ σ = 17.8 kpsi Ans.
M Mmax
τmax = 3400 psi Ans.

3-28
F
l p2

p1 b
a

p1 + p2
q = −Fx−1 + p1 x − l0 − x − l1 + terms for x > l + a
a
p1 + p2
V = −F + p1 x − l1 − x − l2 + terms for x > l + a
2a
p1 p1 + p2
M = −F x + x − l2 − x − l3 + terms for x > l + a
2 6a
At x = (l + a) + , V = M = 0, terms for x > l + a = 0
p1 + p2 2 2F
−F + p1 a − a =0 ⇒ p1 − p2 = (1)
2a a
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 43

p1 a 2 p1 + p2 3 6F(l + a)
−F(l + a) + − a =0 ⇒ 2 p1 − p2 = (2)
2 6a a2

2F 2F
From (1) and (2) p1 = (3l + 2a), p2 = (3l + a) (3)
a2 a2
b a ap2
From similar triangles = ⇒ b= (4)
p2 p1 + p2 p1 + p2
Mmax occurs where V = 0
F
l a ⫺ 2b
p2

p2
xmax = l + a − 2b
p2

p1 b b

p1 p1 + p2
Mmax = −F(l + a − 2b) + (a − 2b) 2 − (a − 2b) 3
2 6a
p1 p1 + p2
= −Fl − F(a − 2b) + (a − 2b) 2 − (a − 2b) 3
2 6a
Normally Mmax = −Fl
The fractional increase in the magnitude is

F(a − 2b) − ( p1 /2)(a − 2b) 2 − [( p1 + p2 )/6a](a − 2b) 3

= (5)
Fl
For example, consider F = 1500 lbf, a = 1.2 in, l = 1.5 in
2(1500)
(3) p1 = [3(1.5) + 2(1.2)] = 14 375 lbf/in
1.22
2(1500)
p2 = [3(1.5) + 1.2] = 11 875 lbf/in
1.22
(4) b = 1.2(11 875)/(14 375 + 11 875) = 0.5429 in

Substituting into (5) yields

= 0.036 89 or 3.7% higher than −Fl
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
44 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

y 600(15) 20
3-29 600 lbf/ft R1 = + 3000 = 8500 lbf
3000 lbf 2 15
5' 15'
x 600(15) 5
R1 R2 R2 = − 3000 = 3500 lbf
2 15
V (lbf) 3500
5500 a= = 5.833 ft
a 600
O x
⫺3000 ⫺3500

M
3500(5.833) ⫽ 20420
(lbf • ft)

O x

⫺15000

1(12) + 5(12)
(a) ȳ = = 3 in
z 24
1
y
Iz = [2(53 ) + 6(33 ) − 4(13 )] = 136 in4
3
−15000(12)(−3)
At x = 5 ft, y = −3 in, σx = − = −3970 psi
136
−15000(12)5
y = 5 in, σx = − = 6620 psi
136
20420(12)(−3)
At x = 14.17 ft, y = −3 in, σx = − = 5405 psi
136
20420(12)5
y = 5 in, σx = − = −9010 psi
136
Max tension = 6620 psi Ans.
Max compression = −9010 psi Ans.
(b) Vmax = 5500 lbf
Q n.a. = ȳ A = 2.5(5)(2) = 25 in3
5 in
z
VQ 5500(25)
τmax = = = 506 psi Ans.
V Ib 136(2)
|σmax | 9010
(c) τmax = = = 4510 psi Ans.
2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 45

3-30
y
F c
R1 = F
a c
x l
l
R1 R2
c
M = Fx 0≤x ≤a
l

6M 6(c/l) Fx 6cFx
σ = 2
= ⇒ h= 0≤x ≤a Ans.
bh bh 2 blσmax

c
3-31 From Prob. 3-30, R1 = l F = V, 0≤x ≤a

3V 3 (c/l) F 3 Fc
τmax = = ∴ h= Ans.
2 bh 2 bh 2 lbτmax

6Fcx
e From Prob. 3-30 = sub in x = e and equate to h above
h
x lbσmax

3 Fc 6Fce
h(x) =
2 lbτmax lbσmax

3 Fcσmax
e= 2
Ans.
8 lbτmax

3-32
F b
a b R1 = F
l
l
R1 R2 b
M = Fx
l
32M 32 b
σmax = 3
= Fx
πd πd 3 l
32 bFx 1/3
 
d= 0≤x ≤a Ans.
π lσmax

3-33 t

b b

Square: Am = (b − t) 2
Tsq = 2Am tτall = 2(b − t) 2 tτall
Round: Am = π(b − t) 2 /4
Trd = 2π(b − t) 2 tτall /4
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
46 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Ratio of torques
Tsq 2(b − t) 2 tτall 4
= 2
= = 1.27
Trd π(b − t) tτall /2 π
Twist per unit length
square:
 
2Gθ1 t L L 4(b − t)
θsq = = C = C
tτall A m A m (b − t) 2
Round:
 
L π(b − t) 4(b − t)
θrd = C =C 2
=C
A m π(b − t) /4 (b − t) 2
Ratio equals 1, twists are the same.
Note the weight ratio is
Wsq ρl(b − t) 2 b−t
= = thin-walled assumes b ≥ 20t
Wrd ρlπ(b − t)(t) πt
19
= = 6.04 with b = 20t
π
= 2.86 with b = 10t

3-34 l = 40 in, τall = 11 500 psi, G = 11.5(106 ) psi, t = 0.050 in

rm = ri + t/2 = ri + 0.025 for ri > 0
=0 for ri = 0
 π 
Am = (1 − 0.05) 2 − 4 rm2 − rm2 = 0.952 − (4 − π)rm2
4
L m = 4(1 − 0.05 − 2rm + 2πrm /4) = 4[0.95 − (2 − π/2)rm ]
Eq. (3-45): T = 2Am tτ = 2(0.05)(11 500) Am = 1150Am
Eq. (3-46):
180 T L m l 180 T L m (40) 180
θ(deg) = θ1 l = 2
= 6 2
π 4G Am t π 4(11.5)(10 ) Am (0.05) π
T Lm
= 9.9645(10−4 )
A2m
Equations can then be put into a spreadsheet resulting in:

ri rm Am Lm ri T(lbf · in) ri θ(deg)

0 0 0.902 5 3.8 0 1037.9 0 4.825
0.10 0.125 0.889 087 3.585 398 0.10 1022.5 0.10 4.621
0.20 0.225 0.859 043 3.413 717 0.20 987.9 0.20 4.553
0.30 0.325 0.811 831 3.242 035 0.30 933.6 0.30 4.576
0.40 0.425 0.747 450 3.070 354 0.40 859.6 0.40 4.707
0.45 0.475 0.708 822 2.984 513 0.45 815.1 0.45 4.825
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 47

1200

1000

800

T (lbf • in)
600

400

200

0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
ri (in)

4.85

4.80

4.75
␪ (deg)

4.70

4.65

4.60

4.55

4.50
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
ri (in)

Torque carrying capacity reduces with ri . However, this is based on an assumption of uni-
form stresses which is not the case for small ri . Also note that weight also goes down with
an increase in ri .

3-35 From Eq. (3-47) where θ1 is the same for each leg.
1 1
T1 = Gθ1 L 1 c13 , T2 = Gθ1 L 2 c23
3 3
1
1

T = T1 + T2 = Gθ1 L 1 c13 + L 2 c23 = Gθ1 L i ci3

Ans.
3 3
τ1 = Gθ1 c1 , τ2 = Gθ1 c2
τmax = Gθ1 cmax Ans.

3-36
(a) τmax = Gθ1 cmax
τmax 12 000
Gθ1 = = = 9.6(104 ) psi/in
cmax 1/8
1 1
T1/16 = Gθ1 (Lc3 ) 1/16 = (9.6)(104 )(5/8)(1/16) 3 = 4.88 lbf · in Ans.
3 3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
48 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

1
T1/8 = (9.6)(104 )(5/8)(1/8) 3 = 39.06 lbf · in Ans.
3
τ1/16 = 9.6(104 )1/16 = 6000 psi, τ1/8 = 9.6(104 )1/8 = 12 000 psi Ans.
9.6(104 )
(b) θ1 = = 87(10−3 ) rad/in = 0.458◦ /in Ans.
12(106 )

3-37 Separate strips: For each 1/16 in thick strip,

Lc2 τ (1)(1/16) 2 (12 000)

T = = = 15.625 lbf · in
3 3
∴ Tmax = 2(15.625) = 31.25 lbf · in Ans.
For each strip,
3T l 3(15.625)(12)
θ= = = 0.192 rad Ans.
Lc3 G (1)(1/16) 3 (12)(106 )
kt = T /θ = 31.25/0.192 = 162.8 lbf · in /rad Ans.
Solid strip: From Eq. (3-47),
Lc2 τ 1(1/8) 2 12 000
Tmax = = = 62.5 lbf · in Ans.
3 3
τl 12 000(12)
θ = θ1 l = = = 0.0960 rad Ans.
Gc 12(106 )(1/8)
kl = 62.5/0.0960 = 651 lbf · in/rad Ans.

3-38 τall = 60 MPa, H ⫽ 35 kW

(a) n = 2000 rpm
9.55H 9.55(35)103
Eq. (4-40) T = = = 167.1 N · m
n 2000

16T 1/3 16(167.1) 1/3

   
16T
τmax = ⇒ d= = = 24.2(10−3 ) m ⫽ 24.2 mm Ans.
πd 3 πτmax π(60)10 6

(b) n = 200 rpm T = 1671 N · m

∴

16(1671) 1/3
 
d= 6
= 52.2(10−3 ) m ⫽ 52.2 mm Ans.
π(60)10

3-39 τall = 110 MPa, θ = 30◦ , d = 15 mm, l = ?

16T π 3
τ= ⇒ T = τd
πd 3 16
 
Tl 180
θ=
JG π
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 49

d 4 Gθ
 
π J Gθ π π π dGθ
l= = =
180 T 180 32 (π/16) τ d 3 360 τ
π (0.015)(79.3)(109 )(30)
= = 2.83 m Ans.
360 110(106 )

3-40 d = 3 in, replaced by 3 in hollow with t = 1/4 in

π π (34 − 2.54 )
(a) Tsolid = τ (33 ) Thollow = τ
16 32 1.5

(π/16)(33 ) − (π/32) [(34 − 2.54 )/1.5]

%
T = (100) = 48.2% Ans.
(π/16)(33 )

(b) Wsolid = kd 2 = k(32 ) , Whollow = k(32 − 2.52 )

k(32 ) − k(32 − 2.52 )
%
W = (100) = 69.4% Ans.
k(32 )

3-41 T = 5400 N · m, τall = 150 MPa

Tc 5400(d/2) 4.023(104 )
(a) τ= ⇒ 150(106 ) = =
J (π/32)[d 4 − (0.75d) 4 ] d3
1/3
4.023(104 )
 
d= 6
= 6.45(10−2 ) m = 64.5 mm
150(10 )
From Table A-17, the next preferred size is d = 80 mm; ID = 60 mm Ans.
π
(b) J= (0.084 − 0.064 ) = 2.749(10−6 ) mm4
32
5400(0.030)
τi = = 58.9(106 ) Pa = 58.9 MPa Ans.
2.749(10−6 )

3-42
63 025H 63 025(1)
(a) T = = = 12 605 lbf · in
n 5
16T 1/3 16(12 605) 1/3
   
16T
τ= ⇒ dC = = = 1.66 in Ans.
πdC3 πτ π(14 000)
From Table A-17, select 1 3/4 in
16(2)(12 605)
τstart = = 23.96(103 ) psi = 23.96 kpsi
π(1.753 )
(b) design activity
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
50 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-43 ω = 2πn/60 = 2π(8)/60 = 0.8378 rad/s

H 1000
T = = = 1194 N · m
ω 0.8378
16T 1/3 16(1194) 1/3
   
dC = = 6
= 4.328(10−2 ) m = 43.3 mm
πτ π(75)(10 )
From Table A-17, select 45 mm Ans.
√ 
3-44 s= A, d = 4A/π
Square: Eq. (3-43) with b = c
4.8T
τmax =
c3
4.8T
(τmax ) sq =
( A) 3/2
16 T 16T 3.545T
Round: (τmax ) rd = = =
π d3 π(4A/π) 3/2 ( A) 3/2
(τmax ) sq 4.8
= = 1.354
(τmax ) rd 3.545
Square stress is 1.354 times the round stress Ans.
√ 
3-45 s= A, d= 4A/π
Square: Eq. (3-44) with b = c, β = 0.141
Tl Tl
θsq = =
0.141c4 G 0.141( A) 4/2 G
Round:
Tl Tl 6.2832T l
θrd = = /
=
JG 4
(π/32) (4A/π) G2 ( A) 4/2 G
θsq 1/0.141
= = 1.129
θrd 6.2832
Square has greater θ by a factor of 1.13 Ans.

3-46 Dz
808 lbf
y Dx x
E
z
D
92.8 lbf 362.8 lbf
3.9 in
4.3 in
Cz
Q
2.7 in

Cx 362.8 lbf
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 51



MD = 7C x − 4.3(92.8) − 3.9(362.8) = 0
z

C x = 259.1 lbf


MC = −7Dx − 2.7(92.8) + 3.9(362.8) = 0
z

Dx = 166.3 lbf

 4.3
MD ⇒ Cz = 808 = 496.3 lbf
x 7

 2.7
MC ⇒ Dz = 808 = 311.7 lbf
x 7

y 311.7 lbf 808 lbf 496.3 lbf

E
362.8 lbf
166.3 lbf
x
92.8 lbf D Q C
x z
D Q C

259.1 lbf
My
311.7(4.3) ⫽ 1340 lbf • in
Mz

259.1(2.7) ⫽ 699.6 lbf • in

O
O

⫺166.3(4.3) ⫽ ⫺715.1 lbf • in

Torque : T = 808(3.9) = 3151 lbf · in

x=4.3+
in

Bending Q : M = 699.62 + 13402 = 1512 lbf · in
x=4.3+
in

Torque:
16T 16(3151)
τ= 3
= = 8217 psi
πd π(1.253 )
Bending:
32(1512)
σb = ± = ±7885 psi
π(1.253 )
Axial:
F 362.8
σa = − = − = −296 psi
A (π/4)(1.252 )

|σmax | = 7885 + 296 = 8181 psi


8181 2

τmax = + 82172 = 9179 psi Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
52 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

 2
7885 − 296 7885 − 296
σmax = + + 82172 = 12 845 psi Ans.
tens. 2 2

3-47 Ay B
x

Az 3 in
Bz
y 2.6 in 92.8 lbf By
A
P

1.3 in
z
E

92.8 lbf 808 lbf

362.8 lbf



MB = −5.6(362.8) + 1.3(92.8) + 3A y = 0
z

A y = 637.0 lbf


M A = −2.6(362.8) + 1.3(92.8) + 3B y = 0
z

B y = 274.2 lbf

 5.6
M B = 0 ⇒ Az = 808 = 1508.3 lbf
y 3

 2.6
M A = 0 ⇒ Bz = 808 = 700.3 lbf
y 3
Torsion: T = 808(1.3) = 1050 lbf · in
16(1050)
τ= = 5348 psi
π(13 )
Bending: M p = 92.8(1.3) = 120.6 lbf · in
 
M A = 3 B y2 + Bz2 = 3 274.22 + 700.32

= 2256 lbf · in = Mmax

32(2256)
σb = ± = ±22 980 psi
π(13 )
92.8
Axial: σ = − = −120 psi
inAP (π/4)12
 2
−22980 − 120
τmax = + 53482 = 12 730 psi Ans.
2
 2
22980 − 120 22980 − 120
σmax = + + 53482 = 24 049 psi Ans.
tens 2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 53

3-48
Gear F 1000 lbf • in
2.5R
1000
Ft = = 400 lbf
2.5
Shaft ABCD Fn = 400 tan 20 = 145.6 lbf
Ft
y Fn ␾
Torque at C TC = 400(5) = 2000 lbf · in
RAy
666.7 lbf
2000
2000 lbf • in P= = 666.7 lbf
A 3
3" B
145.6 lbf
z RAz
2000 lbf • in
10"
RDy
C
C

400 lbf 5"

D x
RDz

( M A)z = 0 ⇒ 18R Dy − 145.6(13) − 666.7(3) = 0 ⇒ R Dy = 216.3 lbf


( M A) y = 0 ⇒ −18R Dz + 400(13) = 0 ⇒ R Dz = 288.9 lbf


Fy = 0 ⇒ R Ay + 216.3 − 666.7 − 145.6 = 0 ⇒ R Ay = 596.0 lbf


Fz = 0 ⇒ R Az + 288.9 − 400 = 0 ⇒ R Az = 111.1 lbf

M B = 3 5962 + 111.12 = 1819 lbf · in

MC = 5 216.32 + 288.92 = 1805 lbf · in
∴ Maximum stresses occur at B. Ans.
32M B 32(1819)
σB = 3
= = 9486 psi
πd π(1.253 )
16TB 16(2000)
= = 5215 psi
τB =
πd 3 π(1.253 )

9486 2
  
σB σB 2 2 9486
σmax = + + τB = + + 52152 = 11 792 psi Ans.
2 2 2 2
 
σB 2
τmax = + τ B2 = 7049 psi Ans.
2

3-49 r = d/2
(a) For top, θ = 90◦ ,
σ
σr = [1 − 1 + (1 − 1)(1 − 3)cos 180] = 0 Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
54 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

σ
σθ = [1 + 1 − (1 + 3)cos 180] = 3σ Ans.
2
σ
τrθ = − (1 − 1)(1 + 3)sin 180 = 0 Ans.
2
For side, θ = 0◦ ,
σ
σr = [1 − 1 + (1 − 1)(1 − 3)cos 0] = 0 Ans.
2
σ
σθ = [1 + 1 − (1 + 3)cos 0] = −σ Ans.
2
σ
τrθ = − (1 − 1)(1 + 3)sin 0 = 0 Ans.
2

(b)
3 104 3 104
     
1 100 1 25
σθ /σ = 1+ 2 − 1+ cos 180 = 2+ 2 +
2 4r 16 r 4 2 r 16 r 4

r σθ /σ ␴␪兾␴
3.0
5 3.000
6 2.071 2.5
7 1.646
8 1.424 2.0

9 1.297
1.5
10 1.219
11 1.167
1.0
12 1.132
13 1.107 0.5
14 1.088
15 1.074 0
0 5 10 15 20
16 1.063 r (mm)
17 1.054
18 1.048
19 1.042
20 1.037
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 55

(c)
3 104 3 104
     
1 100 1 25
σθ /σ = 1+ 2 − 1+ cos 0 = −
2 4r 16 r 4 2 r2 16 r 4

r σθ /σ ␴␪兾␴
0.2
5 ⫺1.000
6 ⫺0.376 0
7 ⫺0.135
8 ⫺0.034 ⫺0.2
9 0.011
10 0.031 ⫺0.4

11 0.039
⫺0.6
12 0.042
13 0.041 ⫺0.8
14 0.039
15 0.037 ⫺1.0
0 5 10 15 20
16 0.035 r (mm)
17 0.032
18 0.030
19 0.027
20 0.025

3-50
1.5
D/d = = 1.5
1
1/8
r/d = = 0.125
1
.
Fig. A-15-8: K ts = 1.39
.
Fig. A-15-9: K t = 1.60
Mc 32K t M 32(1.6)(200)(14)
σ A = Kt = 3
= = 45 630 psi
I πd π(13 )
Tc 16K ts T 16(1.39)(200)(15)
τ A = K ts = 3
= = 21 240 psi
J πd π(13 )

45.63 2
  
σA σA 2
2 45.63
σmax = + + τA = + + 21.242
2 2 2 2
= 54.0 kpsi Ans.

45.63 2

τmax = + 21.242 = 31.2 kpsi Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
56 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-51 As shown in Fig. 3-32, the maximum stresses occur at the inside fiber where r = ri . There-
fore, from Eq. (3-50)
 
ri2 pi ro2
σt, max = 2 1+ 2
ro − ri2 ri
 
ro2 + ri2
= pi Ans.
ro2 − ri2
 
ri2 pi ro2
σr, max = 2 1 − 2 = − pi Ans.
ro − ri2 ri

3-52 If pi = 0, Eq. (3-49) becomes

− poro2 − ri2ro2 po /r 2
σt =
ro2 − ri2
 
poro2 ri2
=− 2 1+ 2
ro − ri2 r

The maximum tangential stress occurs at r = ri . So

2 poro2
σt, max = − Ans.
ro2 − ri2
For σr , we have
− poro2 + ri2ro2 po /r 2
σr =
ro2 − ri2
 
poro2 ri2
= 2 −1
ro − ri2 r 2

So σr = 0 at r = ri . Thus at r = ro
 
por 2 ri2 − ro2
σr, max = 2 o2 = − po Ans.
r o − ri ro2

3-53
2
F = p A = πrav p
rav
2
p F πrav p prav
t σ1 = σ2 = = = Ans.
Awall 2πrav t 2t
F
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 57

3-54 σt > σl > σr

τmax = (σt − σr )/2 at r = ri where σl is intermediate in value. From Prob. 4-50

1
τmax = (σt, max − σr, max )
2
 
pi ro2 + ri2
τmax = +1
2 ro2 − ri2

Now solve for pi using ro = 75 mm, ri = 69 mm, and τmax = 25 MPa. This gives
pi = 3.84 MPa Ans.

3-55 Given ro = 5 in, ri = 4.625 in and referring to the solution of Prob. 3-54,

350 (5) 2 + (4.625) 2

 
τmax = +1
2 (5) 2 − (4.625) 2

= 2 424 psi Ans.

3-56 From Table A-20, S y = 57 kpsi; also, ro = 0.875 in and ri = 0.625 in

From Prob. 3-52
2 poro2
σt, max = −
ro2 − ri2
Rearranging
ro − ri2 (0.8S y )
2

po =
2ro2
Solving, gives po = 11 200 psi Ans.

3-57 From Table A-20, S y = 390 MPa; also ro = 25 mm, ri = 20 mm.

From Prob. 3-51
   
ro2 + ri2 ro2 − ri2
σt, max = pi therefore pi = 0.8S y
ro2 − ri2 ro2 + ri2

solving gives pi = 68.5 MPa Ans.

3-58 Since σt and σr are both positive and σt > σr

τmax = (σt ) max /2
where σt is max at ri
Eq. (3-55) for r = ri = 0.375 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
58 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

0.282 2π(7200) 2 3 + 0.292

   
(σt ) max =
386 60 8

(0.3752 )(52 ) 1 + 3(0.292)

 
2 2 2
× 0.375 + 5 + − (0.375 ) = 8556 psi
0.3752 3 + 0.292

8556
τmax = = 4278 psi Ans.
2
 
r 2r 2
Radial stress: σr = k ri2 + ro2 − i 2o − r 2
r
 
dσr ri2ro2 √ 
Maxima: = k 2 3 − 2r = 0 ⇒ r = ri ro = 0.375(5) = 1.3693 in
dr r
0.282 2π(7200) 2 3 + 0.292 0.3752 (52 )
    
2 2 2
(σr ) max = 0.375 + 5 − − 1.3693
386 60 8 1.36932
= 3656 psi Ans.

3-59 ω = 2π(2069)/60 = 216.7 rad/s,

ρ = 3320 kg/m3 , ν = 0.24, ri = 0.0125 m, ro = 0.15 m;

use Eq. (3-55)

 
2 3 + 0.24
σt = 3320(216.7) (0.0125) 2 + (0.15) 2 + (0.15) 2
8

1 + 3(0.24)
− (0.0125) (10) −6
2
3 + 0.24
= 2.85 MPa Ans.

3-60
(6/16)
ρ=
386(1/16)(π/4)(62 − 12 )
4
= 5.655(10−4 ) lbf · s2 /in
σt
τmax is at bore and equals
2
Eq. (3-55)
 2  
2π(10 000)
−4 3 + 0.20 2 2 2 1 + 3(0.20) 2
(σt ) max = 5.655(10 ) 0.5 + 3 + 3 − (0.5)
60 8 3 + 0.20
= 4496 psi
4496
τmax = = 2248 psi Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 59

3-61 ω = 2π(3000)/60 = 314.2 rad/s

0.282(1.25)(12)(0.125)
m=
386
= 1.370(10−3 ) lbf · s2 /in
␻

F F
6"

F = mω2r = 1.370(10−3 )(314.22 )(6)

= 811.5 lbf
Anom = (1.25 − 0.5)(1/8) = 0.093 75 in2
811.5
σnom = = 8656 psi Ans.
0.093 75
.
Note: Stress concentration Fig. A-15-1 gives K t = 2.25 which increases σmax and fatigue.

3-62 to 3-67
ν = 0.292, E = 30 Mpsi (207 GPa), ri = 0
R = 0.75 in (20 mm), ro = 1.5 in (40 mm)
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )δ (1.52 − 0.752 )(0.752 − 0)
 
ppsi = = 1.5(107 )δ (1)
0.753 2(1.52 − 0)

207(109 )δ (0.042 − 0.022 )(0.022 − 0)

 
pPa = = 3.881(1012 )δ (2)
0.0203 2(0.042 − 0)

3-62
1
δmax = [40.042 − 40.000] = 0.021 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = [40.026 − 40.025] = 0.0005 mm Ans.
2
From (2)
pmax = 81.5 MPa, pmin = 1.94 MPa Ans.

3-63
1
δmax = (1.5016 − 1.5000) = 0.0008 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5010 − 1.5010) = 0 Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 12 000 psi, pmin = 0 Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
60 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-64
1
δmax = (40.059 − 40.000) = 0.0295 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = (40.043 − 40.025) = 0.009 mm Ans.
2
Eq. (2) pmax = 114.5 MPa, pmin = 34.9 MPa Ans.

3-65
1
δmax = (1.5023 − 1.5000) = 0.001 15 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5017 − 1.5010) = 0.000 35 in Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 17 250 psi pmin = 5250 psi Ans.

3-66
1
δmax = (40.076 − 40.000) = 0.038 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = (40.060 − 40.025) = 0.0175 mm Ans.
2

Eq. (2) pmax = 147.5 MPa pmin = 67.9 MPa Ans.

3-67
1
δmax = (1.5030 − 1.500) = 0.0015 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5024 − 1.5010) = 0.0007 in Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 22 500 psi pmin = 10 500 psi Ans.

3-68
1
δ = (1.002 − 1.000) = 0.001 in ri = 0, R = 0.5 in, ro = 1 in
2
ν = 0.292, E = 30 Mpsi
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )(0.001) (12 − 0.52 )(0.52 − 0)
 
p= = 2.25(104 ) psi Ans.
0.53 2(12 − 0)
Eq. (3-50) for outer member at ri = 0.5 in
0.52 (2.25)(104 ) 12
 
(σt ) o = 1+ = 37 500 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52 0.52
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 61

Inner member, from Prob. 3-52

 
poro2 ri2 2.25(104 )(0.52 )
 
0
(σt ) i = − 2 1+ 2 =− 1+ = −22 500 psi Ans.
ro − ri2 ro 0.52 − 0 0.52

3-69
νi = 0.292, E i = 30(106 ) psi, νo = 0.211, E o = 14.5(106 ) psi
1
δ = (1.002 − 1.000) = 0.001 in, ri = 0, R = 0.5, ro = 1
2
Eq. (3-56)
12 + 0.52
    2 
0.5 0.5 0.5 + 0
0.001 = + 0.211 + − 0.292 p
14.5(106 ) 12 − 0.52 30(106 ) 0.52 − 0
p = 13 064 psi Ans.
Eq. (3-50) for outer member at ri = 0.5 in
0.52 (13 064) 12
 
(σt ) o = 1+ = 21 770 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52 0.52
Inner member, from Prob. 3-52
13 064(0.52 )
 
0
(σt )i = − 1+ = −13 064 psi Ans.
0.52 − 0 0.52

3-70
1
δmax = (1.003 − 1.000) = 0.0015 in ri = 0, R = 0.5 in, ro = 1 in
2
1
δmin = (1.002 − 1.001) = 0.0005 in
2
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )(0.0015) (12 − 0.52 )(0.52 − 0)
 
pmax = = 33 750 psi Ans.
0.53 2(12 − 0)

Eq. (3-50) for outer member at r = 0.5 in

0.52 (33 750) 12
 
(σt ) o = 1+ = 56 250 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52 0.52
For inner member, from Prob. 3-52, with r = 0.5 in
(σt ) i = −33 750 psi Ans.
For δmin all answers are 0.0005/0.0015 = 1/3 of above answers Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
62 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-71
νi = 0.292, E i = 30 Mpsi, νo = 0.334, E o = 10.4 Mpsi
1
δmax = (2.005 − 2.000) = 0.0025 in
2
1
δmin = (2.003 − 2.002) = 0.0005 in
2
 2
2 + 12
   2 
1.0 1.0 1 +0
0.0025 = + 0.334 + − 0.292 pmax
10.4(106 ) 22 − 12 30(106 ) 12 − 0
pmax = 11 576 psi Ans.

Eq. (3-50) for outer member at r = 1 in

12 (11 576) 22
 
(σt ) o = 1 + 2 = 19 293 psi Ans.
22 − 12 1
Inner member from Prob. 3-52 with r = 1 in
(σt ) i = −11 576 psi Ans.

For δmin all above answers are 0.0005/0.0025 = 1/5 Ans.

3-72
(a) Axial resistance
Normal force at fit interface
N = p A = p(2π Rl) = 2π p Rl
Fully-developed friction force
Fax = f N = 2π f p Rl Ans.
(b) Torsional resistance at fully developed friction is
T = f R N = 2π f p R 2l Ans.

3-73 d = 1 in, ri = 1.5 in, ro = 2.5 in.

From Table 3-4, for R = 0.5 in,
rc = 1.5 + 0.5 = 2 in
0.52
rn = √
= 1.968 245 8 in
2 2 − 22 − 0.52
e = rc − rn = 2.0 − 1.968 245 8 = 0.031 754 in
ci = rn − ri = 1.9682 − 1.5 = 0.4682 in
co = ro − rn = 2.5 − 1.9682 = 0.5318 in
A = πd 2 /4 = π(1) 2 /4 = 0.7854 in2
M = Frc = 1000(2) = 2000 lbf · in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 63

Using Eq. (3-65)

F Mci 1000 2000(0.4682)
σi = + = + = 26 300 psi Ans.
A Aeri 0.7854 0.7854(0.031 754)(1.5)
F Mco 1000 2000(0.5318)
σo = − = − = −15 800 psi Ans.
A Aero 0.7854 0.7854(0.031 754)(2.5)

3-74 Section AA:

D = 0.75 in, ri = 0.75/2 = 0.375 in, ro = 0.75/2 + 0.25 = 0.625 in
From Table 3-4, for R = 0.125 in,
rc = (0.75 + 0.25)/2 = 0.500 in
0.1252
rn = √
= 0.492 061 5 in
2 0.5 − 0.52 − 0.1252
e = 0.5 − rn = 0.007 939 in
co = ro − rn = 0.625 − 0.492 06 = 0.132 94 in
ci = rn − ri = 0.492 06 − 0.375 = 0.117 06 in
A = π(0.25) 2 /4 = 0.049 087
M = Frc = 100(0.5) = 50 lbf · in
100 50(0.117 06)
σi = + = 42 100 psi Ans.
0.049 09 0.049 09(0.007 939)(0.375)
100 50(0.132 94)
σo = − = −25 250 psi Ans.
0.049 09 0.049 09(0.007 939)(0.625)
Section BB: Abscissa angle θ of line of radius centers is
 
−1 r2 + d/2
θ = cos
r2 + d + D/2
 
−1 0.375 + 0.25/2
= cos = 60◦
0.375 + 0.25 + 0.75/2
D+d
M=F cos θ = 100(0.5) cos 60◦ = 25 lbf · in
2
ri = r2 = 0.375 in
ro = r2 + d = 0.375 + 0.25 = 0.625 in
e = 0.007 939 in (as before)
Fcos θ Mci
σi = −
A Aeri
100 cos 60◦ 25(0.117 06)
= − = −19 000 psi Ans.
0.049 09 0.049 09(0.007 939)0.375
100 cos 60◦ 25(0.132 94)
σo = + = 14 700 psi Ans.
0.049 09 0.049 09(0.007 939)0.625
On section BB, the shear stress due to the shear force is zero at the surface.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
64 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-75 ri = 0.125 in, ro = 0.125 + 0.1094 = 0.2344 in

From Table 3-4 for h = 0.1094
rc = 0.125 + 0.1094/2 = 0.1797 in
rn = 0.1094/ln(0.2344/0.125) = 0.174 006 in
e = rc − rn = 0.1797 − 0.174 006 = 0.005 694 in
ci = rn − ri = 0.174 006 − 0.125 = 0.049 006 in
co = ro − rn = 0.2344 − 0.174 006 = 0.060 394 in
A = 0.75(0.1094) = 0.082 050 in2
M = F(4 + h/2) = 3(4 + 0.1094/2) = 12.16 lbf · in
3 12.16(0.0490)
σi = − − = −10 240 psi Ans.
0.082 05 0.082 05(0.005 694)(0.125)
3 12.16(0.0604)
σo = − + = 6670 psi Ans.
0.082 05 0.082 05(0.005 694)(0.2344)

3-76 Find the resultant of F1 and F2 .

Fx = F1x + F2x = 250 cos 60◦ + 333 cos 0◦
= 458 lbf
Fy = F1 y + F2 y = 250 sin 60◦ + 333 sin 0◦
= 216.5 lbf
F = (4582 + 216.52 ) 1/2 = 506.6 lbf
This is the pin force on the lever which acts in a direction
Fy 216.5
θ = tan−1 = tan−1 = 25.3◦
Fx 458
On the 25.3◦ surface from F1
2000 lbf • in Ft = 250 cos(60◦ − 25.3◦ ) = 206 lbf
25.3⬚
142 206 Fn = 250 sin(60◦ − 25.3◦ ) = 142 lbf
507 rc = 1 + 3.5/2 = 2.75 in
A = 2[0.8125(0.375) + 1.25(0.375)]
= 1.546 875 in2

The denominator of Eq. (3-63), given below, has four additive parts.
A
rn = 
(d A/r)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 65


For d A/r , add the results of the following equation for each of the four rectangles.
 ro
bdr ro
= b ln , b = width
ri r ri

dA 1.8125 2.1875 3.6875 4.5
= 0.375 ln + 1.25 ln + 1.25 ln + 0.375 ln
r 1 1.8125 3.3125 3.6875
= 0.666 810 6
1.546 875
rn = = 2.3198 in
0.666 810 6
e = rc − rn = 2.75 − 2.3198 = 0.4302 in
ci = rn − ri = 2.320 − 1 = 1.320 in
co = ro − rn = 4.5 − 2.320 = 2.180 in

Shear stress due to 206 lbf force is zero at inner and outer surfaces.
142 2000(1.32)
σi = − + = 3875 psi Ans.
1.547 1.547(0.4302)(1)
142 2000(2.18)
σo = − − = −1548 psi Ans.
1.547 1.547(0.4302)(4.5)

3-77
A = (6 − 2 − 1)(0.75) = 2.25 in2
6+2
rc = = 4 in
2
Similar to Prob. 3-76,

dA 3.5 6
= 0.75 ln + 0.75 ln = 0.635 473 4 in
r 2 4.5
A 2.25
rn =  = = 3.5407 in
(d A/r) 0.635 473 4
e = 4 − 3.5407 = 0.4593 in
5000 20 000(3.5407 − 2)
σi = + = 17 130 psi Ans.
2.25 2.25(0.4593)(2)
5000 20 000(6 − 3.5407)
σo = − = −5710 psi Ans.
2.25 2.25(0.4593)(6)

3-78  ro  6
2 6
A= b dr = dr = 2 ln
ri 2 r 2
= 2.197 225 in2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
66 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

1
 ro 1
 6
2r
rc = br dr = dr
A ri 2.197 225 2 r
2
= (6 − 2) = 3.640 957 in
2.197 225
A 2.197 225
rn =  ro = 6
ri (b/r) dr 2
2 (2/r ) dr

2.197 225
= = 3.295 837 in
2[1/2 − 1/6]
e = R − rn = 3.640 957 − 3.295 837 = 0.345 12
ci = rn − ri = 3.2958 − 2 = 1.2958 in
co = ro − rn = 6 − 3.2958 = 2.7042 in
20 000 20 000(3.641)(1.2958)
σi = + = 71 330 psi Ans.
2.197 2.197(0.345 12)(2)
20 000 20 000(3.641)(2.7042)
σo = − = −34 180 psi Ans.
2.197 2.197(0.345 12)(6)

3-79 rc = 12 in, M = 20(2 + 2) = 80 kip · in

π 3 π
From statics book, I = a b = (23 )1 = 2π in4
4 4
F M y rc 20 80(2) 12
Inside: σi = + = + = 33.7 kpsi Ans.
A I ri 2π 2π 10
F M y rc 20 80(2) 12
Outside: σo = − = − = −18.6 kpsi Ans.
A I ro 2π 2π 14

Note: A much more accurate solution (see the 7th edition) yields σi = 32.25 kpsi and
σo = −19.40 kpsi

3-80
0.4" 0.4"
0.4"R 
dA
1" 1" For rectangle, = b ln ro /ri
r

A r2
For circle,  = 
, Ao = πr 2
(d A/r) 2 rc − rc2 − r 2

  
dA 
2 2
∴ = 2π rc − rc − r
r
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 67

 dA 2.6   
= 1 ln − 2π 1.8 − 1.82 − 0.42 = 0.672 723 4
r 1

A = 1(1.6) − π(0.42 ) = 1.097 345 2 in2

1.097 345 2
rn = = 1.6312 in
0.672 723 4
e = 1.8 − rn = 0.1688 in
ci = 1.6312 − 1 = 0.6312 in
co = 2.6 − 1.6312 = 0.9688 in
M = 3000(5.8) = 17 400 lbf · in
3 17.4(0.6312)
σi = + = 62.03 kpsi Ans.
1.0973 1.0973(0.1688)(1)
3 17.4(0.9688)
σo = − = −32.27 kpsi Ans.
1.0973 1.0973(0.1688)(2.6)

3-81 From Eq. (3-68)

1/3
3 2[(1 − ν 2 )/E]

1/3 1/3
a = KF =F
8 2(1/d)

Use ν = 0.292, F in newtons, E in N/mm2 and d in mm, then

1/3
3 [(1 − 0.2922 )/207 000]

K = = 0.0346
8 1/25
3F 3F
pmax = =
2πa 2 2π(K F 1/3 ) 2
3F 1/3 3F 1/3
= =
2π K 2 2π(0.0346) 2
= 399F 1/3 MPa = |σmax | Ans.
τmax = 0.3 pmax
= 120F 1/3 MPa Ans.

3-82 From Prob. 3-81,

1/3
3 2[(1 − 0.2922 )/207 000]

K = = 0.0436
8 1/25 + 0
3F 1/3 3F 1/3
pmax = = = 251F 1/3
2π K 2 2π(0.0436) 2
and so, σz = −251F 1/3 MPa Ans.
τmax = 0.3(251) F 1/3 = 75.3F 1/3 MPa Ans.
z = 0.48a = 0.48(0.0436)181/3 = 0.055 mm Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
68 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

3-83 ν1 = 0.334, E 1 = 10.4 Mpsi, l = 2 in, d1 = 1 in, ν2 = 0.211, E 2 = 14.5 Mpsi, d2 = −8 in.
With b = K c F 1/2 , from Eq. (3-73),
1/2
2 (1 − 0.3342 )/[10.4(106 )] + (1 − 0.2112 )/[14.5(106 )]

Kc =
π(2) 1 − 0.125
= 0.000 234 6
Be sure to check σx for both ν1 and ν2 . Shear stress is maximum in the aluminum roller. So,
τmax = 0.3 pmax
4000
pmax = = 13 300 psi
0.3
Since pmax = 2F/(πbl) we have
2F 2F 1/2
pmax = =
πl K c F 1/2 πl K c
So,
 2
πl K c pmax
F=
2
 2
π(2)(0.000 234 6)(13 300)
=
2
= 96.1 lbf Ans.

3-84 Good class problem

3-85 From Table A-5, ν = 0.211

σx 1 1
= (1 + ν) − = (1 + 0.211) − = 0.711
pmax 2 2
σy
= 0.711
pmax
σz
=1
pmax
These are principal stresses
τmax 1 1
= (σ1 − σ3 ) = (1 − 0.711) = 0.1445
pmax 2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 3 69

3-86 From Table A-5: ν1 = 0.211, ν2 = 0.292, E 1 = 14.5(106 ) psi, E 2 = 30(106 ) psi, d1 = 6 in,
d2 = ∞, l = 2 in

2(800) (1 − 0.2112 )/14.5(106 ) + (1 − 0.2922 )/[30(106 )]
(a) Eq. (3-73): b =
π(2) 1/6 + 1/∞
= 0.012 135 in
2(800)
pmax = = 20 984 psi
π(0.012 135)(2)
For z = 0 in,
σx 1 = −2ν1 pmax = −2(0.211)20 984 = −8855 psi in wheel
σx 2 = −2(0.292)20 984 = −12 254 psi
In plate
σ y = − pmax = −20 984 psi
σz = −20 984 psi
These are principal stresses.
(b) For z = 0.010 in,
σx1 = −4177 psi in wheel
σx2 = −5781 psi in plate
σ y = −3604 psi
σz = −16 194 psi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 4

4-1
(a) F

k1 k2 k3 y

F F F F
k= ; y= + +
y k1 k2 k3
1
so k= Ans.
(1/k1 ) + (1/k2 ) + (1/k3 )

(b)
k1 F F = k1 y + k2 y + k3 y
k2 y k = F/y = k1 + k2 + k3 Ans.
k3

(c) 1 1 1


1 1
−1
k2
= + k= +
k1 k k1 k2 + k3 k1 k2 + k3
k3

4-2 For a torsion bar, k T = T /θ = Fl/θ, and so θ = Fl/k T . For a cantilever, kC = F/δ,
δ = F/kC . For the assembly, k = F/y, y = F/k = lθ + δ
F Fl 2 F
So y= = +
k kT kC
1
Or k= Ans.
(l 2 /k T ) + (1/kC )

4-3 For a torsion bar, k = T/θ = GJ/l where J = πd 4 /32. So k = πd 4 G/(32l) = K d 4 /l . The
springs, 1 and 2, are in parallel so
d4 d4
k = k1 + k2 = K +K
l1 l2


4 1 1
= Kd +
x l−x
T T
And θ= =

k 1 1
K d4 +
x l−x

K d4 K d 4θ
Then T = kθ = θ+
x l−x
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 71

K d4 K d 4θ
Thus T1 = θ; T2 =
x l−x
If x = l/2, then T1 = T2 . If x < l/2, then T1 > T2
Using τ = 16T /πd 3 and θ = 32T l/(Gπd 4 ) gives
πd 3 τ
T =
16
and so
32l πd 3 τ 2lτall
θall = 4
· =
Gπd 16 Gd
Thus, if x < l/2, the allowable twist is
2xτall
θall = Ans.
Gd


4 1 1
Since k = Kd +
x l−x
π Gd 4 1


1
= + Ans.
32 x l−x
Then the maximum torque is found to be
πd 3 xτall


1 1
Tmax = + Ans.
16 x l−x

4-4 Both legs have the same twist angle. From Prob. 4-3, for equal shear, d is linear in x. Thus,
d1 = 0.2d2 Ans.
 
π G (0.2d2 )4 d24 πG  
k= + = 1.258d24 Ans.
32 0.2l 0.8l 32l
2(0.8l)τall
θall = Ans.
Gd2
Tmax = kθall = 0.198d23 τall Ans.

4-5
F A = πr 2 = π(r1 + x tan α)2
r1
Fdx Fdx
dδ = =
AE Eπ(r1 + x tan α) 2
x  l
␣
F dx
δ=
l
π E 0 (r1 + x tan α) 2
dx
l
F 1
= −
πE tan α(r1 + x tan α) 0
F 1
=
π E r1 (r1 + l tan α)
F
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
72 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Then
F π Er1 (r1 + l tan α)
k= =
δ l


E A1 2l
= 1 + tan α Ans.
l d1

4-6

F = (T + dT ) + w dx − T = 0

Enlarged free
dT
body of length dx
= −w
x dx
T

l
Solution is T = −wx + c
dx w dx T |x=0 = P + wl = c
T = −wx + P + wl
T ⫹ dT
T = P + w(l − x)
w is cable’s weight
per foot

The infinitesmal stretch of the free body of original length dx is

T dx
dδ =
AE
P + w(l − x)
= dx
AE
Integrating,
 l [P + w(l − x)] dx
δ=
0 AE
Pl wl 2
δ= + Ans.
AE 2AE

4-7
wl 2 wx 2
M = wlx − −
2 2
dy wlx 2 wl 2 wx 3 dy
EI = − x− + C1 , = 0 at x = 0, ⬖ C1 = 0
dx 2 2 6 dx
wlx 3 wl 2 x 2 wx 4
EIy = − − + C2 , y = 0 at x = 0, ⬖ C2 = 0
6 4 24
wx 2
y= (4lx − 6l 2 − x 2 ) Ans.
24E I
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 73

4-8
M = M1 = M B
dy dy
EI = M B x + C1 , = 0 at x = 0, ⬖ C1 = 0
dx dx
MB x 2
EIy = + C2 , y = 0 at x = 0, ⬖ C2 = 0
2
MB x 2
y= Ans.
2E I

4-9

y
2
ds
dy
dy ␭ ds = dx 2 + dy 2 = dx 1 +
dx
dx

Expand right-hand term by Binomial theorem


2 1/2
1 dy 2


dy
1+ =1+ + ···
dx 2 dx

Since dy/dx is small compared to 1, use only the first two terms,
dλ = ds − dx


1 dy 2
= dx 1 + − dx
2 dx

1 dy 2


= dx
2 dx
1 l dy 2


⬖λ= dx Ans.
2 0 dx
This contraction becomes important in a nonlinear, non-breaking extension spring.

w
4-10 y = C x 2 (4lx − x 2 − 6l 2 ) where C =
24E I
dy
= C x(12lx − 4x − 12l ) = 4C x(3lx − x 2 − 3l 2 )
2 2
dx

2
dy
= 16C 2 (15l 2 x 4 − 6lx 5 − 18x 3l 3 + x 6 + 9l 4 x 2 )
dx
 l
2 l
1 dy 2
λ= dx = 8C (15l 2 x 4 − 6lx 5 − 18x 3l 3 + x 6 + 9l 4 x 2 ) dx
2 dx
0
 0
9  w 2
9  1  w 2 7
= 8C 2 l7 = 8 l7 = l Ans.
14 24E I 14 112 E I
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
74 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

w
4-11 y = C x(2lx 2 − x 3 − l 3 ) where C =
24E I
dy 2 3 3
= C(6lx − 4x − l )
dx

2
dy
= C 2 (36l 2 x 4 − 48lx 5 − 12l 4 x 2 + 16x 6 + 8x 3l 3 + l 6 )
dx
 l
2 l
1 dy 1 2
λ= dx = C (36l 2 x 4 − 48lx 5 − 12l 4 x 2 + 16x 6 + 8x 3l 3 + l 6 ) dx
2 dx 2
0 0

 

2 17 7 w 2 17 7 17  w 2 7
=C l = l = l Ans.
70 24E I 70 40 320 E I

4-12
I = 2(5.56) = 11.12 in4
wl 4 Fa 2
ymax = y1 + y2 = − + (a − 3l)
8E I 6E I
Here w = 50/12 = 4.167 lbf/in, and a = 7(12) = 84 in, and l = 10(12) = 120 in.

4.167(120) 4
y1 = − = −0.324 in
8(30)(106 )(11.12)
600(84) 2 [3(120) − 84]
y2 = − = −0.584 in
6(30)(106 )(11.12)

So ymax = −0.324 − 0.584 = −0.908 in Ans.

M0 = −Fa − (wl 2 /2)
= −600(84) − [4.167(120) 2 /2]
= −80 400 lbf · in
c = 4 − 1.18 = 2.82 in
−M y (−80 400)(−2.82)
σmax = =− (10−3 )
I 11.12
= −20.4 kpsi Ans.
σmax is at the bottom of the section.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 75

4-13
800 lbf 600 lbf 7 5
RO = (800) + (600) = 860 lbf
3 ft 2 ft 5 ft C 10 10
O
A B
3 5
RO RC RC = (800) + (600) = 540 lbf
V (lbf)
10 10
860

60
O
⫺540
M1 = 860(3)(12) = 30.96(103 ) lbf · in
M
M1 M2 M2 = 30.96(103 ) + 60(2)(12)
(lbf • in)
= 32.40(103 ) lbf · in

Mmax 32.40
σmax = ⇒ 6= Z = 5.4 in3
Z Z

2
F2l 3

F1 a[l − (l/2)] l 2 l
y|x=5ft = + a − 2l −
6E I l 2 2 48E I
1 800(36)(60) 2 2 2 600(1203 )
− = [60 + 36 − 120 ] −
16 6(30)(106 ) I (120) 48(30)(106 ) I
I = 23.69 in4 ⇒ I /2 = 11.84 in4
Select two 6 in-8.2 lbf/ft channels; from Table A-7, I = 2(13.1) = 26.2 in4 , Z = 2(4.38) in3


23.69 1
ymax = − = −0.0565 in
26.2 16
32.40
σmax = = 3.70 kpsi
2(4.38)

4-14
π
(404 ) = 125.66(103 ) mm4
I =
64
Superpose beams A-9-6 and A-9-7,
1500(600)400
yA = 9 3
(4002 + 6002 − 10002 )(103 ) 2
6(207)10 (125.66)10 (1000)
2000(400)
+ [2(1000)4002 − 4003 − 10003 ]103
24(207)109 (125.66)103
y A = −2.061 mm Ans.
1500(400)500
y|x=500 = [5002 + 4002 − 2(1000)500](103 ) 2
24(207)109 (125.66)103 (1000)
5(2000)10004
− 103 = −2.135 mm Ans.
384(207)109 (125.66)103
2.135 − 2.061
% difference = (100) = 3.59% Ans.
2.061
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
76 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-15
1
I = (9)(353 ) = 32. 156(103 ) mm4
12
From Table A-9-10
F Fa 2
␪A yC = − (l + a)
A E B a 3E I
D C
dy AB Fa 2
a = (l − 3x 2 )
dx 6E I l
Thus,
Fal 2 Fal
θA =
=
6E I l 6E I
Fa 2l
y D = −θ A a = −
6E I
With both loads,

Fa 2l Fa 2
yD = − − (l + a)
6E I 3E I
Fa 2 500(2502 )
=− (3l + 2a) = − [3(500) + 2(250)](103 ) 2
6E I 6(207)(109 )(32.156)(103 )
= −1.565 mm Ans.

2 
2Fa(l/2) 2 l Fal 2
yE = l − =
6E I l 2 8E I

500(250)(5002 )(103 ) 2
= = 0.587 mm Ans.
8(207)(109 )(32.156)(103 )

4-16 a = 36 in, l = 72 in, I = 13 in4, E = 30 Mpsi

F1 a 2 F2l 3
y= (a − 3l) −
6E I 3E I
400(36) 2 (36 − 216) 400(72) 3
= −
6(30)(106 )(13) 3(30)(106 )(13)
= −0.1675 in Ans.

4-17 I = 2(1.85) = 3.7 in4

Adding the weight of the channels, 2(5)/12 = 0.833 lbf/in,
wl 4 Fl 3 10.833(484 ) 220(483 )
yA = − − =− −
8E I 3E I 8(30)(106 )(3.7) 3(30)(106 )(3.7)
= −0.1378 in Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 77

4-18
I = πd 4 /64 = π(2)4 /64 = 0.7854 in4
Tables A-9-5 and A-9-9

F2l 3 F1 a
y =− + (4a 2 − 3l 2 )
48E I 24E I
120(40) 3 85(10)(400 − 4800)
=− + = −0.0134 in Ans.
48(30)(10 )(0.7854) 24(30)(106 )(0.7854)
6

4-19
(a) Useful relations
F 48E I
k= = 3
y l
kl 3 2400(48) 3
I = = = 0.1843 in4
48E 48(30)106
From I = bh 3 /12

12(0.1843)
3
h=
b
Form a table. First, Table A-17 gives likely available fractional sizes for b:
8 12 , 9, 9 21 , 10 in
For h:
1 9 5 11 3
, , , ,
2 16 8 16 4
For available b what is necessary h for required I ?

3
12(0.1843)
b b
8.5 0.638 5"
9.0 0.626 ← choose 9"× Ans.
9.5 0.615 8
10.0 0.605

(b)
I = 9(0.625)3 /12 = 0.1831 in4
48E I 48(30)(106 )(0.1831)
k= = = 2384 lbf/in
l3 483
4σ I 4(90 000)(0.1831)
F= = = 4394 lbf
cl (0.625/2)(48)
F 4394
y= = = 1.84 in Ans.
k 2384
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
78 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-20
z

R1 ⫽ 353 lbf 502 lbf

12" A 21" 15" C

x
O B

680 lbf R2 ⫽ 175 lbf

Torque = (600 − 80)(9/2) = 2340 lbf · in

12
(T2 − T1 ) = T2 (1 − 0.125)(6) = 2340
2
2340
T2 = = 446 lbf, T1 = 0.125(446) = 56 lbf
6(0.875)

M0 = 12(680) − 33(502) + 48R2 = 0
33(502) − 12(680)
R2 = = 175 lbf
48
R1 = 680 − 502 + 175 = 353 lbf
We will treat this as two separate problems and then sum the results.
First, consider the 680 lbf load as acting alone.
z

R1 ⫽ 510 lbf R2 ⫽ 170 lbf

x
O 12" A 21" B 15" C

680 lbf

Fbx 2
zO A = − (x + b2 − l 2 ); here b = 36 ",
6E I l
x = 12", l = 48", F = 680 lbf
Also,
πd 4 π(1.5) 4
I = = = 0.2485 in4
64 64
680(36)(12)(144 + 1296 − 2304)
zA = −
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
= +0.1182 in
Fa(l − x) 2
z AC = − (x + a 2 − 2lx)
6E I l

where a = 12" and x = 21 + 12 = 33"

680(12)(15)(1089 + 144 − 3168)
zB = −
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
= +0.1103 in
Next, consider the 502 lbf load as acting alone.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 79

z
502 lbf

12" A 21" B 15" C

O x

R1 R2

Fbx 2
zO B = (x + b2 − l 2 ), where b = 15 ",
6E I l
x = 12", l = 48", I = 0.2485 in4
502(15)(12)(144 + 225 − 2304)
Then, zA = = −0.081 44 in
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
For z B use x = 33"
502(15)(33)(1089 + 225 − 2304)
zB =
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
= −0.1146 in
Therefore, by superposition
z A = +0.1182 − 0.0814 = +0.0368 in Ans.
z B = +0.1103 − 0.1146 = −0.0043 in Ans.

4-21
(a) Calculate torques and moment of inertia
T = (400 − 50)(16/2) = 2800 lbf · in
(8T2 − T2 )(10/2) = 2800 ⇒ T2 = 80 lbf, T1 = 8(80) = 640 lbf
π
I = (1.254 ) = 0.1198 in4
64
y

RO 720 lbf 450 lbf

9" 11" B 12"

O
A C

RB

Due to 720 lbf, flip beam A-9-6 such that y AB → b = 9, x = 0, l = 20, F = −720 lbf

dy  Fb
θB = =− (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 )
dx x=0
 6E I l
−720(9)
=− (0 + 81 − 400) = −4.793(10−3 ) rad
6(30)(106 )(0.1198)(20)
yC = −12θ B = −0.057 52 in
Due to 450 lbf, use beam A-9-10,
Fa 2 450(144)(32)
yC = − (l + a) = − = −0.1923 in
3E I 3(30)(106 )(0.1198)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
80 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Adding the two deflections,

yC = −0.057 52 − 0.1923 = −0.2498 in Ans.
(b) At O:
Due to 450 lbf:
 
dy  Fa 2 2 
 Fal
= (l − 3x ) =
dx x=0
 6E I l 
x=0 6E I

720(11)(0 + 112 − 400) 450(12)(20)

θO = − 6
+ = 0.010 13 rad = 0.5805◦
6(30)(10 )(0.1198)(20) 6(30)(106 )(0.1198)
At B:
450(12)
θ B = −4.793(10−3 ) + [202 − 3(202 )]
6(30)(106 )(0.1198)(20)
= −0.014 81 rad = 0.8485◦
0.8485◦


I = 0.1198 = 1.694 in4
0.06◦

64I 1/4 64(1.694) 1/4

  
d= = = 2.424 in
π π
Use d = 2.5 in Ans.
π
I = (2.54 ) = 1.917 in4
64


0.1198
yC = −0.2498 = −0.015 61 in Ans.
1.917

4-22
(a) l = 36(12) = 432 in
y

5wl 4 5(5000/12)(432) 4
ymax = − =−
384E I 384(30)(106 )(5450)
= −1.16 in

The frame is bowed up 1.16 in with respect to the bolsters. It is fabricated upside down
and then inverted. Ans.
(b) The equation in xy-coordinates is for the center sill neutral surface
wx
y= (2lx 2 − x 3 − l 3 ) Ans.
24E I
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 81

Differentiating this equation and solving for the slope at the left bolster gives
dy w
= (6lx 2 − 4x 3 − l 3 )
dx 24E I
wl 3 (5000/12)(432) 3

Thus, dy 
= − = −
dx x=0 24E I 24(30)(106 )(5450)
= −0.008 57

The slope at the right bolster is 0.008 57, so equation at left end is y = −0.008 57x and
at the right end is y = 0.008 57(x − l). Ans.

4-23 From Table A-9-6,

Fbx 2
yL = (x + b2 − l 2 )
6E I l
Fb 3
yL = (x + b2 x − l 2 x)
6E I l
dy L Fb
= (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 )
dx 6E I l
Fb(b2 − l 2 )

dy L 
=
dx x=0 6E I l

 Fb(b2 − l 2 ) 
 
Let ξ =
 
6E I l 

πd L4
And set I =
64
And solve for d L
 32Fb(b2 − l 2 ) 1/4
 
dL = 
  Ans.
3π Elξ 

For the other end view, observe the figure of Table A-9-6 from the back of the page, noting
that a and b interchange as do x and −x

 32Fa(l 2 − a 2 ) 1/4
 
dR = 
  Ans.
3π Elξ 

For a uniform diameter shaft the necessary diameter is the larger of d L and d R .
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
82 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-24 Incorporating a design factor into the solution for d L of Prob. 4-23,
3.5 kN  1/4
32n 2 2
100 150 d= Fb(l − b )
3π Elξ
3 3 −9 ) 1/4
 
250
d  −3 kN mm 10 (10
= (mm 10 ) 
GPa mm 109 (10−3 ) 

32(1.28)(3.5)(150)|(2502 − 1502 )| −12

d=4 10
3π(207)(250)(0.001)
= 36.4 mm Ans.

4-25 The maximum occurs in the right section. Flip beam A-9-6 and use
Fbx 2
y= (x + b2 − l 2 ) where b = 100 mm
6E I l
dy Fb
= (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 ) = 0
dx 6E I l
Solving for x,

l 2 − b2 2502 − 1002
x= = = 132.29 mm from right
3 3
3.5(103 )(0.1)(0.132 29)
y= [0.132 292 + 0.12 − 0.252 ](103 )
6(207)(109 )(π/64)(0.03644 )(0.25)
= −0.0606 mm Ans.

4-26
y
The slope at x = 0 due to F1 in the xy plane is
a1 F1
F1 b1 b12 − l 2
 
b1
θx y =
6E I l
z
a2
and in the xz plane due to F2 is
F2 b2 b22 − l 2
 
F2 b2
x
θx z =
6E I l

For small angles, the slopes add as vectors. Thus

 1/2
θ L = θx2y + θx2z
  2 2
 2   2 2
 2 1/2
F1 b1 b1 − l F2 b2 b2 − l
= + 
6E I l 6E I l
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 83

Designating the slope constraint as ξ, we then have

1   2 1/2
Fi bi bi2 − l 2

ξ = |θ L | =
6E I l
Setting I = πd 4 /64 and solving for d
2 1/2 1/4
 
 32    2 2
d =  Fi bi bi − l 
3π Elξ 

For the LH bearing, E = 30 Mpsi, ξ = 0.001, b1 = 12, b2 = 6, and l = 16. The result is
d L = 1.31 in. Using a similar flip beam procedure, we get d R = 1.36 in for the RH bearing.
So use d = 1 3/8 in Ans.

π
4-27 I = (1.3754 ) = 0.17546 in4 . For the xy plane, use yBC of Table A-9-6
64
100(4)(16 − 8)
y= [82 + 42 − 2(16)8] = −1.115(10−3 ) in
6(30)(106 )(0.17546)(16)
For the xz plane use yAB
300(6)(8)
z= [82 + 62 − 162 ] = −4.445(10−3 ) in
6(30)(106 )(0.17546)(16)
δ = (−1.115j − 4.445k)(10−3 ) in
|δ| = 4.583(10−3 ) in Ans.


 32n   1/2 1/4
2
Fi bi bi − l 2
 2 
4-28 d L =  
3π Elξ 

32(1.5)
[3.5(150)(1502 − 2502 )]2
 
= 
3π(207)(109 )(250)0.001 1/4
1/2
+ [2.7(75)(752 − 2502 )]2 (103 ) 3 
 

= 39.2 mm

32(1.5)
[3.5(100)(1002 − 2502 )]2
 
d R = 
3π(207)109 (250)0.001 1/4
1/2
+ [2.7(175)(1752 − 2502 )]2 (103 ) 3 
 

= 39.1 mm
Choose d ≥ 39.2 mm Ans.

4-29 From Table A-9-8 we have

MB x 2
yL = (x + 3a 2 − 6al + 2l 2 )
6E I l
dy L MB
= (3x 2 + 3a 2 − 6al + 2l 2 )
dx 6E I l
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
84 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

At x = 0, the LH slope is
dy L MB
θL = = (3a 2 − 6al + 2l 2 )
dx 6E I l
from which
MB 2
ξ = |θ L | = (l − 3b2 )
6E I l
Setting I = πd 4 /64 and solving for d
 32M B (l 2 − 3b2 ) 1/4
 
d=  
3π Elξ 

For a multiplicity of moments, the slopes add vectorially and

 1/2 1/4
 
 32    2 2 2
dL =  Mi l − 3bi 
3π Elξ 

 32    2 1/2 1/4
2
Mi 3ai − l 2

d R =  
3π Elξ 

The greatest slope is at the LH bearing. So

 32(1200)[92 − 3(42 )] 1/4
 
d =   = 0.706 in
3π(30)(106 )(9)(0.002) 
So use d = 3/4 in Ans.

4-30
RO FAC 80 lbf 6FAC = 18(80)
6 12
B
FAC = 240 lbf
R O = 160 lbf
1
I = (0.25)(23 ) = 0.1667 in4
12
Initially, ignore the stretch of AC. From Table A-9-10
Fa 2 80(122 )
yB1 = − (l + a) = − (6 + 12) = −0.041 47 in
3E I 3(10)(106 )(0.1667)


FL 240(12)
Stretch of AC: δ= = 2 6
= 1.4668(10−3 ) in
AE AC (π/4)(1/2) (10)(10 )
Due to stretch of AC
y B 2 = −3δ = −4.400(10−3 ) in
By superposition, y B = −0.041 47 − 0.0044 = −0.045 87 in Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 85

4-31
TL (0.1F)(1.5)
θ= = = 9.292(10−4 ) F
JG (π/32)(0.0124 )(79.3)(109 )
Due to twist
δ B 1 = 0.1(θ) = 9.292(10−5 ) F
Due to bending

F L3 F(0.13 )
δB2 = = = 1.582(10−6 ) F
3E I 3(207)(109 )(π/64)(0.0124 )
δ B = 1.582(10−6 ) F + 9.292(10−5 ) F = 9.450(10−5 ) F
1
k= = 10.58(103 ) N/m = 10.58 kN/m Ans.
9.450(10−5 )

4-32
F

A a B b C
Fb Fa
l R1 = R2 =
R1 R2 l l
R1 R2
␦1 ␦2 δ1 = δ2 =
k1 k2

Spring deflection



δ1 − δ2 Fb Fb Fa
yS = −δ1 + x =− + − x
l k1l k1l 2 k2l 2


Fbx 2 2 2 Fx b a Fb
y AB = (x + b − l ) + 2 − − Ans.
6E I l l k1 k2 k1l


Fa(l − x) 2 2 Fx b a Fb
y BC = (x + a − 2lx) + 2 − − Ans.
6E I l l k1 k2 k1l

4-33 See Prob. 4-32 for deflection due to springs. Replace Fb/l and Fa/l with wl/2



wl wl wl wx 1 1 wl
yS = − + − x= + −
2k1 2k1l 2k2l 2 k1 k2 2k1


wx 2 3 3 wx 1 1 wl
y= (2lx − x − l ) + + − Ans.
24E I 2 k1 k2 2k1
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
86 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-34 Let the load be at x > l/2. The maximum deflection will be in Section AB (Table A-9-10)
Fbx 2
y AB = (x + b2 − l 2 )
6E I l
dy AB Fb
= (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 ) = 0 ⇒ 3x 2 + b2 − l 2 = 0
dx 6E I l

2
l −b 2 l2
x= , xmax = = 0.577l Ans.
3 3
For x < l/2 xmin = l − 0.577l = 0.423l Ans.

4-35
50 lbf/ft 600 lbf M O = 50(10)(60) + 600(84)
O B
7'
A = 80 400 lbf · in
MO
10'
RO R O = 50(10) + 600 = 1100 lbf
I = 11.12 in4 from Prob. 4-12
4.167x 2
M = −80 400 + 1100x − − 600x − 841
2
dy
EI = −80 400x + 550x 2 − 0.6944x 3 − 300x − 842 + C1
dx
dy
= 0 at x = 0 ⬖ C1 = 0
dx
E I y = −402 00x 2 + 183.33x 3 − 0.1736x 4 − 100x − 843 + C2
y = 0 at x = 0 ⬖ C2 = 0
1
yB = [−40 200(1202 ) + 183.33(1203 )
30(106 )(11.12)
− 0.1736(1204 ) − 100(120 − 84) 3 ]
= −0.9075 in Ans.

4-36 See Prob. 4-13 for reactions: R O = 860 lbf, RC = 540 lbf
M = 860x − 800x − 361 − 600x − 601
dy
EI = 430x 2 − 400x − 362 − 300x − 602 + C1
dx
E I y = 143.33x 3 − 133.33x − 363 − 100x − 603 + C1 x + C2
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = 120 in ⇒ C1 = −1.2254(106 ) lbf · in2
Substituting C1 and C2 and evaluating at x = 60,


6 1
E I y = 30(10 ) I − = 143.33(603 ) − 133.33(60 − 36) 3 − 1.2254(106 )(60)
16
I = 23.68 in4
Agrees with Prob. 4-13. The rest of the solution is the same.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 87

4-37
π
I = (404 ) = 125.66(103 ) mm4
64
600
R O = 2(500) + 1500 = 1900 N
1000
2000 2
M = 1900x − x − 1500x − 0.41 where x is in meters
2
dy 1000 3
EI = 950x 2 − x − 750x − 0.42 + C1
dx 3
900 3 250 4
EIy = x − x − 250x − 0.43 + C1 x + C2
3 3
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = 1 m ⇒ C1 = −179.33 N · m2

Substituting C1 and C2 and evaluating y at x = 0.4 m,

 
1 950 3 250
yA = (0.4 ) − (0.4 ) − 179.33(0.4) 103
4
207(109 )125.66(10−9 ) 3 3
= −2.061 mm Ans.

1 950 3 250
y|x=500 = 9 −9
(0.5 ) − (0.54 )
207(10 )125.66(10 ) 3 3

− 250(0.5 − 0.4) − 179.33(0.5) 103
3

= −2.135 mm Ans.
2.135 − 2.061
% difference = (100) = 3.59% Ans.
2.061
4-38
w(l ⫹ a) w(l + a)[(l − a)/2)]
R1 =
l
l⫺a
a w
R1
2
R2 = (l 2 − a 2 )
2l
w w
R2 = w(l + a) − (l 2 − a 2 ) = (l + a) 2
2l 2l
2
w wx w
M = (l 2 − a 2 )x − + (l + a) 2 x − l1
2l 2 2l
dy w 2 w w
EI = (l − a 2 )x 2 − x 3 + (l + a) 2 x − l2 + C1
dx 4l 6 4l
w 2 w w
EIy = (l − a 2 )x 3 − x 4 + (l + a) 2 x − l3 + C1 x + C2
12l 24 12l
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = l
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
88 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

w 2 w wl
0= (l − a 2 )l 3 − l 4 + C1l ⇒ C1 = (2a 2 − l 2 )
12l 24 24
w
y= [2(l 2 − a 2 )x 3 − lx 4 + 2(l + a) 2 x − l3 + l 2 (2a 2 − l 2 )x] Ans.
24E I l

1
4-39 R A = R B = 500 N, and I = (9)353 = 32.156(103 ) mm4
12
For first half of beam, M = −500x + 500x − 0.251 where x is in meters
dy
EI = −250x 2 + 250x − 0.252 + C1
dx
At x = 0.5 m, dy/dx = 0 ⇒ 0 = −250(0.52 ) + 250(0.5 − 0.250) 2 + C1 ⇒ C1 = 46.875 N · m2
250 3 250
EIy = − x + x − 0.253 + 46.875x + C2
3 3
250
y = 0 at x = 0.25 m ⇒ 0 = − 0.253 + 46.875(0.25) + C2 ⇒ C2 = −10.417 N · m3
3
250 3 250
∴ EIy = − x + x − 0.253 + 46.875x − 10.42
3 3
Evaluating y at A and the center,
 
1 250 3 250 3
yA = 9 −9
− (0 ) + (0) + 46.875(0) − 10.417 103
207(10 )32. 156(10 ) 3 3
= −1.565 mm Ans.

1 250 250
y|x=0.5m = 9 −9
− (0.53 ) + (0.5 − 0.25) 3
207(10 )32.156(10 ) 3 3 
+ 46.875(0.5) − 10.417 103

= −2.135 mm Ans.

4-40 From Prob. 4-30, R O = 160 lbf ↓, FAC = 240 lbf I = 0.1667 in4
M = −160x + 240x − 61
dy
EI = −80x 2 + 120x − 62 + C1
dx
E I y = −26.67x 3 + 40x − 63 + C1 x + C2
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0


FL 240(12)
yA = − =− 2 6
= −1.4668(10−3 ) in
AE AC (π/4)(1/2) (10)(10 )
at x = 6
10(106 )(0.1667)(−1.4668)(10−3 ) = −26.67(63 ) + C1 (6)
C1 = 552.58 lbf · in2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 89

1
yB = [−26.67(183 ) + 40(18 − 6) 3 + 552.58(18)]
10(106 )(0.1667)
= −0.045 87 in Ans.

4-41
π π 4
I1 = (1.54 ) = 0.2485 in4 I2 = (2 ) = 0.7854 in4
64 64 MⲐI

200
R1 = (12) = 1200 lbf
2
200
For 0 ≤ x ≤ 16 in,M = 1200x − x − 42 x

 2

M 1200x 1 1 0 1 1 100
= − 4800 − x − 4 − 1200 − x − 41 − x − 42
I I1 I1 I2 I1 I2 I2
= 4829x − 13 204x − 40 − 3301.1x − 41 − 127.32x − 42
dy
E = 2414.5x 2 − 13 204x − 41 − 1651x − 42 − 42.44x − 43 + C1
dx
dy
Boundary Condition: = 0 at x = 10 in
dx
0 = 2414.5(102 ) − 13 204(10 − 4) 1 − 1651(10 − 4) 2 − 42.44(10 − 4) 3 + C1
C1 = −9.362(104 )
E y = 804.83x 3 − 6602x − 42 − 550.3x − 43 − 10.61x − 44 − 9.362(104 )x + C2
y=0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
For 0 ≤ x ≤ 16 in
1
y= [804.83x 3 − 6602x − 42 − 550.3x − 43
30(106 )
− 10.61x − 44 − 9.362(104 )x] Ans.
at x = 10 in
1
y|x=10 = [804.83(103 ) − 6602(10 − 4) 2 − 550.3(10 − 4) 3
30(106 )
− 10.61(10 − 4) 4 − 9.362(104 )(10)]
= −0.016 72 in Ans.

4-42 q = Fx−1 − Flx−2 − Fx − l−1

Integrations produce

V = Fx0 − Flx−1 − Fx − l0

M = Fx1 − Flx0 − Fx − l1 = F x − Fl
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
90 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Plots for M and M/I are shown below

lⲐ2 lⲐ2
y
F

A 2I1 B I1 C x

Fl
F

M
O x

⫺FlⲐ2
⫺Fl

MⲐI
O x
⫺FlⲐ4I1

⫺FlⲐ2I1 ⫺FlⲐ2I1

M/I can be expressed by singularity functions as

l 0 l 1
   
M F Fl Fl F
= x− − x− + x−
I 2I1 2I1 4I1 2 2I1 2
where the step down and increase in slope at x = l/2 are given by the last two terms.
Since E d 2 y/dx 2 = M/I, two integrations yield
l 1 l 2
   
dy F 2 Fl Fl F
E = x − x− x− + x− + C1
dx 4I1 2I1 4I1 2 4I1 2

l 2 l 3
   
F 3 Fl 2 Fl F
Ey = x − x − x− + x− + C1 x + C2
12I1 4I1 8I1 2 12I1 2
At x = 0, y = dy/dx = 0. This gives C1 = C2 = 0, and
  2  3 
F l l
y= 2x 3 − 6lx 2 − 3l x − +2 x −
24E I1 2 2
At x = l/2 and l,

 
l 3

2
F l 5Fl 3
y|x=l/2 = 2 − 6l − 3l(0) + 2(0) = − Ans.
24E I1 2 2 96E I1
 2 3 
3Fl 3



F l l
y|x=l = 2(l) 3 − 6l(l) 2 − 3l l − +2 l − =− Ans.
24E I1 2 2 16E I1
The answers are identical to Ex. 4-11.

4-43 Define δi j as the deflection in the direction of the load at station i due to a unit load at station j.
If U is the potential energy of strain for a body obeying Hooke’s law, apply P1 first. Then
1
U= P1 ( P1 δ11 )
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 91

When the second load is added, U becomes

1 1
U= P1 ( P1 δ11 ) + P2 ( P2 δ22 ) + P1 ( P2 δ12 )
2 2
For loading in the reverse order
1 1
U′ = P2 ( P2 δ22 ) + P1 ( P1 δ11 ) + P2 ( P1 δ21 )
2 2
Since the order of loading is immaterial U = U ′ and
P1 P2 δ12 = P2 P1 δ21 when P1 = P2 , δ12 = δ21
which states that the deflection at station 1 due to a unit load at station 2 is the same as the
deflection at station 2 due to a unit load at 1. δ is sometimes called an influence coefficient.

4-44
(a) From Table A-9-10 400 lbf
y a b c
Fcx(l 2 − x 2 )
y AB =
6E I l A B
x
1 2
y
 ca(l 2 − a 2 )
δ12 =  =
F x=a 6E I l 9" 7"
23"
Fca(l 2 − a 2 )
y2 = Fδ21 = Fδ12 =
6E I l
πd 4
Substituting I =
64
400(7)(9)(232 − 92 )(64)
y2 = = 0.00347 in Ans.
6(30)(106 )(π)(2) 4 (23)

(b) The slope of the shaft at left bearing at x = 0 is

Fb(b2 − l 2 )
θ=
6E I l
Viewing the illustration in Section 6 of Table A-9 from the back of the page provides
the correct view of this problem. Noting that a is to be interchanged with b and −x
with x leads to
Fa(l 2 − a 2 ) Fa(l 2 − a 2 )(64)
θ= =
6E I l 6Eπd 4l
400(9)(232 − 92 )(64)
θ= = 0.000 496 in/in
6(30)(106 )(π)(2) 4 (23)
So y2 = 7θ = 7(0.000 496) = 0.00347 in Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
92 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-45 Place a dummy load Q at the center. Then,

wx Qx
M= (l − x) +
2 2
 l/2 2 
M dx ∂U 
U =2 , ymax =
0 2E I ∂ Q  Q=0
 l/2
 
2M ∂ M
ymax = 2 dx
0 2E I ∂ Q Q=0
 l/2   !
2 wx Qx x
ymax = (l − x) + dx
EI 0 2 2 2 Q=0
Set Q = 0 and integrate
l/2
lx 3 x 4


w
ymax = −
2E I 3 4 0
4
5wl
ymax = Ans.
384E I

4-46
I = 2(1.85) = 3.7 in4
Adding weight of channels of 0.833 lbf · in,
10.833 2 ∂M
M = −F x − x = −F x − 5.417x 2 = −x
2 ∂F
 48  48
1 ∂M 1
δB = M dx = ( F x + 5.417x 2 )(x) dx
EI 0 ∂F EI 0
(220/3)(483 ) + (5.417/4)(484 )
= = 0.1378 in in direction of 220 lbf
30(106 )(3.7)
⬖ y B = −0.1378 in Ans.

4-47

2
1 π 1
IO B = (0.25)(23 ) = 0.1667 in4 , A AC = = 0.196 35 in2
12 4 2
∂ FAC
FAC = 3F, =3
∂F
2F FAC ⫽ 3F F right left
O
A B M = −F x̄ M = −2F x
6" 12"
x x̄ ∂M ∂M
= −x̄ = −2x
∂F ∂F
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 93

l 2
FAC L AC

1 2
U= M dx +
2E I 0 2A AC E
 l
∂U 1 ∂M FAC (∂ FAC /∂ F)L AC
δB = = M dx +
∂F EI 0 ∂F A AC E
 12  6 
1 3F(3)(12)
= −F x̄(−x̄) d x̄ + (−2F x)(−2x) dx +
EI 0 0 A AC E

3 
1 F 6 108F
= (123 ) + 4F +
EI 3 3 A AC E
864F 108F
= +
EI A AC E
864(80) 108(80)
= + = 0.045 86 in Ans.
10(10 )(0.1667) 0.196 35(10)(106 )
6

4-48
∂T
Torsion T = 0.1F = 0.1 F
∂F
x
∂M
Bending M = −F x̄ = −x̄
∂F
T 2L

1
U= M 2 dx +
2E I 2J G

∂U 1 ∂M T (∂ T /∂ F)L
δB = = M dx +
∂F EI ∂F JG
 0.1
1 0.1F(0.1)(1.5)
= −F x̄(−x̄) d x̄ +
EI 0 JG
F 0.015F
= (0.13 ) +
3E I JG
Where
π
I = (0.012) 4 = 1.0179(10−9 ) m4
64
J = 2I = 2.0358(10−9 ) m4
 
0.001 0.015
δB = F + = 9.45(10−5 ) F
3(207)(109 )(1.0179)(10−9 ) 2.0358(10−9 )(79.3)(109 )

1
k= −5
= 10.58(103 ) N/m = 10.58 kN/m Ans.
9.45(10 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
94 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-49 From Prob. 4-41, I1 = 0.2485 in4 , I2 = 0.7854 in4

For a dummy load ↑ Q at the center
Q 200 ∂M −x
0 ≤ x ≤ 10 in M = 1200x − x − x − 42 , =
2 2 ∂Q 2
∂U 
y|x=10 = 
∂ Q Q=0

2 1 4 1 10
   x   x !
2
= (1200x) − dx + [1200x − 100(x − 4) ] − dx
E I1 0 2 I2 4 2

200(43 ) 1.566(105 )
 
2
= − −
E I1 I2
1.28(104 ) 1.566(105 )


2
=− +
30(106 ) 0.2485 0.7854

= −0.016 73 in Ans.

4-50 O
x
3
l Fa
5
A
O
4 3
Fa F
5 5
l 4
A F
5
A
a a

B 3
B F
5 x
3
F
5
4 4
F F
5 5

AB

∂M
M = Fx =x
∂F
3 ∂N 3
OA N= F =
5 ∂F 5
4 ∂T 4
T = Fa = a
5 ∂F 5
4 ∂ M1 4
M1 = F x̄ = x̄
5 ∂F 5
3 ∂ M2 3
M2 = Fa = a
5 ∂F 5
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 95

∂u 1
 a (3/5) F(3/5)l (4/5) Fa(4a/5)l
δB = = F x(x) dx + +
∂F EI 0 AE JG

1
 l 4


4

1
 l
3


3
+ F x̄ x̄ d x̄ + Fa a d x̄
EI 0 5 5 EI 0 5 5

Fa 3 Fa 2l Fl 3 Fa 2l





9 Fl 16 16 9
= + + + +
3E I 25 AE 25 JG 75 EI 25 EI
π 4 π 2
I = d , J = 2I, A= d
64 4
64Fa 3 16 32Fa 2l 16 64Fl 3 9 64Fa 2l





9 4Fl
δB = + + + +
3Eπd 4 25 πd 2 E 25 πd 4 G 75 Eπd 4 25 Eπd 4


4F 3 2 2 E 3 2
= 400a + 27ld + 384a l + 256l + 432a l Ans.
75π Ed 4 G

4-51 The force applied to the copper and steel wire assembly is Fc + Fs = 250 lbf
Since δc = δs
Fc L Fs L
2 6
=
3(π/4)(0.0801) (17.2)(10 ) (π/4)(0.0625) 2 (30)(106 )
Fc = 2.825Fs
∴ 3.825Fs = 250 ⇒ Fs = 65.36 lbf, Fc = 2.825Fs = 184.64 lbf
184.64
σc = = 12 200 psi = 12.2 kpsi Ans.
3(π/4)(0.0801) 2
65.36
σs = = 21 300 psi = 21.3 kpsi Ans.
(π/4)(0.06252 )

4-52
(a) Bolt stress σb = 0.9(85) = 76.5 kpsi Ans.


π
Bolt force Fb = 6(76.5) (0.3752 ) = 50.69 kips
4
Fb 50.69
Cylinder stress σc = − =− = −15.19 kpsi Ans.
Ac (π/4)(4.52 − 42 )
(b) Force from pressure

π D2 π(42 )
P= p= (600) = 7540 lbf = 7.54 kip
4 4
50.69 ⫺ Pc 
Fx = 0
6 bolts 50.69 ⫹ Pb x
P ⫽ 7.54 kip Pb + Pc = 7.54 (1)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
96 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Pc L Pb L
Since δc = δb , 2 2
=
(π/4)(4.5 − 4 ) E 6(π/4)(0.3752 ) E
Pc = 5.037Pb (2)
Substituting into Eq. (1)
6.037Pb = 7.54 ⇒ Pb = 1.249 kip; and from Eq. (2), Pc = 6.291 kip
Using the results of (a) above, the total bolt and cylinder stresses are
1.249
σb = 76.5 + = 78.4 kpsi Ans.
6(π/4)(0.3752 )
6.291
σc = −15.19 + = −13.3 kpsi Ans.
(π/4)(4.52 − 42 )

4-53
T = Tc + Ts and θc = θs
Tc L Ts L
Also, =
(G J ) c (G J ) s
(G J ) c
Tc = Ts
(G J ) s
Substituting into equation for T ,
 
(G J ) c
T = 1+ Ts
(G J ) s

Ts (G J ) s
%Ts = = Ans.
T (G J ) s + (G J ) c

4-54
RB RO + RB = W (1)
B δ O A = δ AB (2)
750 mm 500R O 750R B 3
W ⫽ 3.5 = , RO = RB
AE AE 2
A
3
500 mm R B + R B = 3.5
2
O
7
RO R B = = 1.4 kN Ans.
5
R O = 3.5 − 1.4 = 2.1 kN Ans.
2100
σO = − = −3.50 MPa Ans.
12(50)
1400
σB = = 2.33 MPa Ans.
12(50)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 97

4-55 Since θ O A = θ AB
TO A (4) T AB (6) 3
= , TO A = T AB
GJ GJ 2
Also TO A + T AB = 50


3 50
T AB + 1 = 50, T AB = = 20 lbf · in Ans.
2 2.5
3 3
TO A = T AB = (20) = 30 lbf · in Ans.
2 2

4-56 Since θ O A = θ AB ,
TO A (4) T AB (6)
π 4
= π , TO A = 0.80966T AB
G( 32 1.5 ) G( 32 1.754 )

TO A + T AB = 50 ⇒ 0.80966 T AB + T AB = 50 ⇒ T AB = 27.63 lbf · in Ans.

TO A = 0.80966T AB = 0.80966(27.63) = 22.37 lbf · in Ans.

4-57
T1 T2 T1 T2
F1 = F2 ⇒ = ⇒ =
r1 r2 1.25 3
3
T2 = T1
1.25
3 4π
∴ θ1 + θ2 = rad
1.25 180
 
T1 (48) 3 (3/1.25)T1 (48) 4π
4 6
+ 4 6
=
(π/32)(7/8) (11.5)(10 ) 1.25 (π/32)(1.25) (11.5)(10 ) 180

T1 = 403.9 lbf · in
3
T2 = T1 = 969.4 lbf · in
1.25
16T1 16(403.9)
τ1 = 3
= = 3071 psi Ans.
πd π(7/8)3
16(969.4)
τ2 = = 2528 psi Ans.
π(1.25) 3

4-58
10 kip 5 kip
RO FA FB RC x

(1) Arbitrarily, choose RC as redundant reaction

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
98 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design


(2) Fx = 0, 10(103 ) − 5(103 ) − R O − RC = 0
R O + RC = 5(103 ) lbf

[10(103 ) − 5(103 ) − RC ]20 [5(103 ) + RC ] RC (15)

(3) δC = − (10) − =0
AE AE AE
−45RC + 5(104 ) = 0 ⇒ RC = 1111 lbf Ans.
R O = 5000 − 1111 = 3889 lbf Ans.

4-59 w
MC
A
B C
a RB RC
l
x

(1) Choose R B as redundant reaction

wl 2
(2) R B + RC = wl (a) R B (l − a) − + MC = 0 (b)
2
R B (l − a) 3 w(l − a) 2
(3) yB = + [4l(l − a) − (l − a) 2 − 6l 2 ] = 0
3E I 24E I
w
RB = [6l 2 − 4l(l − a) + (l − a)2 ]
8(l − a)
w
= (3l 2 + 2al + a 2 ) Ans.
8(l − a)
Substituting,
w
Eq. (a) RC = wl − R B = (5l 2 − 10al − a 2 ) Ans.
8(l − a)
wl 2 w
Eq. (b) MC = − R B (l − a) = (l 2 − 2al − a 2 ) Ans.
2 8

4-60 w
MC
A
a B C
x RB RC

2
wx ∂M
M =− + R B x − a1 , = x − a1
2 ∂ RB
 l
∂U 1 ∂M
= M dx
∂ RB EI 0 ∂ RB
 a  l
−wx 2 −wx 2

1 1
= (0) dx + + R B (x − a) (x − a) dx = 0
EI 0 2 EI a 2
 
w 1 4 4 a 3 3 RB 
(l − a) 3 − (a − a) 3 = 0

− (l − a ) − (l − a ) +
2 4 3 3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 99

w 4 4 3 3 w
RB = 3
[3(L − a ) − 4a(l − a )] = (3l 2 + 2al + a 2 ) Ans.
(l − a) 8(l − a)
w
RC = wl − R B = (5l 2 − 10al − a 2 ) Ans.
8(l − a)
wl 2 w
MC = − R B (l − a) = (l 2 − 2al − a 2 ) Ans.
2 8

4-61
FBE FDF
π
(0.0122 ) = 1.131(10−4 ) m2
A 500 500 C 500
B D
A=
4
RA 20 kN

(1) R A + FB E + FD F = 20 kN (a)

M A = 3FD F − 2(20) + FB E = 0
FB E + 3FD F = 40 kN (b)
(2) M = R A x + FB E x − 0.51 − 20(103 )x − 11
dy x2 FB E
EI = RA + x − 0.52 − 10(103 )x − 12 + C1
dx 2 2
x3 FB E 10
E I y = RA + x − 0.53 − (103 )x − 13 + C1 x + C2
6 6 3
(3) y = 0 at x = 0 ⬖ C2 = 0


Fl FB E (1)
yB = − =− = −4.2305(10−8 ) FB E
AE B E 1.131(10−4 )209(109 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 0.5 m
0.53
E I y B = 209(109 )(8)(10−7 )(−4.2305)(10−8 ) FB E = R A + C1 (0.5)
6
2.0833(10−2 ) R A + 7.0734(10−3 ) FB E + 0.5C1 = 0 (c)


Fl FD F (1)
yD = − =− −4 9
= −4.2305(10−8 ) FD F
AE D F 1.131(10 )(209)(10 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 1.5 m
1.53 FB E 10
E I y D = −7.0734(10−3 ) FD F = R A + (1.5 − 0.5) 3 − (103 )(1.5 − 1) 3 +1.5C1
6 6 3
0.5625R A + 0.166 67FB E + 7.0734(10−3 ) FD F + 1.5C1 = 416.67 (d)
    
1 1 1 0   RA   
 20 000 

 0 1 3 0 
F B E
 
40 000


 2.0833(10−2 ) 7.0734(10−3 )
 =
0 0.5 
 FD F  
 0  
7.0734(10−3 ) 1.5
   
0.5625 0.166 67 C1 416.67
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
100 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Solve simultaneously or use software

R A = −3885 N, FB E = 15 830 N, FD F = 8058 N, C1 = −62.045 N · m2
15 830 8058
σB E = = 140 MPa Ans., σD F = = 71.2 MPa Ans.
(π/4)(122 ) (π/4)(122 )
E I = 209(109 )(8)(10−7 ) = 167.2(103 ) N · m2
 
1 3885 3 15 830 3 10 3 3
y= − x + x − 0.5 − (10 )x − 1 − 62.045x
167.2(103 ) 6 6 3
B: x = 0.5 m, y B = −6.70(10−4 ) m = −0.670 mm Ans.
 
1 3885 3 15 830 3
C: x = 1 m, yC = − (1 ) + (1 − 0.5) − 62.045(1)
167.2(103 ) 6 6
= −2.27(10−3 ) m = −2.27 mm Ans.

1 3885 3 15 830
D: x = 1.5, yD = 3
− (1.5 ) + (1.5 − 0.5) 3
167.2(10 ) 6 6

10 3 3
− (10 )(1.5 − 1) − 62.045(1.5)
3
−4
= −3.39(10 ) m = −0.339 mm Ans.

4-62
y

500 lbf FBE

3" 3" C 3" D
E I = 30(106 )(0.050) = 1.5(106 ) lbf · in2
x
A B
RC FFD

(1) RC + FB E − FF D = 500 (a)

3RC + 6FB E = 9(500) = 4500 (b)
(2) M = −500x + FB E x − 31 + RC x − 61
dy FB E RC
EI = −250x 2 + x − 32 + x − 62 + C1
dx 2 2
250 3 FB E RC
EIy = − x + x − 33 + x − 63 + C1 x + C2
3 6 6


Fl FB E (2)
yB = =− = −8.692(10−7 ) FB E
AE B E (π/4)(5/16) 2 (30)(106 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 3 in
250 3
E I y B = 1.5(106 )[−8.692(10−7 ) FB E ] = − (3 ) + 3C1 + C2
3
1.3038FB E + 3C1 + C2 = 2250 (c)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 101

Since y = 0 at x = 6 in
250 3 FB E
E I y|=0 = − (6 ) + (6 − 3) 3 + 6C1 + C2
3 6
4.5FB E + 6C1 + C2 = 1.8(104 ) (d)


Fl FD F (2.5)
yD = = 2 6
= 1.0865(10−6 ) FD F
AE DF (π/4)(5/16) (30)(10 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 9 in
250 3 FB E
E I y D = 1.5(106 )[1.0865(10−6 ) FD F ] = − (9 ) + (9 − 3) 3
3 6
RC
+ (9 − 6) 3 + 9C1 + C2
6
4.5RC + 36FB E − 1.6297FD F + 9C1 + C2 = 6.075(104 ) (e)
    
1 1 −1 0 0  R C 
 
 500 

 3
 6 0 0 0


 F B E





 4500 


 0 1.3038
 0 3 1  FD F =
 2250
 0 4.5 0 6 1  C1  1.8(104 ) 
   

 
 
 

4.5 36 −1.6297 9 1

C2
  4 
6.075(10 )

RC = −590.4 lbf, FB E = 1045.2 lbf, FD F = −45.2 lbf

C1 = 4136.4 lbf · in2 , C2 = −11 522 lbf · in3
1045.2
σB E = = 13 627 psi = 13.6 kpsi Ans.
(π/4)(5/16) 2
45.2
σD F = − = −589 psi Ans.
(π/4)(5/16) 2

1
yA = (−11 522) = −0.007 68 in Ans.
1.5(106 )
 
1 250 3
yB = − (3 ) + 4136.4(3) − 11 522 = −0.000 909 in Ans.
1.5(106 ) 3
 
1 250 3 1045.2 3 −590.4 3
yD = − (9 ) + (9 − 3) + (9 − 6) + 4136.4(9) − 11 522
1.5(106 ) 3 6 6
= −4.93(10−5 ) in Ans.

4-63

␪
F

Q (dummy load)

∂M
M = −P R sin θ + Q R(1 − cos θ) = R(1 − cos θ)
∂Q
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
102 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

 π
P R3

∂U  1
δQ = = (−P R sin θ) R(1 − cos θ) R dθ = −2
∂ Q  Q=0 EI 0 EI

Deflection is upward and equals 2( P R 3 /E I ) Ans.

4-64 Equation (4-28) becomes

 π M 2 R dθ
U =2 R/ h > 10
0 2E I

∂M
where M = F R(1 − cos θ) and = R(1 − cos θ)
∂F
 π
∂U 2 ∂M
δ= = M R dθ
∂F EI 0 ∂F
 π
2
= F R 3 (1 − cos θ) 2 dθ
EI 0
3π F R 3
=
EI
Since I = bh 3 /12 = 4(6) 3 /12 = 72 mm4 and R = 81/2 = 40.5 mm, we have

3π(40.5) 3 F
δ= = 66.4F mm Ans.
131(72)
where F is in kN.

4-65

P R

␪
l
x

∂M
M = −P x, = −x 0≤x ≤l
∂P
∂M
M = Pl + P R(1 − cos θ), = l + R(1 − cos θ) 0 ≤ θ ≤ l
∂P
 l  π/2 !
1 2
δP = −P x(−x) dx + P[l + R(1 − cos θ)] R dθ
EI 0 0

P
= {4l 3 + 3R[2πl 2 + 4(π − 2)l R + (3π − 8) R 2 ]} Ans.
12E I
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 103

4-66 A: Dummy load Q is applied at A. Bending in AB due only to Q which is zero.

Q

A
C

B ␪

∂M π
M = P R sin θ + Q R(1 + sin θ), = R(1 + sin θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤
∂Q 2
  π/2
∂U 
 1
(δ A ) V = = ( P R sin θ)[R(1 + sin θ)]R dθ
∂ Q Q=0
 EI 0

P R3 sin 2θ π/2 P R3



θ π
= −cos θ + − = 1+
EI 2 4 
0 EI 4
π + 4 P R3
= Ans.
4 EI
∂M
B: M = P R sin θ, = R sin θ
∂P
∂U 1
 π/2
(δ B ) V = = ( P R sin θ)( R sin θ) R dθ
∂P EI 0

π P R3
= Ans.
4 EI

4-67 y
T

M
x
200 N

␪
z

200 N

∂M π
M = P R sin θ, = R sin θ 0<θ <
∂P 2
∂T
T = P R(1 − cos θ), = R(1 − cos θ)
∂P
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
104 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

  π/2  π/2 !
∂U 1 2 1 2
(δ A ) y = − =− P( R sin θ) R dθ + P[R(1 − cos θ)] R dθ
∂P EI 0 GJ 0
Integrating and substituting J = 2I and G = E/[2(1 + ν)]
P R3 π P R3


3π
(δ A ) y = − + (1 + ν) − 2 = −[4π − 8 + (3π − 8)ν]
EI 4 4 4E I
(200)(100) 3
= −[4π − 8 + (3π − 8)(0.29)] = −40.6 mm
4(200)(103 )(π/64)(5) 4

4-68 Consider the horizontal reaction, to be applied at B, subject to the constraint (δ B ) H = 0.

F
R ∂U
(a) (δ B ) H = =0
A
␪ ∂H
B H
F
2

Due to symmetry, consider half of the structure. F does not deflect horizontally.
FR ∂M π
M= (1 − cos θ) − H R sin θ, = −R sin θ, 0 < θ <
2 ∂H 2
 π/2  
∂U 1 FR
= (1 − cos θ) − H R sin θ (−R sin θ) R dθ = 0
∂H EI 0 2
F F π F
− + +H =0 ⇒ H = Ans.
2 4 4 π
Reaction at A is the same where H goes to the left
π FR FR
(b) For 0 < θ < , M= (1 − cos θ) − sin θ
2 2 π
FR
M= [π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ] Ans.
2π
Due to symmetry, the solution for the left side is identical.
∂M R
(c) = [π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ]
∂F 2π
 π/2
∂U 2 F R2
δF = = 2
[π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ]2 R dθ
∂F EI 0 4π
F R3
 π/2
= 2
(π 2 + π 2 cos2 θ + 4 sin2 θ − 2π 2 cos θ
2π E I 0
− 4π sin θ + 4π sin θ cos θ) dθ
F R3



 
2 π 2 π π 2
= π +π +4 − 2π − 4π + 2π
2π 2 E I 2 4 4
(3π 2 − 8π − 4) F R 3
= Ans.
8π EI
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 105

4-69 Must use Eq. (4-33)

A = 80(60) − 40(60) = 2400 mm2
(25 + 40)(80)(60) − (25 + 20 + 30)(40)(60)
R= = 55 mm
2400
Section is equivalent to the “T” section of Table 3-4
60(20) + 20(60)
rn = = 45.9654 mm
60 ln[(25 + 20)/25] + 20 ln[(80 + 25)/(25 + 20)]

e = R − rn = 9.035 mm
Straight section 1
y Iz = (60)(203 ) + 60(20)(30 − 10) 2
30 mm
12
z  
1 3 2
50 mm +2 (10)(60 ) + 10(60)(50 − 30)
12
= 1.36(106 ) mm4

Fr F␪ For 0 ≤ x ≤ 100 mm
F ␪ ∂M ∂V
100 mm M M = −F x, = −x; V = F, =1
x ∂F ∂F

For θ ≤ π/2
∂ Fr ∂ Fθ
= cos θ; Fθ = F sin θ,
Fr = F cos θ, = sin θ
∂F ∂F
∂M
M = F(100 + 55 sin θ), = (100 + 55 sin θ)
∂F
Use Eq. (5-34), integrate from 0 to π/2, double the results and add straight part
 π/2
2 1 100
 100
(100 + 55 sin θ) 2
 
2 (1) F(1) dx
δ= F x dx + + F dθ
E I 0 0 2400(G/E) 0 2400(9.035)
 π/2  π/2
F sin2 θ(55) F(100 + 55 sin θ)
+ dθ − sin θdθ
0 2400 0 2400
 π/2 F sin θ(100 + 55 sin θ)
 π/2 (1) F cos2 θ(55)
!
− dθ + dθ
0 2400 0 2400(G/E)

Substitute
I = 1.36(103 ) mm2 , F = 30(103 ) N, E = 207(103 ) N/mm2 , G = 79(103 ) N/mm2

1003 2.908(104 )



2 3 207 100 55 π
δ= 3
30(10 ) 6
+ + +
207(10 ) 3(1.36)(10 ) 79 2400 2400(9.035) 2400 4


!
2 207 55 π
− (143.197) + = 0.476 mm Ans.
2400 79 2400 4
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
106 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-70
M Fr

R
␪ F␪
F

∂M
M = F R sin θ − Q R(1 − cos θ), = −R(1 − cos θ)
∂Q
∂ Fθ
Fθ = Q cos θ + F sin θ, = cos θ
∂Q
∂
( M Fθ ) = [F R sin θ − Q R(1 − cos θ)] cos θ
∂Q
+ [−R(1 − cos θ)][Q cos θ + F sin θ]
∂ Fr
Fr = F cos θ − Q sin θ, = −sin θ
∂Q
From Eq. (4-33)
  π  π
∂U  1 R
δ= = ( F R sin θ)[−R(1 − cos θ)] dθ + F sin θ cos θdθ
∂ Q  Q=0 AeE 0 AE 0
 π
1
− [F R sin θ cos θ − F R sin θ(1 − cos θ)] dθ
AE 0
CR π

+ −F cos θ sin θdθ
AG 0
2F R 2


2F R R 2F R
=− +0+ +0=− −1 Ans.
AeE AE e AE

4-71 The cross section at A does not rotate, thus for a single quadrant we have
∂U
=0
∂ MA
The bending moment at an angle θ to the x axis is
F FR
M = MA − ( R − x) = M A − (1 − cos θ) (1)
2 2
because x = R cos θ. Next,

M2
 π/2 M2
U= ds = R dθ
2E I 0 2E I
since ds = R dθ. Then
∂U R
 π/2 ∂M
= M dθ = 0
∂ MA EI 0 ∂ MA
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 107

But ∂ M/∂ M A = 1. Therefore

 π/2  π/2  
FR
M dθ = MA − (1 − cos θ) dθ = 0
0 0 2
Since this term is zero, we have


FR 2
MA = 1−
2 π
Substituting into Eq. (1)


FR 2
M= cos θ −
2 π
The maximum occurs at B where θ = π/2. It is
FR
MB = − Ans.
π

4-72 For one quadrant



FR 2 ∂M R 2
M= cos θ − ; = cos θ −
2 π ∂F 2 π
 π/2
∂U M ∂M
δ= =4 R dθ
∂F 0 EI ∂F

F R 3 π/2 2 2


= cos θ − dθ
EI 0 π
F R3 π


2
= − Ans.
EI 4 π

4-73
Cπ 2 E I
Pcr =
l2
π 4 4 π D4
I = (D − d ) = (1 − K 4 )
64 64
2  4 
Cπ E π D 4
Pcr = (1 − K )
l2 64
1/4
64Pcr l 2

D= Ans.
π 3 C E(1 − K 4 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
108 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4-74
π 2 π 4 π 4
A= D (1 − K 2 ), I = D (1 − K 4 ) = D (1 − K 2 )(1 + K 2 ),
4 64 64
I D2
k2 = = (1 + K 2 )
A 16
From Eq. (4-43)
Pcr S y2 l 2 S y2 l 2
= S y − = S y −
(π/4) D 2 (1 − K 2 ) 4π 2 k 2 C E 4π 2 ( D 2 /16)(1 + K 2 )C E

2 2
4S y2 l 2 π D 2 (1 − K 2 )
4Pcr = π D (1 − K )S y −
π 2 D 2 (1 + K 2 )C E
4S y2 l 2 (1 − K 2 )
π D 2 (1 − K 2 )S y = 4Pcr +
π(1 + K 2 )C E
 1/2
4Pcr 4S y2 l 2 (1 − K 2 )
D= +
π S y (1 − K 2 ) π(1 + K 2 )C Eπ(1 − K 2 )S y
1/2
Sy l 2

Pcr
=2 + Ans.
π S y (1 − K 2 ) π 2 C E(1 + K 2 )

4-75 (a)
+
 3

M A = 0, 2.5(180) − √ FB O (1.75) = 0 ⇒ FB O = 297.7 lbf
32 + 1.752

Using n d = 5, design for Fcr = n d FB O = 5(297.7) = 1488 lbf, l = 32 + 1.752 =
3.473 ft, S y = 24 kpsi
In plane: k = 0.2887h = 0.2887", C = 1.0
Try 1" × 1/2" section
l 3.473(12)
= = 144.4
k 0.2887

2 1/2
2π (1)(30)(106 )


l
= = 157.1
k 1 24(103 )
Since (l/k) 1 > (l/k) use Johnson formula

 2

24(103 )


1 3 1
Pcr = (1) 24(10 ) − 144.4 = 6930 lbf
2 2π 1(30)(106 )

Try 1" × 1/4": Pcr = 3465 lbf

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 109

Out of plane: k = 0.2887(0.5) = 0.1444 in, C = 1.2

l 3.473(12)
= = 289
k 0.1444
Since (l/k) 1 < (l/k) use Euler equation
1.2(π 2 )(30)(106 )
Pcr = 1(0.5) = 2127 lbf
2892

2
l
1/4" increases l/k by 2, by 4, and A by 1/2
k
Try 1" × 3/8": k = 0.2887(0.375) = 0.1083 in
l 1.2(π 2 )(30)(106 )
= 385, Pcr = 1(0.375) = 899 lbf (too low)
k 3852
Use 1" × 1/2" Ans.
P 298
(b) σb = − =− = −379 psi No, bearing stress is not significant.
πdl π(0.5)(0.5)

4-76 This is a design problem with no one distinct solution.

4-77

π
F = 800 (32 ) = 5655 lbf, S y = 37.5 kpsi
4
Pcr = n d F = 3(5655) = 17 000 lbf
(a) Assume Euler with C = 1
1/4 1/4
Pcr l 2 64Pcr l 2 64(17)(103 )(602 )
 
π
I = d4 = ⇒ d= = = 1.433 in
64 Cπ 2 E π 3C E π 3 (1)(30)(106 )
Use d = 1.5 in; k = d/4 = 0.375
l 60
= = 160
k 0.375

2 1/2
2π (1)(30)(106 )


l
= = 126 ∴ use Euler
k 1 37.5(103 )

π 2 (30)(106 )(π/64)(1.54 )
Pcr = = 20 440 lbf
602
d = 1.5 in is satisfactory. Ans.
1/4
64(17)(103 )(182 )

(b) d= = 0.785 in, so use 0.875 in
π 3 (1)(30)(106 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
110 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

0.875
k= = 0.2188 in
4
18
l/k = = 82.3 try Johnson
0.2188
 2 

3
π 37.5(10 ) 1
Pcr = (0.8752 ) 37.5(103 ) − 82.3 = 17 714 lbf
4 2π 1(30)(106 )

Use d = 0.875 in Ans.

20 440
(c) n (a) = = 3.61 Ans.
5655
17 714
n (b) = = 3.13 Ans.
5655

4-78
W ⫽ 9.8(400) ⫽ 3920 N

2 bars 4F sin θ = 3920

2F 2F 3920
F=
␪ ␪
4 sin θ

In range of operation, F is maximum when θ = 15◦

3920
Fmax = = 3786 N per bar
4 sin 15
Pcr = n d Fmax = 2.5(3786) = 9465 N
l = 300 mm, h = 25 mm
√
Try b = 5 mm: out of plane k = (5/ 12) = 1.443 mm
l 300
= = 207.8
k 1.443
1/2
(2π 2 )(1.4)(207)(109 )

 
l
= = 123 ∴ use Euler
k 1 380(106 )
(1.4π 2 )(207)(103 )
Pcr = (25)(5) = 8280 N
(207.8) 2
√
Try: 5.5 mm: k = 5.5/ 12 = 1.588 mm
l 300
= = 189
k 1.588
(1.4π 2 )(207)(103 )
Pcr = 25(5.5) = 11 010 N
1892
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 111

Use 25 × 5.5 mm bars Ans. The factor of safety is thus

11 010
n= = 2.91 Ans.
3786

4-79 F = 0 = 2000 + 10 000 − P ⇒ P = 12 000 lbf Ans.


 5.68
M A = 12 000 − 10 000(5.68) + M = 0
2
2000 10,000
M = 22 720 lbf · in


A P C M 22 720
M e= = = 1.893 in Ans.
P 12 000

From Table A-8, A = 4.271 in2 , I = 7.090 in4

I 7.090
k2 = = = 1.66 in2
A 4.271
 
12 000 1.893(2)
σc = − 1+ = −9218 psi Ans.
4.271 1.66
 
12 000 1.893(2)
σt = − 1− = 3598 psi
4.271 1.66

3598 ␴

⫺9218

4-80 This is a design problem so the solutions will differ.

4-81 For free fall with y ≤ h


Fy − m ÿ = 0
y

mg − m ÿ = 0, so ÿ = g mg

Using y = a + bt + ct 2 , we have at t = 0, y = 0, and ẏ = 0, and so a = 0, b = 0, and

c = g/2. Thus
1
y = gt 2 and ẏ = gt for y ≤ h
2
At impact, y = h, t = (2h/g) 1/2 , and v0 = (2gh) 1/2
After contact, the differential equatioin (D.E.) is y
k(y ⫺ h)

mg − k( y − h) − m ÿ = 0 for y > h
mg
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
112 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Now let x = y − h; then ẋ = ẏ and ẍ = ÿ. So the D.E. is ẍ + (k/m)x = g with solution
ω = (k/m) 1/2 and
mg
x = A cos ωt ′ + B sin ωt ′ +
k
′
At contact, t = 0, x = 0, and ẋ = v0 . Evaluating A and B then yields
mg v0 mg
x =− cos ωt ′ + sin ωt ′ +
k ω k
or
W v0 W
y = − cos ωt ′ + sin ωt ′ + +h
k ω k
and
Wω
ẏ = sin ωt ′ + v0 cos ωt ′
k
To find ymax set ẏ = 0. Solving gives
v0 k
tan ωt ′ = −
Wω


′ −1 v0 k
or (ωt )* = tan −
Wω
The first value of (ωt ′ )* is a minimum and negative. So add π radians to it to find the
maximum.
Numerical example: h = 1 in, W = 30 lbf, k = 100 lbf/in. Then
ω = (k/m) 1/2 = [100(386)/30]1/2 = 35.87 rad/s
W/k = 30/100 = 0.3
v0 = (2gh) 1/2 = [2(386)(1)]1/2 = 27.78 in/s
Then
27.78
y = −0.3 cos 35.87t ′ + sin 35.87t ′ + 0.3 + 1
35.87
For ymax
v0 k 27.78(100)
tan ωt ′ = − =− = −2.58
Wω 30(35.87)
(ωt ′ )* = −1.20 rad (minimum)
(ωt ′ )* = −1.20 + π = 1.940 (maximum)
Then t ′ * = 1.940/35.87 = 0.0541 s. This means that the spring bottoms out at t ′ * seconds.
Then (ωt ′ )* = 35.87(0.0541) = 1.94 rad
27.78
So ymax = −0.3 cos 1.94 + sin 1.94 + 0.3 + 1 = 2.130 in Ans.
35.87
The maximum spring force is Fmax = k( ymax − h) = 100(2.130 − 1) = 113 lbf Ans.
The action is illustrated by the graph below. Applications: Impact, such as a dropped
package or a pogo stick with a passive rider. The idea has also been used for a one-legged
robotic walking machine.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 4 113

y
Free fall 0

Speeds agree

⫺0.05 ⫺0.01 1 0.01 0.05 Time t⬘

Equilibrium,
Time of Inflection point of trig curve rest deflection
release (The maximum speed about
this point is 29.8 in/s.)
During
2 contact

ymax

4-82 Choose t ′ = 0 at the instant of impact. At this instant, v1 = (2gh) 1/2 . Using momentum,
m 1 v1 = m 2 v2 . Thus
W1 W1 + W2
(2gh) 1/2 = v2
g g
W1 (2gh) 1/2
v2 =
W1 + W2
Therefore at t ′ = 0, y = 0, and ẏ = v2
y
W1 ⫹ W2
Let W = W1 + W2
ky W1

Because the spring force at y = 0 includes a reaction to W2 , the D.E. is

W
ÿ = −ky + W1
g
With ω = (kg/W ) 1/2 the solution is
y = A cos ωt ′ + B sin ωt ′ + W1 /k
ẏ = −Aω sin ωt ′ + Bω cos ωt ′
At t ′ = 0, y = 0 ⇒ A = −W1 /k
At t ′ = 0, ẏ = v2 ⇒ v2 = Bω
Then
v2 W1 (2gh) 1/2
B= =
ω (W1 + W2 )[kg/(W1 + W2 )]1/2
We now have
 1/2
W1 ′ 2h W1
y=− cos ωt + W1 sin ωt ′ +
k k(W1 + W2 ) k
Transforming gives

1/2
W1 2hk W1
y= +1 cos(ωt ′ − φ) +
k W1 + W2 k
where φ is a phase angle. The maximum deflection of W2 and the maximum spring force
are thus
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
114 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

1/2
W1 2hk W1
ymax = +1 + Ans.
k W1 + W2 k

1/2
2hk
Fmax = kymax + W2 = W1 +1 + W1 + W2 Ans.
W1 + W2

4-83 Assume x > y to get a free-body diagram.

y
W
k1(x ⫺ y) k2 y

Then
W
ÿ = k1 (x − y) − k2 y
g
A particular solution for x = a is
k1 a
y=
k1 + k2
Then the complementary plus the particular solution is
k1 a
y = A cos ωt + B sin ωt +
k1 + k2
 1/2
(k1 + k2 )g
where ω=
W
At t = 0, y = 0, and ẏ = 0. Therefore B = 0 and
k1 a
A=−
k1 + k2
Substituting,
k1 a
y= (1 − cos ωt)
k1 + k2
Since y is maximum when the cosine is −1
2k1 a
ymax = Ans.
k1 + k2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 5

5-1
Sy
MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y /n ⇒ n=
σ1 − σ3
Sy
DE: n=
σ′
1/2
2 1/2
σ ′ = σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2 = σx − σx σ y + σ y2 + 3τx2y

(a) MSS: σ1 = 12, σ2 = 6, σ3 = 0 kpsi

50
n= = 4.17 Ans.
12
50
DE: σ ′ = (122 − 6(12) + 62 ) 1/2 = 10.39 kpsi, n= = 4.81 Ans.
  10.39
12 12 2
(b) σ A , σ B = ± + (−8) 2 = 16, −4 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 16, σ2 = 0, σ3 = −4 kpsi
50
MSS: n= = 2.5 Ans.
16 − (−4)
50
DE: σ ′ = (122 + 3(−82 )) 1/2 = 18.33 kpsi, n = = 2.73 Ans.
 18.33
−6 + 10 2

−6 − 10
(c) σ A , σ B = ± + (−5) 2 = −2.615, −13.385 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 0, σ2 = −2.615, σ3 = −13.385 kpsi
␴B
50
MSS: n= = 3.74 Ans.
0 − (−13.385)
DE: σ ′ = [(−6) 2 − (−6)(−10) + (−10) 2 + 3(−5) 2 ]1/2 ␴A
= 12.29 kpsi
50
n= = 4.07 Ans.
12.29

12 − 4 2

12 + 4
(d) σ A , σ B = ± + 12 = 12.123, 3.877 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 12.123, σ2 = 3.877, σ3 = 0 kpsi
50
MSS: n= = 4.12 Ans.
12.123 − 0
DE: σ ′ = [122 − 12(4) + 42 + 3(12 )]1/2 = 10.72 kpsi
50
n= = 4.66 Ans.
10.72
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
116 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-2 S y = 50 kpsi
Sy
MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y /n ⇒ n=
σ1 − σ3

2 1/2 1/2
σ A − σ A σ B + σ B2 n = S y / σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2


DE: = S y /n ⇒

50
(a) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = 0, n = = 4.17 Ans.
12 − 0
50
DE: n= = 4.17 Ans.
[122 − (12)(12) + 122 ]1/2

50
(b) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = 0, n = = 4.17 Ans.
12
50
DE: n= = 4.81 Ans.
[122 − (12)(6) + 62 ]1/2
50
(c) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = −12 kpsi, n = = 2.08 Ans.
12 − (−12)
50
DE: n= = 2.41 Ans.
[122 − (12)(−12) + (−12) 2 ]1/3
50
(d) MSS: σ1 = 0, σ3 = −12 kpsi, n = = 4.17 Ans.
−(−12)
50
DE: n= = 4.81
[(−6) 2 − (−6)(−12) + (−12) 2 ]1/2

5-3 S y = 390 MPa

Sy
MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y /n ⇒ n=
σ1 − σ3

2 1/2 1/2
σ A − σ A σ B + σ B2 n = S y / σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2


DE: = S y /n ⇒
390
(a) MSS: σ1 = 180 MPa, σ3 = 0, n = = 2.17 Ans.
180
390
DE: n= = 2.50 Ans.
[1802 − 180(100) + 1002 ]1/2

180 2

180
(b) σ A , σ B = ± + 1002 = 224.5, −44.5 MPa = σ1 , σ3
2 2
390
MSS: n= = 1.45 Ans.
224.5 − (−44.5)
390
DE: n= = 1.56 Ans.
[1802 + 3(1002 )]1/2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 117


160 2

160
(c) σ A , σ B = − ± − + 1002 = 48.06, −208.06 MPa = σ1 , σ3
2 2
390
MSS: n= = 1.52 Ans.
48.06 − (−208.06)
390
DE: n= = 1.65 Ans.
[−160 + 3(1002 )]1/2
2

(d) σ A , σ B = 150, −150 MPa = σ1 , σ3

390
MSS: n= = 1.30 Ans.
150 − (−150)
390
DE: n= = 1.50 Ans.
[3(150) 2 ]1/2

5-4 S y = 220 MPa

(a) σ1 = 100, σ2 = 80, σ3 = 0 MPa
220
MSS: n= = 2.20 Ans.
100 − 0
DET: σ ′ = [1002 − 100(80) + 802 ]1/2 = 91.65 MPa
220
n= = 2.40 Ans.
91.65
(b) σ1 = 100, σ2 = 10, σ3 = 0 MPa
220
MSS: n= = 2.20 Ans.
100
DET: σ ′ = [1002 − 100(10) + 102 ]1/2 = 95.39 MPa
220
n= = 2.31 Ans.
95.39
(c) σ1 = 100, σ2 = 0, σ3 = −80 MPa
220
MSS: n= = 1.22 Ans.
100 − (−80)
DE: σ ′ = [1002 − 100(−80) + (−80) 2 ]1/2 = 156.2 MPa
220
n= = 1.41 Ans.
156.2
(d) σ1 = 0, σ2 = −80, σ3 = −100 MPa
220
MSS: n= = 2.20 Ans.
0 − (−100)
DE: σ ′ = [(−80) 2 − (−80)(−100) + (−100) 2 ] = 91.65 MPa
220
n= = 2.40 Ans.
91.65
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
118 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-5
OB 2.23
(a) MSS: n= = = 2.1
OA 1.08
OC 2.56
DE: n= = = 2.4
OA 1.08
OE 1.65
(b) MSS: n= = = 1.5
OD 1.10
OF 1.8
DE: n= = = 1.6
OD 1.1

␴B

(a)
C
B

Scale
1" ⫽ 200 MPa

O ␴A

D
E F (b)

G K
L

(d)

I
(c)

OH 1.68
(c) MSS: n= = = 1.6
OG 1.05
OI 1.85
DE: n= = = 1.8
OG 1.05
OK 1.38
(d) MSS: n= = = 1.3
OJ 1.05
OL 1.62
DE: n= = = 1.5
OJ 1.05
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 119

5-6 S y = 220 MPa

OB 2.82
(a) MSS: n= = = 2.2
OA 1.3
OC 3.1
DE: n= = = 2.4
OA 1.3
OE 2.2
(b) MSS: n= = = 2.2
OD 1
OF 2.33
DE: n= = = 2.3
OD 1
␴B

(a)
C
B

1" ⫽ 100 MPa E (b)

D F
O
␴A

H
J
I
(c)

L
(d)

OH 1.55
(c) MSS: n= = = 1.2
OG 1.3
OI 1.8
DE: n= = = 1.4
OG 1.3
OK 2.82
(d) MSS: n= = = 2.2
OJ 1.3
OL 3.1
DE: n= = = 2.4
OJ 1.3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
120 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-7 Sut = 30 kpsi, Suc = 100 kpsi; σ A = 20 kpsi, σ B = 6 kpsi

Sut 30
(a) MNS: Eq. (5-30a) n= = = 1.5 Ans.
σx 20
30
BCM: Eq. (5-31a) n= = 1.5 Ans.
20
30
MM: Eq. (5-32a) n= = 1.5 Ans.
20
(b) σx = 12 kpsi,τx y = −8 kpsi
 2
12 12
σ A, σB = ± + (−8) 2 = 16, −4 kpsi
2 2
30
MNS: Eq. (5-30a) n= = 1.88 Ans.
16
1 16 (−4)
BCM: Eq. (5-31b) = − ⇒ n = 1.74 Ans.
n 30 100
30
MM: Eq. (5-32a) n= = 1.88 Ans.
16
(c) σx = −6 kpsi, σ y = −10 kpsi,τx y = −5 kpsi

−6 + 10 2

−6 − 10
σ A, σB = ± + (−5) 2 = −2.61, −13.39 kpsi
2 2
100
MNS: Eq. (5-30b) n=− = 7.47 Ans.
−13.39
100
BCM: Eq. (5-31c) n=− = 7.47 Ans.
−13.39
100
MM: Eq. (5-32c) n=− = 7.47 Ans.
−13.39
(d) σx = −12 kpsi,τx y = 8 kpsi

12 2

12
σ A, σB = − ± − + 82 = 4, −16 kpsi
2 2

−100
MNS: Eq. (5-30b) n= = 6.25 Ans.
−16
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 121

1 4 (−16)
BCM: Eq. (5-31b) = − ⇒ n = 3.41 Ans.
n 30 100
1 (100 − 30)4 −16
MM: Eq. (5-32b) = − ⇒ n = 3.95 Ans.
n 100(30) 100
␴B

1" ⫽ 20 kpsi B (a)

A

O
␴A

C
E
D (b)
K
F

J
L

(c) (d)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
122 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-8 See Prob. 5-7 for plot.

OB 1.55
(a) For all methods: n= = = 1.5
OA 1.03
OD 1.4
(b) BCM: n= = = 1.75
OC 0.8
OE 1.55
All other methods: n= = = 1.9
OC 0.8
OL 5.2
(c) For all methods: n= = = 7.6
OK 0.68
OJ 5.12
(d) MNS: n= = = 6.2
OF 0.82
OG 2.85
BCM: n= = = 3.5
OF 0.82
OH 3.3
MM: n= = = 4.0
OF 0.82

5-9 Given: S y = 42 kpsi, Sut = 66.2 kpsi, ε f = 0.90. Since ε f > 0.05, the material is ductile and
thus we may follow convention by setting S yc = S yt .
Use DE theory for analytical solution. For σ ′ , use Eq. (5-13) or (5-15) for plane stress and
Eq. (5-12) or (5-14) for general 3-D.

(a) σ ′ = [92 − 9(−5) + (−5) 2 ]1/2 = 12.29 kpsi

42
n= = 3.42 Ans.
12.29
(b) σ ′ = [122 + 3(32 )]1/2 = 13.08 kpsi
42
n= = 3.21 Ans.
13.08
(c) σ ′ = [(−4) 2 − (−4)(−9) + (−9) 2 + 3(52 )]1/2 = 11.66 kpsi
42
n= = 3.60 Ans.
11.66
(d) σ ′ = [112 − (11)(4) + 42 + 3(12 )]1/2 = 9.798
42
n= = 4.29 Ans.
9.798
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 123

␴B

(d)
H
1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi

G
O
␴A
C (b)
D
A

B (a)

F
(c)

For graphical solution, plot load lines on DE envelope as shown.

(a) σ A = 9, σ B = −5 kpsi
OB 3.5
n= = = 3.5 Ans.
OA 1
 
12 12 2
(b) σ A , σ B = ± + 32 = 12.7, −0.708 kpsi
2 2
OD 4.2
n= = = 3.23
OC 1.3

4−9 2

−4 − 9
(c) σ A , σ B = ± + 52 = −0.910, −12.09 kpsi
2 2
OF 4.5
n= = = 3.6 Ans.
OE 1.25

11 − 4 2

11 + 4
(d) σ A , σ B = ± + 12 = 11.14, 3.86 kpsi
2 2
OH 5.0
n= = = 4.35 Ans.
OG 1.15

5-10 This heat-treated steel exhibits S yt = 235 kpsi, S yc = 275 kpsi and ε f = 0.06. The steel is
ductile (ε f > 0.05) but of unequal yield strengths. The Ductile Coulomb-Mohr hypothesis
(DCM) of Fig. 5-19 applies — confine its use to first and fourth quadrants.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
124 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(a) σx = 90 kpsi, σ y = −50 kpsi, σz = 0 ⬖ σ A = 90 kpsi and σ B = −50 kpsi. For the
fourth quadrant, from Eq. (5-31b)
1 1
n= = = 1.77 Ans.
(σ A /S yt ) − (σ B /Suc ) (90/235) − (−50/275)
(b) σx = 120 kpsi, τx y = −30 kpsi ccw. σ A , σ B = 127.1, −7.08 kpsi. For the fourth
quadrant
1
n= = 1.76 Ans.
(127.1/235) − (−7.08/275)
(c) σx = −40 kpsi, σ y = −90 kpsi, τx y = 50 kpsi . σ A , σ B = −9.10, −120.9 kpsi.
Although no solution exists for the third quadrant, use
S yc 275
n=− =− = 2.27 Ans.
σy −120.9
(d) σx = 110 kpsi, σ y = 40 kpsi, τx y = 10 kpsi cw. σ A , σ B = 111.4, 38.6 kpsi. For the
first quadrant
S yt 235
n= = = 2.11 Ans.
σA 111.4
Graphical Solution:
␴B
OB 1.82
(a) n = = = 1.78
OA 1.02
OD 2.24
(b) n = = = 1.75
OC 1.28
OF 2.75
(c) n = = = 2.22
OE 1.24
OH 2.46
(d) n = = = 2.08 H (d)
OG 1.18
1 in ⫽ 100 kpsi
G

O ␴A
C (b)
D

B (a)

F
(c)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 125

5-11 The material is brittle and exhibits unequal tensile and compressive strengths. Decision:
Use the Modified Mohr theory.
Sut = 22 kpsi, Suc = 83 kpsi
(a) σx = 9 kpsi, σ y = −5 kpsi. σ A , σ B = 9, −5 kpsi. For the fourth quadrant,
| σσ BA | = 95 < 1, use Eq. (5-32a)
Sut 22
n= = = 2.44 Ans.
σA 9
(b) σx = 12 kpsi, τx y = −3 kpsi ccw. σ A , σ B = 12.7, −0.708 kpsi. For the fourth quad-
rant, | σσ BA | = 012
.708
.7 < 1,
Sut 22
n= = = 1.73 Ans.
σA 12.7
(c) σx = −4 kpsi, σ y = −9 kpsi, τx y = 5 kpsi . σ A , σ B = −0.910, −12.09 kpsi. For the
third quadrant, no solution exists; however, use Eq. (6-32c)
−83
n= = 6.87 Ans.
−12.09
(d) σx = 11 kpsi, σ y = 4 kpsi,τx y = 1 kpsi. σ A , σ B = 11.14, 3.86 kpsi. For the first quadrant
SA S yt 22
n= = = = 1.97 Ans.
σA σA 11.14
␴B
30
Sut ⫽ 22

(d )

␴A
30
(b)

(a)

–50

Sut ⫽ 83

(c) –90
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
126 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

.
5-12 Since ε f < 0.05, the material is brittle. Thus, Sut = Suc and we may use MM which is
basically the same as MNS.
(a) σ A , σ B = 9, −5 kpsi
35
n= = 3.89 Ans.
9
(b) σ A , σ B = 12.7, −0.708 kpsi
35
n= = 2.76 Ans.
12.7
(c) σ A , σ B = −0.910, −12.09 kpsi (3rd quadrant)
36
n= = 2.98 Ans. ␴B
12.09
(d) σ A , σ B = 11.14, 3.86 kpsi
35
n= = 3.14 Ans.
11.14
1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi

Graphical Solution: H (d)

G
OB 4
(a) n = = = 4.0 Ans. ␴A
OA 1 O
C D (b)

A
OD 3.45 E
(b) n = = = 2.70 Ans.
OC 1.28
OF 3.7 B (a)
(c) n = = = 2.85 Ans. (3rd quadrant)
OE 1.3
F
OH 3.6
(d) n = = = 3.13 Ans. (c)
OG 1.15

5-13 Sut = 30 kpsi, Suc = 109 kpsi

Use MM:
(a) σ A , σ B = 20, 20 kpsi
30
Eq. (5-32a): n= = 1.5 Ans.
20

(b) σ A , σ B = ± (15) 2 = 15, −15 kpsi
30
Eq. (5-32a) n= = 2 Ans.
15
(c) σ A , σ B = −80, −80 kpsi
For the 3rd quadrant, there is no solution but use Eq. (5-32c).
109
Eq. (5-32c): n=− = 1.36 Ans.
−80
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 127

(d) σ A , σ B = 15, −25 kpsi, |σ B |σ A | = 25/15 > 1,

(109 − 30)15 −25 1

Eq. (5-32b): − =
109(30) 109 n
n = 1.69 Ans.

OB 4.25
(a) n = = = 1.50
OA 2.83
OD 4.24 ␴B
(b) n = = = 2.00 B (a)
OC 2.12
OF 15.5
(c) n = = = 1.37 (3rd quadrant) A
OE 11.3
OH 4.9
(d) n = = = 1.69
OG 2.9
O ␴A

1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi
G
D
(b)

(d)

F
(c)

5-14 Given: AISI 1006 CD steel, F = 0.55 N, P = 8.0 kN, and T = 30 N · m, applying the
DE theory to stress elements A and B with Sy = 280 MPa
32Fl 4P 32(0.55)(103 )(0.1) 4(8)(103 )
A: σx = + = +
πd 3 πd 2 π(0.0203 ) π(0.0202 )
= 95.49(106 ) Pa = 95.49 MPa
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
128 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

16T 16(30)
τx y = 3
= = 19.10(106 ) Pa = 19.10 MPa
πd π(0.0203 )
1/2
σ ′ = σx2 + 3τx2y = [95.492 + 3(19.1) 2 ]1/2 = 101.1 MPa

Sy 280
n= ′
= = 2.77 Ans.
σ 101.1
4P 4(8)(103 )
B: σx = 3
= 2
= 25.47(106 ) Pa = 25.47 MPa
πd π(0.020 )
0.55(103 )
 
16T 4V 16(30) 4
τx y = + = +
πd 3 3 A π(0.0203 ) 3 (π/4)(0.0202 )
= 21.43(106 ) Pa = 21.43 MPa
σ ′ = [25.472 + 3(21.432 )]1/2 = 45.02 MPa
280
n= = 6.22 Ans.
45.02

5-15 S y = 32 kpsi

At A, M = 6(190) = 1 140 lbf·in, T = 4(190) = 760 lbf · in.

32M 32(1140)
σx = 3
= = 27 520 psi
πd π(3/4) 3

16T 16(760)
τzx = = = 9175 psi
πd 3 π(3/4) 3
 2
27 520
τmax = + 91752 = 16 540 psi
2

Sy 32
n= = = 0.967 Ans.
2τmax 2(16.54)
MSS predicts yielding

5-16 From Prob. 4-15, σx = 27.52 kpsi, τzx = 9.175 kpsi. For Eq. (5-15), adjusted for coordinates,

1/2
σ ′ = 27.522 + 3(9.175) 2

= 31.78 kpsi

Sy 32
n= ′
= = 1.01 Ans.
σ 31.78
DE predicts no yielding, but it is extremely close. Shaft size should be increased.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 129

5-17 Design decisions required:

• Material and condition
• Design factor
• Failure model
• Diameter of pin
Using F = 416 lbf from Ex. 5-3
32M
σmax =
πd 3
32M 1/3
 
d=
πσmax
Decision 1: Select the same material and condition of Ex. 5-3 (AISI 1035 steel, S y =
81 000).
Decision 2: Since we prefer the pin to yield, set n d a little larger than 1. Further explana-
tion will follow.
Decision 3: Use the Distortion Energy static failure theory.
Decision 4: Initially set n d = 1
Sy Sy
σmax = = = 81 000 psi
nd 1

32(416)(15) 1/3
 
d= = 0.922 in
π(81 000)
Choose preferred size of d = 1.000 in
π(1) 3 (81 000)
F= = 530 lbf
32(15)
530
n= = 1.274
416
Set design factor to n d = 1.274
Adequacy Assessment:
Sy 81 000
σmax = = = 63 580 psi
nd 1.274
32(416)(15) 1/3
 
d= = 1.000 in (OK )
π(63 580)
π(1) 3 (81 000)
F= = 530 lbf
32(15)
530
n= = 1.274 (OK)
416
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
130 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-18 For a thin walled cylinder made of AISI 1018 steel, S y = 54 kpsi, Sut = 64 kpsi.
The state of stress is
pd p(8) pd
σt = = = 40 p, σl = = 20 p, σr = − p
4t 4(0.05) 8t
These three are all principal stresses. Therefore,
1
σ ′ = √ [(σ1 − σ2 ) 2 + (σ2 − σ3 ) 2 + (σ3 − σ1 ) 2 ]1/2
2
1
= √ [(40 p − 20 p) 2 + (20 p + p) 2 + (− p − 40 p) 2 ]
2
= 35.51 p = 54 ⇒ p = 1.52 kpsi (for yield) Ans.
. .
For rupture, 35.51 p = 64 ⇒ p = 1.80 kpsi Ans.

5-19 For hot-forged AISI steel w = 0.282 lbf/in3 , S y = 30 kpsi and ν = 0.292. Then ρ = w/g =
0.282/386 lbf · s2 /in; ri = 3 in; ro = 5 in; ri2 = 9; ro2 = 25; 3 + ν = 3.292; 1 + 3ν = 1.876.
Eq. (3-55) for r = ri becomes
   
2 3+ν 2 2 1 + 3ν
σt = ρω 2ro + ri 1 −
8 3+ν
Rearranging and substituting the above values:
   
Sy 0.282 3.292 1.876
= 50 + 9 1 −
ω2 386 8 3.292
= 0.016 19
Setting the tangential stress equal to the yield stress,
30 000 1/2
 
ω= = 1361 rad/s
0.016 19
or n = 60ω/2π = 60(1361)/(2π)
= 13 000 rev/min

Now check the stresses at r = (rori ) 1/2 , or r = [5(3)]1/2 = 3.873 in

 
2 3+ν
σr = ρω (ro − ri ) 2
8
0.282ω2 3.292
 
= (5 − 3) 2
386 8

= 0.001 203ω2
Applying Eq. (3-55) for σt
   
2 0.282 3.292 9(25) 1.876(15)
σt = ω 9 + 25 + −
386 8 15 3.292

= 0.012 16ω2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 131

Using the Distortion-Energy theory

1/2
σ ′ = σt2 − σr σt + σr2 = 0.011 61ω2

 1/2
30 000
Solving ω= = 1607 rad/s
0.011 61
So the inner radius governs and n = 13 000 rev/min Ans.

5-20 For a thin-walled pressure vessel,

di = 3.5 − 2(0.065) = 3.37 in

p(di + t)
σt =
2t
500(3.37 + 0.065)
σt = = 13 212 psi
2(0.065)
pdi 500(3.37)
σl = = = 6481 psi
4t 4(0.065)
σr = − pi = −500 psi

These are all principal stresses, thus,

1
σ ′ = √ {(13 212 − 6481) 2 + [6481 − (−500)]2 + (−500 − 13 212) 2 }1/2
2
σ ′ = 11 876 psi
Sy 46 000 46 000
n= = =
σ′ σ′ 11 876
= 3.87 Ans.

5-21 Table A-20 gives S y as 320 MPa. The maximum significant stress condition occurs at ri
where σ1 = σr = 0, σ2 = 0, and σ3 = σt . From Eq. (3-49) for r = ri , pi = 0,
2ro2 po 2(1502 ) po
σt = − = − = −3.6 po
ro2 − ri2 1502 − 1002
σ ′ = 3.6 po = S y = 320
320
po = = 88.9 MPa Ans.
3.6

5-22 Sut = 30 kpsi, w = 0.260 lbf/in3 , ν = 0.211, 3 + ν = 3.211, 1 + 3ν = 1.633. At the inner
radius, from Prob. 5-19
  
σt 3+ν 2 2 1 + 3ν 2
=ρ 2ro + ri − r
ω2 8 3+ν i
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
132 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Here ro2 = 25, ri2 = 9, and so

  
σt 0.260 3.211 1.633(9)
2
= 50 + 9 − = 0.0147
ω 386 8 3.211
Since σr is of the same sign, we use M2M failure criteria in the first quadrant. From Table
A-24, Sut = 31 kpsi, thus,
31 000 1/2
 
ω= = 1452 rad/s
0.0147
rpm = 60ω/(2π) = 60(1452)/(2π)
= 13 866 rev/min
Using the grade number of 30 for Sut = 30 000 kpsi gives a bursting speed of 13640 rev/min.

5-23 TC = (360 − 27)(3) = 1000 lbf · in , TB = (300 − 50)(4) = 1000 lbf · in

y
223 lbf 127 lbf
B C
A D
8" 8" 6"
350 lbf
xy plane

In x y plane, M B = 223(8) = 1784 lbf · in and MC = 127(6) = 762 lbf · in.

387 lbf
8" 8" 6"
A D
B C
106 lbf 281 lbf
xz plane

In the x z plane, M B = 848 lbf · in and MC = 1686 lbf · in. The resultants are
M B = [(1784) 2 + (848) 2 ]1/2 = 1975 lbf · in
MC = [(1686) 2 + (762) 2 ]1/2 = 1850 lbf · in
So point B governs and the stresses are
16T 16(1000) 5093
τx y = 3
= 3
= 3 psi
πd πd d
32M B 32(1975) 20 120
σx = = = psi
πd 3 πd 3 d3
Then  2 1/2
σx σx 2
σ A, σB = ± + τx y
2 2
  1/2 
2
1 20.12
 20.12 2

σ A, σB = 3 ± + (5.09)
d  2 2 

(10.06 ± 11.27)
= kpsi · in3
d3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 133

Then
10.06 + 11.27 21.33
σA = 3
= kpsi
d d3
and
10.06 − 11.27 1.21
σB = 3
= − 3 kpsi
d d
For this state of stress, use the Brittle-Coulomb-Mohr theory for illustration. Here we use
Sut (min) = 25 kpsi, Suc (min) = 97 kpsi, and Eq. (5-31b) to arrive at
21.33 −1.21 1
3
− 3
=
25d 97d 2.8
Solving gives d = 1.34 in. So use d = 1 3/8 in Ans.
Note that this has been solved as a statics problem. Fatigue will be considered in the next
chapter.

5-24 As in Prob. 5-23, we will assume this to be statics problem. Since the proportions are un-
changed, the bearing reactions will be the same as in Prob. 5-23. Thus
x y plane: M B = 223(4) = 892 lbf · in
x z plane: M B = 106(4) = 424 lbf · in
So
Mmax = [(892) 2 + (424) 2 ]1/2 = 988 lbf · in
32M B 32(988) 10 060
σx = 3
= 3
= psi
πd πd d3
Since the torsional stress is unchanged,
τx z = 5.09/d 3 kpsi
 1/2 
   2
1  10.06 10.06 2

σ A, σB = 3 ± + (5.09)
d  2 2 

σ A = 12.19/d 3 and σ B = −2.13/d 3

Using the Brittle-Coulomb-Mohr, as was used in Prob. 5-23, gives
12.19 −2.13 1
3
− 3
=
25d 97d 2.8
Solving gives d = 1 1/8 in. Ans.

5-25 ( FA ) t = 300 cos 20 = 281.9 lbf, ( FA )r = 300 sin 20 = 102.6 lbf

3383
T = 281.9(12) = 3383 lbf · in, ( FC ) t = = 676.6 lbf
5
( FC )r = 676.6 tan 20 = 246.3 lbf
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
134 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

ROy = 193.7 lbf 246.3 lbf ROz = 233.5 lbf 676.6 lbf
A B C A B C
O x O x
20" 16" 10" 20" 16" 10"
RBy = 158.1 lbf z RBz = 807.5 lbf
281.9 lbf 102.6 lbf
xy plane xz plane


M A = 20 193.72 + 233.52 = 6068 lbf · in

M B = 10 246.32 + 676.62 = 7200 lbf · in (maximum)
32(7200) 73 340
σx = 3
=
πd d3
16(3383) 17 230
τx y = =
πd 3 d3
1/2 Sy
σ ′ = σx2 + 3τx2y


=
n
 2  1/2
17 230 2

73 340 79 180 60 000
3
+3 3
= 3
=
d d d 3.5

d = 1.665 in so use a standard diameter size of 1.75 in Ans.

5-26 From Prob. 5-25,

 2 1/2
σx Sy
τmax = + τx2y =
2 2n
 2  2 1/2
73 340 17 230 40 516 60 000
+ = =
2d 3 d3 d3 2(3.5)

d = 1.678 in so use 1.75 in Ans.

5-27 T = (270 − 50)(0.150) = 33 N · m , S y = 370 MPa

(T1 − 0.15T1 )(0.125) = 33 ⇒ T1 = 310.6 N, T2 = 0.15(310.6) = 46.6 N
(T1 + T2 ) cos 45 = 252.6 N

y 107.0 N 252.6 N

163.4 N 252.6 N 89.2 N 300 400 150

300 A 400 150

O z
B C 320 N 174.4 N
xy plane xz plane
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 135


M A = 0.3 163.42 + 1072 = 58.59 N · m (maximum)

M B = 0.15 89.22 + 174.42 = 29.38 N · m
32(58.59) 596.8
σx = 3
=
πd d3
16(33) 168.1
τx y = 3
=
πd d3
  1/2
596.8 2 168.1 2 370(106 )
 
′

2 2 1/2
 664.0
σ = σx + 3τx y = +3 = =
d3 d3 d3 3.0

d = 17.5(10−3 ) m = 17.5 mm, so use 18 mm Ans.

5-28 From Prob. 5-27,

 2 1/2
σx Sy
τmax = + τx2y =
2 2n
 2 2 1/2
370(106 )

596.8 168.1 342.5
+ = =
2d 3 d3 d3 2(3.0)

d = 17.7(10−3 ) m = 17.7 mm, so use 18 mm Ans.

5-29 For the loading scheme shown in Figure (c),

V
 
F a b 4.4
Mmax = + = (6 + 4.5)
2 2 4 2
M
= 23.1 N · m
y
For a stress element at A: B
C x
32M 32(23.1)(103 ) A
σx = = = 136.2 MPa
πd 3 π(12) 3
The shear at C is
4( F/2) 4(4.4/2)(103 )
τx y = = = 25.94 MPa
3πd 2 /4 3π(12) 2 /4
  1/2
136.2 2
τmax = = 68.1 MPa
2

Since S y = 220 MPa, Ssy = 220/2 = 110 MPa, and

Ssy 110
n= = = 1.62 Ans.
τmax 68.1
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
136 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

For the loading scheme depicted in Figure (d)

     2  
F a+b F 1 b F a b
Mmax = − = +
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
This result is the same as that obtained for Figure (c). At point B, we also have a surface
compression of
−F −F −4.4(103 )
σy = = − = −20.4 MPa
A bd 18(12)
With σx = −136.2 MPa. From a Mohrs circle diagram, τmax = 136.2/2 = 68.1 MPa.
110
n= = 1.62 MPa Ans.
68.1

5-30 Based on Figure (c) and using Eq. (5-15)

1/2
σ ′ = σx2
= (136.22 ) 1/2 = 136.2 MPa
Sy 220
n= ′
= = 1.62 Ans.
σ 136.2
Based on Figure (d) and using Eq. (5-15) and the solution of Prob. 5-29,
1/2
σ ′ = σx2 − σx σ y + σ y2

= [(−136.2) 2 − (−136.2)(−20.4) + (−20.4) 2 ]1/2

= 127.2 MPa
Sy 220
n= ′
= = 1.73 Ans.
σ 127.2

5-31
When the ring is set, the hoop tension in the ring is
w
equal to the screw tension.
dF
ri2 pi ro2
 
σt = 2 1+ 2
r ro − ri2 r

We have the hoop tension at any radius. The differential hoop tension d F is
d F = wσt dr
wri2 pi
 ro  ro 
ro2

F= wσt dr = 2 1 + 2 dr = wri pi (1)
ri ro − ri2 ri r
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 137

The screw equation is

T
Fi = (2)
0.2d
From Eqs. (1) and (2)
pi ri d␪ F T
pi = =
wri 0.2dwri
dFx d Fx = f pi ri dθ
 2π  2π
f Tw
Fx = f pi wri dθ = ri dθ
o 0.2dwri o
2π f T
= Ans.
0.2d

5-32
(a) From Prob. 5-31, T = 0.2Fi d
T 190
Fi = = = 3800 lbf Ans.
0.2d 0.2(0.25)
(b) From Prob. 5-31, F = wri pi
F Fi 3800
pi = = = = 15 200 psi Ans.
wri wri 0.5(0.5)

pi ri2 + ro2


ri2 pi ro2
 
(c) σt = 2 1+ =
ro − ri2 r r=ri ro2 − ri2
15 200(0.52 + 12 )
= = 25 333 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52
σr = − pi = −15 200 psi
σ1 − σ3 σt − σr
(d) τmax = =
2 2
25 333 − (−15 200)
= = 20 267 psi Ans.
2
1/2
σ ′ = σ A2 + σ B2 − σ A σ B

= [25 3332 + (−15 200) 2 − 25 333(−15 200)]1/2

= 35 466 psi Ans.
(e) Maximum Shear hypothesis
Ssy 0.5S y 0.5(63)
n= = = = 1.55 Ans.
τmax τmax 20.267
Distortion Energy theory
Sy 63
n= = = 1.78 Ans.
σ′ 35 466
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
138 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-33
1"R
re The moment about the center caused by force F
1"
is Fre where re is the effective radius. This is
R
2 balanced by the moment about the center
caused by the tangential (hoop) stress.
 ro
Fre = rσt w dr
␴t ri

wpi r 2 ro ro2

 
r = 2 i2 r+ dr
r o − ri ri r
 
wpi ri2 ro2 − ri2 r o
re =
2 + ro2 ln
F ro − ri2

2 ri

From Prob. 5-31, F = wri pi . Therefore,

 
ri ro2 − ri2 r o
re = 2 2
+ ro2 ln
r o − ri 2 ri

For the conditions of Prob. 5-31, ri = 0.5 and ro = 1 in

 2
1 − 0.52

0.5 2 1
re = 2 + 1 ln = 0.712 in
1 − 0.52 2 0.5

5-34 δnom = 0.0005 in

(a) From Eq. (3-57)

30(106 )(0.0005) (1.52 − 12 )(12 − 0.52 )

 
p= = 3516 psi Ans.
(13 ) 2(1.52 − 0.52 )
Inner member:
R 2 + ri2
 2
1 + 0.52

Eq. (3-58) (σt ) i = − p 2 = −3516 2 = −5860 psi
R − ri2 1 − 0.52
(σr ) i = − p = −3516 psi
1/2
σi′ = σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2


Eq. (5-13)

= [(−5860) 2 − (−5860)(−3516) + (−3516) 2 ]1/2

= 5110 psi Ans.
Outer member:
1.52 + 12
 
Eq. (3-59) (σt ) o = 3516 = 9142 psi
1.52 − 12
(σr ) o = − p = −3516 psi

Eq. (5-13) σo′ = [91422 − 9142(−3516) + (−3516) 2 ]1/2

= 11 320 psi Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 139

(b) For a solid inner tube,

30(106 )(0.0005) (1.52 − 12 )(12 )
 
p= = 4167 psi Ans.
1 2(12 )(1.52 )
(σt ) i = − p = −4167 psi, (σr ) i = −4167 psi
σi′ = [(−4167) 2 − (−4167)(−4167) + (−4167) 2 ]1/2 = 4167 psi Ans.
 2
1.5 + 12

(σt ) o = 4167 = 10 830 psi, (σr ) o = −4167 psi
1.52 − 12
σo′ = [10 8302 − 10 830(−4167) + (−4167) 2 ]1/2 = 13 410 psi Ans.

5-35 Using Eq. (3-57) with diametral values,

207(103 )(0.02) (752 − 502 )(502 − 252 )
 
p= = 19.41 MPa Ans.
(503 ) 2(752 − 252 )
 2
50 + 252

Eq. (3-58) (σt ) i = −19.41 = −32.35 MPa
502 − 252
(σr ) i = −19.41 MPa

Eq. (5-13) σi′ = [(−32.35) 2 − (−32.35)(−19.41) + (−19.41) 2 ]1/2

= 28.20 MPa Ans.
 2
75 + 502

Eq. (3-59) (σt ) o = 19.41 = 50.47 MPa,
752 − 502
(σr ) o = −19.41 MPa
σo′ = [50.472 − 50.47(−19.41) + (−19.41) 2 ]1/2 = 62.48 MPa Ans.

5-36 Max. shrink-fit conditions: Diametral interference δd = 50.01 − 49.97 = 0.04 mm. Equa-
tion (3-57) using diametral values:
207(103 )0.04 (752 − 502 )(502 − 252 )
 
p= = 38.81 MPa Ans.
503 2(752 − 252 )
 2
50 + 252

Eq. (3-58): (σt ) i = −38.81 = −64.68 MPa
502 − 252
(σr ) i = −38.81 MPa

Eq. (5-13):

1/2
σi′ = (−64.68) 2 − (−64.68)(−38.81) + (−38.81) 2

= 56.39 MPa Ans.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
140 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-37
1.9998 1.999
δ= − = 0.0004 in
2 2
Eq. (3-56)
 2
2 + 12
  2 
p(1) p(1) 1 +0
0.0004 = + 0.211 + − 0.292
14.5(106 ) 22 − 12 30(106 ) 12 − 0
p = 2613 psi
Applying Eq. (4-58) at R,
22 + 12
 
(σt ) o = 2613 2 = 4355 psi
2 − 12
(σr ) o = −2613 psi, Sut = 20 kpsi, Suc = 83 kpsi
 
 σo  2613
 =
 σ  4355 < 1, ∴ use Eq. (5-32a)
A

h = Sut /σ A = 20/4.355 = 4.59 Ans.

5-38 E = 30(106 ) psi, ν = 0.292, I = (π/64)(24 − 1.54 ) = 0.5369 in4

Eq. (3-57) can be written in terms of diameters,


Eδd do2 − D 2 D 2 − di2


30(106 )
 2
(2 − 1.752 )(1.752 − 1.52 )

p= = (0.002 46)
2D 2 do2 − di2


D 1.75 2(1.752 )(22 − 1.52 )

= 2997 psi = 2.997 kpsi

Outer member:
1.752 (2.997)
Outer radius: (σt ) o = (2) = 19.58 kpsi, (σr ) o = 0
22 − 1.752
1.752 (2.997) 22
 
Inner radius: (σt ) i = 2 1+ = 22.58 kpsi, (σr ) i = −2.997 kpsi
2 − 1.752 1.752
Bending:
6.000(2/2)
ro : (σx ) o = = 11.18 kpsi
0.5369
6.000(1.75/2)
ri : (σx ) i = = 9.78 kpsi
0.5369
Torsion: J = 2I = 1.0738 in4
8.000(2/2)
ro : (τx y ) o = = 7.45 kpsi
1.0738
8.000(1.75/2)
ri : (τx y ) i = = 6.52 kpsi
1.0738
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 141

Outer radius is plane stress

σx = 11.18 kpsi, σ y = 19.58 kpsi, τx y = 7.45 kpsi
Sy 60
Eq. (5-15) σ ′ = [11.182 − (11.18)(19.58) + 19.582 + 3(7.452 )]1/2 = =
no no
60
21.35 = ⇒ n o = 2.81 Ans.
no

Inner radius, 3D state of stress z

—2.997 kpsi

9.78 kpsi

22.58 kpsi
x y
6.52 kpsi

From Eq. (5-14) with τ yz = τzx = 0

1 60
σ ′ = √ [(9.78 − 22.58) 2 + (22.58 + 2.997) 2 + (−2.997 − 9.78) 2 + 6(6.52) 2 ]1/2 =
2 ni
60
24.86 = ⇒ n i = 2.41 Ans.
ni

5-39 From Prob. 5-38: p = 2.997 kpsi, I = 0.5369 in4 , J = 1.0738 in4

Inner member:
(0.8752 + 0.752 )
 
Outer radius: (σt ) o = −2.997 = −19.60 kpsi
(0.8752 − 0.752 )
(σr ) o = −2.997 kpsi
2(2.997)(0.8752 )
Inner radius: (σt ) i = − = −22.59 kpsi
0.8752 − 0.752
(σr ) i = 0
Bending:
6(0.875)
ro : (σx ) o = = 9.78 kpsi
0.5369
6(0.75)
ri : (σx ) i = = 8.38 kpsi
0.5369
Torsion:
8(0.875)
ro : (τx y ) o = = 6.52 kpsi
1.0738
8(0.75)
ri : (τx y ) i = = 5.59 kpsi
1.0738
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
142 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

The inner radius is in plane stress: σx = 8.38 kpsi, σ y = −22.59 kpsi, τx y = 5.59 kpsi
σi′ = [8.382 − (8.38)(−22.59) + (−22.59) 2 + 3(5.592 )]1/2 = 29.4 kpsi
Sy 60
ni = ′ = = 2.04 Ans.
σi 29.4
Outer radius experiences a radial stress, σr
1
1/2
σo′ = √ (−19.60 + 2.997) 2 + (−2.997 − 9.78) 2 + (9.78 + 19.60) 2 + 6(6.52) 2
2
= 27.9 kpsi
60
no = = 2.15 Ans.
27.9

5-40
 
3θ 2
 
1 KI θ KI θ θ
σp = 2√ cos ± √ sin cos sin
2 2πr 2 2πr 2 2 2
 1/2
3θ 2

KI θ θ
+ √ sin cos cos
2πr 2 2 2
  1/2 
KI θ θ θ 3θ θ θ 3θ
=√ cos ± sin2 cos2 sin2 + sin2 cos2 cos2
2πr 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
   
KI θ θ θ KI θ θ
=√ cos ± cos sin =√ cos 1 ± sin
2πr 2 2 2 2πr 2 2
Plane stress: The third principal stress is zero and
   
KI θ θ KI θ θ
σ1 = √ cos 1 + sin , σ2 = √ cos 1 − sin , σ3 = 0 Ans.
2πr 2 2 2πr 2 2
Plane strain: σ1 and σ2 equations still valid however,
KI θ
σ3 = ν(σx + σ y ) = 2ν √ cos Ans.
2πr 2

5-41 For θ = 0 and plane strain, the principal stress equations of Prob. 5-40 give
KI KI
σ1 = σ2 = √ , σ3 = 2ν √ = 2νσ1
2πr 2πr
1
(a) DE: √ [(σ1 − σ1 ) 2 + (σ1 − 2νσ1 ) 2 + (2νσ1 − σ1 ) 2 ]1/2 = S y
2
σ1 − 2νσ1 = S y
  
1 1
For ν = , 1−2 σ1 = S y ⇒ σ1 = 3S y Ans.
3 3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 143

(b) MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y ⇒ σ1 − 2νσ1 = S y

1
ν= ⇒ σ1 = 3S y Ans.
3
2
σ3 = σ1
3
␶

Radius of largest circle

␴
2␴ ␴1, ␴2  
3 1 1 2 σ1
R= σ1 − σ1 =
2 3 6

5-42 (a) Ignoring stress concentration

F = S y A = 160(4)(0.5) = 320 kips Ans.

(b) From Fig. 6-36: h/b = 1, a/b = 0.625/4 = 0.1563, β = 1.3

F 
Eq. (6-51) 70 = 1.3 π(0.625)
4(0.5)
F = 76.9 kips Ans.
√
5-43 Given: a = 12.5 mm, K I c = 80 MPa · m, S y = 1200 MPa, Sut = 1350 MPa

350 350 − 50
ro = = 175 mm, ri = = 150 mm
2 2
12.5
a/(ro − ri ) = = 0.5
175 − 150

150
ri /ro = = 0.857
175
.
Fig. 5-30: β = 2.5
√
Eq. (5-37): K I c = βσ πa

80 = 2.5σ π(0.0125)
σ = 161.5 MPa
Eq. (3-50) at r = ro :
ri2 pi
σt = (2)
ro2 − ri2
1502 pi (2)
161.5 =
1752 − 1502
pi = 29.2 MPa Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
144 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-44
(a) First convert the data to radial dimensions to agree with the formulations of Fig. 3-33.
Thus
ro = 0.5625 ± 0.001in
ri = 0.1875 ± 0.001 in
Ro = 0.375 ± 0.0002 in
Ri = 0.376 ± 0.0002 in
The stochastic nature of the dimensions affects the δ = |Ri | − |Ro | relation in
Eq. (3-57) but not the others. Set R = (1/2)( Ri + Ro ) = 0.3755. From Eq. (3-57)


Eδ ro2 − R 2 R 2 − ri2


p=
2R 2 ro2 − ri2


R

Substituting and solving with E = 30 Mpsi gives

p = 18.70(106 ) δ
Since δ = Ri − Ro
δ̄ = R̄i − R̄o = 0.376 − 0.375 = 0.001 in
and
 2  2 1/2
0.0002 0.0002
σ̂δ = +
4 4

= 0.000 070 7 in
Then
σ̂δ 0.000 070 7
Cδ = = = 0.0707
δ̄ 0.001
The tangential inner-cylinder stress at the shrink-fit surface is given by
R̄ 2 + r̄i2
σit = −p
R̄ 2 − r̄i2
0.37552 + 0.18752
 
6
= −18.70(10 ) δ
0.37552 − 0.18752
= −31.1(106 ) δ
σ̄it = −31.1(106 ) δ̄ = −31.1(106 )(0.001)
= −31.1(103 ) psi
Also
σ̂σit = |Cδ σ̄it | = 0.0707(−31.1)103
= 2899 psi
σit = N(−31 100, 2899) psi Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 5 145

(b) The tangential stress for the outer cylinder at the shrink-fit surface is given by
 2
r̄o + R̄ 2

σot = p 2
r̄o − R̄ 2
0.56252 + 0.37552
 
6
= 18.70(10 ) δ
0.56252 − 0.37552
= 48.76(106 ) δ psi
σ̄ot = 48.76(106 )(0.001) = 48.76(103 ) psi
σ̂σot = Cδ σ̄ot = 0.0707(48.76)(103 ) = 34.45 psi

⬖ σot = N(48 760, 3445) psi Ans.

5-45 From Prob. 5-44, at the fit surface σot = N(48.8, 3.45) kpsi. The radial stress is the fit
pressure which was found to be
p = 18.70(106 ) δ
p̄ = 18.70(106 )(0.001) = 18.7(103 ) psi
σ̂ p = Cδ p̄ = 0.0707(18.70)(103 )
= 1322 psi
and so
p = N(18.7, 1.32) kpsi
and
σor = −N(18.7, 1.32) kpsi
These represent the principal stresses. The von Mises stress is next assessed.
σ̄ A = 48.8 kpsi, σ̄ B = −18.7 kpsi
k = σ̄ B /σ̄ A = −18.7/48.8 = −0.383
σ̄ ′ = σ̄ A (1 − k + k 2 ) 1/2
= 48.8[1 − (−0.383) + (−0.383) 2 ]1/2
= 60.4 kpsi
σ̂σ ′ = C p σ̄ ′ = 0.0707(60.4) = 4.27 kpsi

Using the interference equation

S̄ − σ̄ ′
z = −
1/2
σ̂ S2 + σ̂σ2′
95.5 − 60.4
=− = −4.5
[(6.59) 2 + (4.27) 2 ]1/2
p f = α = 0.000 003 40,
or about 3 chances in a million. Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
146 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

5-46
pd 6000N(1, 0.083 33)(0.75)
σt = =
2t 2(0.125)
= 18N(1, 0.083 33) kpsi

pd 6000N(1, 0.083 33)(0.75)

σl = =
4t 4(0.125)
= 9N(1, 0.083 33) kpsi
σr = −p = −6000N(1, 0.083 33) kpsi
These three stresses are principal stresses whose variability is due to the loading. From
Eq. (5-12), we find the von Mises stress to be
1/2
(18 − 9) 2 + [9 − (−6)]2 + (−6 − 18) 2

′
σ =
2
= 21.0 kpsi
σ̂σ ′ = C p σ̄ ′ = 0.083 33(21.0) = 1.75 kpsi
S̄ − σ̄ ′
z = −
1/2
σ̂ S2 + σ̂σ2′
50 − 21.0
= = −6.5
(4.12 + 1.752 ) 1/2
The reliability is very high
.
R = 1 − (6.5) = 1 − 4.02(10−11 ) = 1 Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 6

Note to the instructor: Many of the problems in this chapter are carried over from the previous
edition. The solutions have changed slightly due to some minor changes. First, the calculation
of the endurance limit of a rotating-beam specimen Se′ is given by Se′ = 0.5Sut instead of
Se′ = 0.504Sut . Second, when the fatigue stress calculation is made for deterministic problems,
only one approach is given, which uses the notch sensitivity factor, q, together with Eq. (6-32).
Neuber’s equation, Eq. (6-33), is simply another form of this. These changes were made to hope-
fully make the calculations less confusing, and diminish the idea that stress life calculations are
precise.

6-1 H B = 490
Eq. (2-17): Sut = 0.495(490) = 242.6 kpsi > 212 kpsi
Eq. (6-8): Se′ = 100 kpsi
Table 6-2: a = 1.34, b = −0.085
Eq. (6-19): ka = 1.34(242.6) −0.085 = 0.840
1/4 −0.107


Eq. (6-20): kb = = 1.02
0.3
Eq. (6-18): Se = ka kb Se′ = 0.840(1.02)(100) = 85.7 kpsi Ans.

6-2
(a) Sut = 68 kpsi, Se′ = 0.5(68) = 34 kpsi Ans.
(b) Sut = 112 kpsi, Se′ = 0.5(112) = 56 kpsi Ans.
(c) 2024T3 has no endurance limit Ans.
(d) Eq. (6-8): Se′ = 100 kpsi Ans.

6-3
Eq. (2-11): σ F′ = σ0 εm = 115(0.90) 0.22 = 112.4 kpsi
Eq. (6-8): Se′ = 0.5(66.2) = 33.1 kpsi
log(112.4/33.1)
Eq. (6-12): b=− = −0.084 26
log(2 · 106 )
112.4
Eq. (6-10): f = (2 · 103 ) −0.084 26 = 0.8949
66.2
[0.8949(66.2)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 106.0 kpsi
33.1
Eq. (6-13): S f = a N b = 106.0(12 500) −0.084 26 = 47.9 kpsi Ans.
 σ 1/b
36 −1/0.084 26
a
Eq. (6-16): N= = = 368 250 cycles Ans.
a 106.0
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
148 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

6-4 From S f = a N b
log S f = log a + b log N
Substituting (1, Sut )
log Sut = log a + b log (1)
From which a = Sut
3
Substituting (10 , f Sut ) and a = Sut
log f Sut = log Sut + b log 103
From which
1
b= log f
3
∴ S f = Sut N (log f )/3 1 ≤ N ≤ 103
For 500 cycles as in Prob. 6-3
S f ≥ 66.2(500) (log 0.8949)/3 = 59.9 kpsi Ans.

6-5 Read from graph: (103, 90) and (106, 50). From S = a N b
log S1 = log a + b log N1
log S2 = log a + b log N2
From which
log S1 log N2 − log S2 log N1
log a =
log N2 /N1
log 90 log 106 − log 50 log 103
=
log 106 /103
= 2.2095
a = 10log a = 102.2095 = 162.0
log 50/90
b= = −0.085 09
3
(S f ) ax = 162−0.085 09 103 ≤ N ≤ 106 in kpsi Ans.
Check:
103 (S f ) ax = 162(103 ) −0.085 09 = 90 kpsi
106 (S f ) ax = 162(106 ) −0.085 09 = 50 kpsi
The end points agree.

6-6
Eq. (6-8): Se′ = 0.5(710) = 355 MPa
Table 6-2: a = 4.51, b = −0.265
Eq. (6-19): ka = 4.51(710) −0.265 = 0.792
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 149

−0.107
−0.107
d 32
Eq. (6-20): kb = = = 0.858
7.62 7.62

Eq. (6-18): Se = ka kb Se′ = 0.792(0.858)(355) = 241 MPa Ans.

6-7 For AISI 4340 as forged steel,

Eq. (6-8): Se = 100 kpsi
Table 6-2: a = 39.9, b = −0.995
Eq. (6-19): ka = 39.9(260) −0.995 = 0.158
0.75 −0.107


Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.907
0.30
Each of the other Marin factors is unity.
Se = 0.158(0.907)(100) = 14.3 kpsi
For AISI 1040:
Se′ = 0.5(113) = 56.5 kpsi
ka = 39.9(113) −0.995 = 0.362
kb = 0.907 (same as 4340)
Each of the other Marin factors is unity.
Se = 0.362(0.907)(56.5) = 18.6 kpsi
Not only is AISI 1040 steel a contender, it has a superior endurance strength. Can you see
why?

6-8
2.5 mm (a) For an AISI 1018 CD-machined steel, the strengths are
440
Eq. (2-17): Sut = 440 MPa ⇒ HB = = 129
20 mm 25 mm 3.41
S y = 370 MPa
Ssu = 0.67(440) = 295 MPa
r 2.5 D 25
Fig. A-15-15: = = 0.125, = = 1.25, K ts = 1.4
d 20 d 20
Fig. 6-21: qs = 0.94
Eq. (6-32): K f s = 1 + 0.94(1.4 − 1) = 1.376
For a purely reversing torque of 200 N · m
K f s 16T 1.376(16)(200 × 103 N · mm)
τmax = =
πd 3 π(20 mm) 3
τmax = 175.2 MPa = τa

Se′ = 0.5(440) = 220 MPa

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
150 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

The Marin factors are

ka = 4.51(440) −0.265 = 0.899
20 −0.107


kb = = 0.902
7.62
kc = 0.59, kd = 1, ke = 1
Eq. (6-18): Se = 0.899(0.902)(0.59)(220) = 105.3 MPa
[0.9(295)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 669.4
105.3
1 0.9(295)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.133 88
3 105.3
175.2 1/−0.133 88


Eq. (6-16): N=
669.4
N = 22 300 cycles Ans.
(b) For an operating temperature of 450°C, the temperature modification factor, from
Table 6-4, is
kd = 0.843
Thus Se = 0.899(0.902)(0.59)(0.843)(220) = 88.7 MPa
[0.9(295)]2
a= = 794.7
88.7
1 0.9(295)
b = − log = −0.158 71
3 88.7
175.2 1/−0.15871


N=
794.7
N = 13 700 cycles Ans.

6-9
F ⫽ ⫾1 kN
800 mm
f = 0.9
b n = 1.5
b N = 104 cycles

For AISI 1045 HR steel, Sut = 570 MPa and Sy = 310 MPa
Se′ = 0.5(570 MPa) = 285 MPa
Find an initial guess based on yielding:
Mc M(b/2) 6M
σa = σmax = = 3
= 3
I b(b )/12 b
Mmax = (1 kN)(800 mm) = 800 N · m
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 151

Sy 6(800 × 103 N · mm) 310 N/mm2

σmax = ⇒ =
n b3 1.5
b = 28.5 mm
Eq. (6-25): de = 0.808b
0.808b −0.107


Eq. (6-20): kb = = 1.2714b−0.107
7.62
kb = 0.888

The remaining Marin factors are

ka = 57.7(570) −0.718 = 0.606
kc = kd = ke = k f = 1
Eq. (6-18): Se = 0.606(0.888)(285) = 153.4 MPa
[0.9(570)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 1715.6
153.4
1 0.9(570)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.174 76
3 153.4
Eq. (6-13): S f = a N b = 1715.6[(104 ) −0.174 76 ] = 343.1 MPa
Sf Sf
n= or σa =
σa n
6(800 × 103 ) 343.1
3
= ⇒ b = 27.6 mm
b 1.5
Check values for kb , Se , etc.
kb = 1.2714(27.6) −0.107 = 0.891
Se = 0.606(0.891)(285) = 153.9 MPa
[0.9(570)]2
a= = 1710
153.9
1 0.9(570)
b = − log = −0.174 29
3 153.9
S f = 1710[(104 ) −0.174 29 ] = 343.4 MPa
6(800 × 103 ) 343.4
3
=
b 1.5
b = 27.6 mm Ans.

6-10
10

Fa 12 Fa
60
1018
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
152 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Table A-20: Sut = 440 MPa, S y = 370 MPa

Se′ = 0.5(440) = 220 MPa
Table 6-2: ka = 4.51(440)−0.265 = 0.899
kb = 1 (axial loading)
Eq. (6-26): kc = 0.85
Se = 0.899(1)(0.85)(220) = 168.1 MPa
Table A-15-1: d/w = 12/60 = 0.2, K t = 2.5
˙ 0.82
From Fig. 6-20, q =
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.82(2.5 − 1) = 2.23
Fa Se 2.23Fa 168.1
σa = K f ⇒ = =
A nf 10(60 − 12) 1.8
Fa = 20 100 N = 20.1 kN Ans.
Fa Sy Fa 370
= ⇒ =
A ny 10(60 − 12) 1.8
Fa = 98 700 N = 98.7 kN Ans.
Largest force amplitude is 20.1 kN. Ans.

6-11 A priori design decisions:

The design decision will be: d
Material and condition: 1095 HR and from Table A-20 Sut = 120, S y = 66 kpsi.
Design factor: n f = 1.6 per problem statement.
Life: (1150)(3) = 3450 cycles
Function: carry 10 000 lbf load
Preliminaries to iterative solution:
Se′ = 0.5(120) = 60 kpsi
ka = 2.70(120) −0.265 = 0.759
I πd 3
= = 0.098 17d 3
c 32


6
M(crit.) = (10 000)(12) = 30 000 lbf · in
24
The critical location is in the middle of the shaft at the shoulder. From Fig. A-15-9: D/d =
1.5, r/d = 0.10, and K t = 1.68. With no direct information concerning f, use f = 0.9.
For an initial trial, set d = 2.00 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 153

−0.107
2.00
kb = = 0.816
0.30
Se = 0.759(0.816)(60) = 37.2 kpsi
[0.9(120)]2
a= = 313.5
37.2
1 0.9(120)
b = − log = −0.15429
3 37.2
S f = 313.5(3450) −0.15429 = 89.2 kpsi
M 30 305.6
σ0 = = =
I /c 0.098 17d 3 d3
305.6
= = 38.2 kpsi
23
d 2
r= = = 0.2
10 10
Fig. 6-20: q =˙ 0.87

Eq. (6-32): ˙ 1 + 0.87(1.68 − 1) = 1.59

Kf =

σa = K f σ0 = 1.59(38.2) = 60.7 kpsi

Sf 89.2
nf = = = 1.47
σa 60.7
Design is adequate unless more uncertainty prevails.

Choose d = 2.00 in Ans.

6-12
′
Yield: σmax = [1722 + 3(1032 )]1/2 = 247.8 kpsi
′
n y = S y /σmax = 413/247.8 = 1.67 Ans.
√ √
σa′ = 172 MPa σm′ = 3τm = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa

(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6

1
nf = = 1.06 Ans.
(172/276) + (178.4/551)
(b) Gerber, Table 6-7
  

2

2 
1 551 172 2(178.4)(276)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.31 Ans.
2 178.4 276  551(172) 

(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8

1/2
1
nf = = 1.32 Ans.
(172/276) 2 + (178.4/413) 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
154 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

6-13
′
Yield: σmax = [692 + 3(138) 2 ]1/2 = 248.8 MPa
Sy 413
ny = ′
= = 1.66 Ans.
σmax 248.8
√
σa′ = 69 MPa, σm′ = 3(138) = 239 MPa
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 1.46 Ans.
(69/276) + (239/551)
(b) Gerber, Table 6-7
  

2

2 
1 551 69 2(239)(276)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.73 Ans.
2 239 276  551(69) 

(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8

1/2
1
nf = = 1.59 Ans.
(69/276) 2 + (239/413) 2

6-14
′
Yield: σmax = [832 + 3(103 + 69) 2 ]1/2 = 309.2 MPa
Sy 413
′
=
ny = = 1.34 Ans.
σmax 309.3
  √
σa′ = σa2 + 3τa2 = 832 + 3(692 ) = 145.5 MPa, σm′ = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa

(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6

1
nf = = 1.18 Ans.
(145.5/276) + (178.4/551)

(b) Gerber, Table 6-7

  

2

2 
1 551 145.5 2(178.4)(276)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.47 Ans.
2 178.4 276  551(145.5) 

(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8

1/2
1
nf = = 1.47 Ans.
(145.5/276) 2 + (178.4/413) 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 155

6-15
′
√
σmax = σa′ = 3(207) = 358.5 MPa, σm′ = 0
413
Yield: 358.5 = ⇒ n y = 1.15 Ans.
ny
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 0.77 Ans.
(358.5/276)
(b) Gerber criterion of Table 6-7 does not work; therefore use Eq. (6-47).
σa Se 276
nf =1 ⇒ nf = = = 0.77 Ans.
Se σa 358.5
(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8

2
1
nf = = 0.77 Ans.
358.5/276
Let f = 0.9 to assess the cycles to failure by fatigue
[0.9(551)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 891.0 MPa
276
1 0.9(551)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.084 828
3 276
358.5 −1/0.084 828


Eq. (6-16): N= = 45 800 cycles Ans.
891.0

6-16
′
σmax = [1032 + 3(103) 2 ]1/2 = 206 MPa
Sy 413
ny = ′
= = 2.00 Ans.
σmax 206
√
σa′ = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa, σm′ = 103 MPa

(a) Modified Goodman, Table 7-9

1
nf = = 1.20 Ans.
(178.4/276) + (103/551)
(b) Gerber, Table 7-10
  

2

2 
1 551 178.4 2(103)(276)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.44 Ans.
2 103 276  551(178.4) 
(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 7-11

1/2
1
nf = = 1.44 Ans.
(178.4/276) 2 + (103/413) 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
156 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

6-17 Table A-20: Sut = 64 kpsi, S y = 54 kpsi

A = 0.375(1 − 0.25) = 0.2813 in2
Fmax 3000
σmax = = (10−3 ) = 10.67 kpsi
A 0.2813
54
ny = = 5.06 Ans.
10.67
Se′ = 0.5(64) = 32 kpsi
ka = 2.70(64) −0.265 = 0.897
kb = 1, kc = 0.85
Se = 0.897(1)(0.85)(32) = 24.4 kpsi
Table A-15-1: w = 1 in, d = 1/4 in, d/w = 0.25 ⬖ K t = 2.45.
Fig. 6-20, with r = 0.125 in, q =
˙ 0.8
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.8(2.45 − 1) = 2.16
 
 Fmax − Fmin 
σa = K f  
2A 
 
 3.000 − 0.800 
= 2.16   = 8.45 kpsi
2(0.2813) 
Fmax + Fmin
σm = K f
2A

3.000 + 0.800
= 2.16 = 14.6 kpsi
2(0.2813)

(a) Gerber, Table 6-7

  

2

2
1 64 8.45  2(14.6)(24.4)
nf = −1 + 1+ 
2 14.6 24.4 8.45(64)
= 2.17 Ans.

(b) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8


1
nf = = 2.28 Ans.
(8.45/24.4) 2 + (14.6/54) 2

6-18 Referring to the solution of Prob. 6-17, for load fluctuations of −800 to 3000 lbf
 
 3.000 − (−0.800) 
σa = 2.16   = 14.59 kpsi
2(0.2813) 
 
 3.000 + (−0.800) 
σm = 2.16   = 8.45 kpsi
2(0.2813) 
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 157

(a) Table 6-7, DE-Gerber

  

2

2
1 64 14.59  2(8.45)(24.4) 
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.60 Ans.
2 8.45 24.4 64(14.59)

(b) Table 6-8, DE-Elliptic


1
nf = = 1.62 Ans.
(14.59/24.4) 2 + (8.45/54) 2

6-19 Referring to the solution of Prob. 6-17, for load fluctuations of 800 to −3000 lbf
 
 0.800 − (−3.000) 
σa = 2.16   = 14.59 kpsi
2(0.2813) 

0.800 + (−3.000)
σm = 2.16 = −8.45 kpsi
2(0.2813)

(a) We have a compressive midrange stress for which the failure locus is horizontal at the
Se level.
Se 24.4
nf = = = 1.67 Ans.
σa 14.59
(b) Same as (a)

Se 24.4
nf = = = 1.67 Ans.
σa 14.59

6-20
Sut = 0.495(380) = 188.1 kpsi
Se′ = 0.5(188.1) = 94.05 kpsi
ka = 14.4(188.1) −0.718 = 0.335

For a non-rotating round bar in bending, Eq. (6-24) gives: de = 0.370d = 0.370(3/8) =
0.1388 in
0.1388 −0.107


kb = = 1.086
0.3
Se = 0.335(1.086)(94.05) = 34.22 kpsi
30 − 15 30 + 15
Fa = = 7.5 lbf, Fm = = 22.5 lbf
2 2
32Mm 32(22.5)(16)
σm = 3
= (10−3 ) = 69.54 kpsi
πd π(0.3753 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
158 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

32(7.5)(16)
σa = (10−3 ) = 23.18 kpsi
π(0.3753 )
23.18
r= = 0.333 0

69.54
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 0.955
(23.18/34.22) + (69.54/188.1)
Since finite failure is predicted, proceed to calculate N

From Fig. 6-18, for Sut = 188.1 kpsi, f = 0.778

[0.7781(188.1)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 625.8 kpsi
34.22
1 0.778(188.1)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.210 36
3 34.22
σa σm σa 23.18
+ =1 ⇒ Sf = = = 36.78 kpsi
Sf Sut 1 − (σm /Sut ) 1 − (69.54/188.1)

Eq. (7-15) with σa = S f

36.78 1/−0.210 36


N= = 710 000 cycles Ans.
625.8
(b) Gerber, Table 6-7
  

2

2 
1 188.1 23.18 2(69.54)(34.22)
nf = −1 + 1 +
2 69.54 34.22  188.1(23.18) 

= 1.20 Thus, infinite life is predicted ( N ≥ 106 cycles). Ans.

6-21
1
(a) I = (18)(33 ) = 40.5 mm4
12
Fl 3 3E I y
y= ⇒ F=
3E I l3
3(207)(109 )(40.5)(10−12 )(2)(10−3 )
Fmin = = 50.3 N Ans.
(1003 )(10−9 )
6
Fmax = (50.3) = 150.9 N Ans.
2
(b) 101.5 mm F

M = 0.1015F N · m
A = 3(18) = 54 mm2
M F
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 159

h 3
Curved beam: rn = = = 4.3281 mm
ln(ro /ri ) ln(6/3)
rc = 4.5 mm, e = rc − rn = 4.5 − 4.3281 = 0.1719 mm
Mci F (0.1015F)(1.5 − 0.1719) F
σi = − − =− − = −4.859F MPa
Aeri A 54(0.1719)(3)(10−3 ) 54
Mco F (0.1015F)(1.5 + 0.1719) F
σo = − = − = 3.028F MPa
Aero A 54(0.1719)(6)(10−3 ) 54
(σi ) min = −4.859(150.9) = −733.2 MPa
(σi ) max = −4.859(50.3) = −244.4 MPa
(σo ) max = 3.028(150.9) = 456.9 MPa
(σo ) min = 3.028(50.3) = 152.3 MPa
Eq. (2-17) Sut = 3.41(490) = 1671 MPa

Per the problem statement, estimate the yield as S y = 0.9Sut = 0.9(1671) =

1504 MPa. Then from Eq. (6-8), Se′ = 700 MPa; Eq. (6-19), ka = 1.58(1671) −0.085 =
0.841; Eq. (6-25) de = 0.808[18(3)]1/2 = 5.938 mm; and Eq. (6-20), kb =
(5.938/7.62) −0.107 = 1.027.
Se = 0.841(1.027)(700) = 605 MPa
 
 −733.2 + 244.4 
At Inner Radius (σi ) a =   = 244.4 MPa
2 

−733.2 − 244.4
(σi ) m = = −488.8 MPa
2
␴a
1504 MPa

605

244.4
␴m
⫺1504 488.4

Load line: σm = −244.4 − σa

Langer (yield) line: σm = σa − 1504 = −244.4 − σa
Intersection: σa = 629.8 MPa, σm = −874.2 MPa
(Note that σa is more than 605 MPa)
629.8
Yield: ny = = 2.58
244.4
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
160 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

605
Fatigue: nf = = 2.48 Thus, the spring is likely to fail in fatigue at the
244.4 inner radius. Ans.

At Outer Radius
456.9 − 152.3
(σo ) a = = 152.3 MPa
2
456.9 + 152.3
(σo ) m = = 304.6 MPa
2
Yield load line: σm = 152.3 + σa
Langer line: σm = 1504 − σa = 152.3 + σa
Intersection: σa = 675.9 MPa, σm = 828.2 MPa
675.9
ny = = 4.44
152.3

Fatigue line: σa = [1 − (σm /Sut ) 2 ]Se = σm − 152.3


2 
σm
605 1 − = σm − 152.3
1671

σm2 + 4615.3σm − 3.4951(106 ) = 0


−4615.3 + 4615.32 + 4(3.4951)(106 )
σm = = 662.2 MPa
2
σa = 662.2 − 152.3 = 509.9 MPa
509.9
nf = = 3.35
152.3
Thus, the spring is not likely to fail in fatigue at the outer radius. Ans.

6-22 The solution at the inner radius is the same as in Prob. 6-21. At the outer radius, the yield
solution is the same.


σm
Fatigue line: σa = 1 − Se = σm − 152.3
Sut
 σm 
605 1 − = σm − 152.3
1671
1.362σm = 757.3 ⇒ σm = 556.0 MPa
σa = 556.0 − 152.3 = 403.7 MPa
403.7
nf = = 2.65 Ans.
152.3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 161

6-23 Preliminaries:
Table A-20: Sut = 64 kpsi, Sy = 54 kpsi
Se′ = 0.5(64) = 32 kpsi
ka = 2.70(64) −0.265 = 0.897
kb = 1
kc = 0.85
Se = 0.897(1)(0.85)(32) = 24.4 kpsi
Fillet:
Fig. A-15-5: D = 3.75 in, d = 2.5 in, D/d = 3.75/2.5 = 1.5, and r/d = 0.25/2.5 = 0.10
∴ K t = 2.1. Fig. 6-20 with r ⫽ 0.25 in, q =
˙ 0.82
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.82(2.1 − 1) = 1.90
4
σmax = = 3.2 kpsi
2.5(0.5)
−16
σmin = = −12.8 kpsi
2.5(0.5)
 
 3.2 − (−12.8) 
σa = 1.90   = 15.2 kpsi
2 

3.2 + (−12.8)
σm = 1.90 = −9.12 kpsi
2
   
 S y   54 
n y =  =  = 4.22
σmin   −12.8 

Since the midrange stress is negative,

Sa = Se = 24.4 kpsi
Sa 24.4
nf = = = 1.61
σa 15.2
Hole:
Fig. A-15-1: d/w = 0.75/3.75 = 0.20, K t = 2.5 . Fig. 6-20, with r ⫽ 0.375 in, q =
˙ 0.85
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.85(2.5 − 1) = 2.28
4
σmax = = 2.67 kpsi
0.5(3.75 − 0.75)
−16
σmin = = −10.67 kpsi
0.5(3.75 − 0.75)
 
 2.67 − (−10.67) 
σa = 2.28 
  = 15.2 kpsi
2 

2.67 + (−10.67)
σm = 2.28 = −9.12 kpsi
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
162 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Since the midrange stress is negative,

   
 S y   54 
ny =   =   = 5.06
σmin   −10.67 
Sa = Se = 24.4 kpsi
Sa 24.4
nf = = = 1.61
σa 15.2
Thus the design is controlled by the threat of fatigue equally at the fillet and the hole; the
minimum factor of safety is n f = 1.61. Ans.

6-24
(a) Curved beam in pure bending where M = −T
throughout. The maximum stress will occur at the
inner fiber where rc = 20 mm, but will be com-
T
pressive. The maximum tensile stress will occur at
T
the outer fiber where rc = 60 mm. Why?

Inner fiber where rc = 20 mm

h 5
rn = = = 19.8954 mm
ln(ro /ri ) ln (22.5/17.5)
e = 20 − 19.8954 = 0.1046 mm

ci = 19.8954 − 17.5 = 2.395 mm

A = 25 mm2
Mci −T (2.395)10−3
σi = = − 6 − 3 −3
(10−6 ) = −52.34 T (1)
Aeri 25(10 )0.1046(10 )17.5(10 )
where T is in N . m, and σi is in MPa.
1
σm = (−52.34T ) = −26.17T, σa = 26.17T
2
For the endurance limit, Se′ = 0.5(770) = 385 MPa

ka = 4.51(770) −0.265 = 0.775

de = 0.808[5(5)]1/2 = 4.04 mm

kb = (4.04/7.62) −0.107 = 1.07

Se = 0.775(1.07)385 = 319.3 MPa

For a compressive midrange component, σa = Se /n f . Thus,

26.17T = 319.3/3 ⇒ T = 4.07 N · m

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 163

Outer fiber where rc = 60 mm

5
rn = = 59.96526 mm
ln(62.5/57.5)
e = 60 − 59.96526 = 0.03474 mm

co = 62.5 − 59.96526 = 2.535 mm

Mci −T (2.535)10−3
σo = − =− (10−6 ) = 46.7 T
Aeri 25(10−6 )0.03474(10−3 )62.5(10−3 )
Comparing this with Eq. (1), we see that it is less in magnitude, but the midrange compo-
nent is tension.
1
σa = σm = (46.7T ) = 23.35T
2
Using Eq. (6-46), for modified Goodman, we have
23.35T 23.35T 1
+ = ⇒ T = 3.22 N · m Ans.
319.3 770 3
(b) Gerber, Eq. (6-47), at the outer fiber,

3(23.35T ) 2

3(23.35T )
+ =1
319.3 770
reduces to T 2 + 26.51T − 120.83 = 0
1 
2

T = −26.51 + 26.51 + 4(120.83) = 3.96 N · m Ans.
2
(c) To guard against yield, use T of part (b) and the inner stress.
420
ny = = 2.03 Ans.
52.34(3.96)

6-25 From Prob. 6-24, Se = 319.3 MPa, S y = 420 MPa, and Sut = 770 MPa
(a) Assuming the beam is straight,
6M 6T
σmax = 2 = 3 = 48(106 )T
bh 5 [(10−3 ) 3 ]
24T 24T 1
Goodman: + = ⇒ T = 3.13 N · m Ans.
319.3 770 3
3(24)T 2

3(24)T
(b) Gerber: + =1
319.3 770
T 2 + 25.79T − 114.37 = 1
1  
T = −25.79 + 25.792 + 4(114.37) = 3.86 N · m Ans.
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
164 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(c) Using σmax = 52.34(106 )T from Prob. 6-24,

420
ny = = 2.08 Ans.
52.34(3.86)

6-26 16K f s Tmax

(a) τmax =
πd 3
.
Fig. 6-21 for H B > 200, r = 3 mm, qs = 1
K f s = 1 + qs (K ts − 1)
K f s = 1 + 1(1.6 − 1) = 1.6
500
Tmax = 2000(0.05) = 100 N · m, Tmin = (100) = 25 N · m
2000
16(1.6)(100)(10−6 )
τmax = = 101.9 MPa
π(0.02) 3
500
τmin = (101.9) = 25.46 MPa
2000
1
τm = (101.9 + 25.46) = 63.68 MPa
2
1
τa = (101.9 − 25.46) = 38.22 MPa
2
Ssu = 0.67Sut = 0.67(320) = 214.4 MPa
Ssy = 0.577S y = 0.577(180) = 103.9 MPa
Se′ = 0.5(320) = 160 MPa
ka = 57.7(320) −0.718 = 0.917
de = 0.370(20) = 7.4 mm
7.4 −0.107


kb = = 1.003
7.62
kc = 0.59
Se = 0.917(1.003)(0.59)(160) = 86.8 MPa
Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1 1
nf = = = 1.36 Ans.
(τa /Se ) + (τm /Ssu ) (38.22/86.8) + (63.68/214.4)
(b) Gerber, Table 6-7
  

2
2
1 Ssu τa  2τm Se 
nf = −1 + 1 +
2 τm Se Ssu τa
  

2
2 
1 214.4 38.22  2(63.68)(86.8)
= −1 + 1 + = 1.70 Ans.
2 63.68 86.8  214.4(38.22) 
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 165

6-27 S y = 800 MPa, Sut = 1000 MPa

.
(a) From Fig. 6-20, for a notch radius of 3 mm and Sut = 1 GPa, q = 0.92.
K f = 1 + q(K t − 1) = 1 + 0.92(3 − 1) = 2.84
4P 2.84(4) P
σmax = −K f = − = −4018P
πd 2 π(0.030) 2
1
σm = −σa = (−4018P) = −2009P
2


D+d
T = fP
4


0.150 + 0.03
Tmax = 0.3P = 0.0135P
4
.
From Fig. 6-21, qs = 0.95. Also, K ts is given as 1.8. Thus,
K f s = 1 + qs (K ts − 1) = 1 + 0.95(1.8 − 1) = 1.76
16K f s T 16(1.76)(0.0135P)
τmax = 3
= = 4482P
πd π(0.03) 3
1
τa = τm = (4482P) = 2241P
2
Eqs. (6-55) and (6-56):
1/2  1/2
σa′ = σm′ = (σa /0.85) 2 + 3τa2 = (−2009P/0.85) 2 + 3(2241P) 2

= 4545P
Se′ = 0.5(1000) = 500 MPa
ka = 4.51(1000) −0.265 = 0.723
30 −0.107


kb = = 0.864
7.62
Se = 0.723(0.864)(500) = 312.3 MPa
σa′ σ′ 1
Modified Goodman: + m =
Se Sut n
4545P 4545P 1
6
+ 6
= ⇒ P = 17.5(103 ) N = 16.1 kN Ans.
312.3(10 ) 1000(10 ) 3
Sy
Yield (conservative): n y =
σa′ + σm′
800(106 )
ny = = 5.03 Ans.
2(4545)(17.5)(103 )
′
 2 2
1/2  1/2
(actual): σmax = σmax + 3τmax = (−4018P) 2 + 3(4482P) 2

= 8741P
Sy 800(106 )
ny = ′
= = 5.22
σmax 8741(17.5)103
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
166 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(b) If the shaft is not rotating, τm = τa = 0.

σm = σa = −2009P
kb = 1 (axial)
kc = 0.85 (Since there is no tension, kc = 1 might be more appropriate.)
Se = 0.723(1)(0.85)(500) = 307.3 MPa
␴a
800

307.3

␴m
⫺800

307.3(106 ) 307.3(106 )
nf = ⇒ P= = 51.0(103 ) N
2009P 3(2009)
= 51.0 kN Ans.
800(106 )
Yield: ny = = 3.90 Ans.
2(2009)(51.0)(103 )

6-28 From Prob. 6-27, K f = 2.84, K f s = 1.76, Se = 312.3 MPa

(4)(80)(10−3 )

4Pmax
σmax = −K f = −2.84 = −321.4 MPa
πd 2 π(0.030) 2
20
σmin = (−321.4) = −80.4 MPa
80



D+d 3 0.150 + 0.03
Tmax = f Pmax = 0.3(80)(10 ) = 1080 N · m
4 4
20
Tmin = (1080) = 270 N · m
80

16Tmax 16(1080) −6
τmax = Kfs = 1.76 (10 ) = 358.5 MPa
πd 3 π(0.030) 3
20
τmin = (358.5) = 89.6 MPa
80
321.4 − 80.4
σa = = 120.5 MPa
2
−321.4 − 80.4
σm = = −200.9 MPa
2
358.5 − 89.6
τa = = 134.5 MPa
2
358.5 + 89.6
τm = = 224.1 MPa
2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 167

Eqs. (6-55) and (6-56):

1/2  1/2
σa′ = (σa /0.85) 2 + 3τa2 = (120.5/0.85) 2 + 3(134.5) 2

= 272.7 MPa
1/2
σm′ = (−200.9/0.85) 2 + 3(224.1) 2

= 454.5 MPa

Goodman:
σa′ 272.7
(σa ) e = ′
= = 499.9 MPa
1 − σm /Sut 1 − 454.5/1000
Let f = 0.9
[0.9(1000)]2
a= = 2594 MPa
312.3

1 0.9(1000)
b = − log = −0.1532
3 312.3

(σa ) e 1/b 499.9 1/−0.1532

N= = = 46 520 cycles Ans.

a 2594

6-29
S y = 490 MPa, Sut = 590 MPa, Se = 200 MPa
420 + 140 420 − 140
σm = = 280 MPa , σa = = 140 MPa
2 2
Goodman:
σa 140
(σa ) e = = = 266.5 MPa > Se ∴ finite life
1 − σm /Sut 1 − (280/590)
[0.9(590)]2
a= = 1409.8 MPa
200
1 0.9(590)
b = − log = −0.141 355
3 200
266.5 −1/0.143 55


N= = 131 200 cycles
1409.8
Nremaining = 131 200 − 50 000 = 81 200 cycles
350 + (−200)
Second loading: (σm ) 2 = = 75 MPa
2
350 − (−200)
(σa ) 2 = = 275 MPa
2
275
(σa ) e2 = = 315.0 MPa
1 − (75/590)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
168 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(a) Miner’s method

−1/0.141 355
315
N2 = = 40 200 cycles
1409.8
n1 n2 50 000 n2
+ =1 ⇒ + =1
N1 N2 131 200 40 200
n 2 = 24 880 cycles Ans.
(b) Manson’s method
Two data points: 0.9(590 MPa), 103 cycles
266.5 MPa, 81 200 cycles
0.9(590) a2 (103 ) b2
=
266.5 a2 (81 200) b2
1.9925 = (0.012 315) b2
log 1.9925
b2 = = −0.156 789
log 0.012 315
266.5
a2 = = 1568.4 MPa
(81 200) −0.156 789
315 1/−0.156 789


n2 = = 27 950 cycles Ans.
1568.4

6-30 (a) Miner’s method

[0.9(76)]2
a= = 155.95 kpsi
30
1 0.9(76)
b = − log = −0.119 31
3 30

1/−0.119 31
48
σ1 = 48 kpsi, N1 = = 19 460 cycles
155.95

1/−0.119 31
38
σ2 = 38 kpsi, N2 = = 137 880 cycles
155.95

1/−0.119 31
32
σ3 = 32 kpsi, N3 = = 582 150 cycles
155.95
n1 n2 n3
+ + =1
N1 N2 N3
4000 60 000 n3
+ + = 1 ⇒ n 3 = 209 160 cycles Ans.
19 460 137 880 582 150
(b) Manson’s method
The life remaining after the first cycle is N R1 = 19 460 − 4000 = 15 460 cycles . The
two data points required to define Se,′ 1 are [0.9(76), 103 ] and (48, 15 460).
0.9(76) a2 (103 ) b2
= ⇒ 1.425 = (0.064 683) b2
48 a2 (15 460)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 169

log(1.425)
b2 = = −0.129 342
log(0.064 683)
48
a2 = = 167.14 kpsi
(15 460) −0.129 342

−1/0.129 342
38
N2 = = 94 110 cycles
167.14
N R2 = 94 110 − 60 000 = 34 110 cycles
0.9(76) a3 (103 ) b3
= ⇒ 1.8 = (0.029 317) b3
38 a3 (34 110) b3
log 1.8 38
b3 = = −0.166 531, a3 = = 216.10 kpsi
log(0.029 317) (34 110) −0.166 531
32 −1/0.166 531


N3 = = 95 740 cycles Ans.
216.1

6-31 Using Miner’s method

[0.9(100)]2
a= = 162 kpsi
50
1 0.9(100)
b = − log = −0.085 091
3 50
70 1/−0.085 091


σ1 = 70 kpsi, N1 = = 19 170 cycles
162
55 1/−0.085 091


σ2 = 55 kpsi, N2 = = 326 250 cycles
162
σ3 = 40 kpsi, N3 → ∞
0.2N 0.5N 0.3N
+ + =1
19 170 326 250 ∞
N = 83 570 cycles Ans.

6-32 Given Sut = 245LN(1, 0.0508) kpsi

From Table 7-13: a = 1.34, b = −0.086, C = 0.12
−0.086
ka = 1.34 S̄ut LN(1, 0.120)
−0.086
= 1.34(245) LN(1, 0.12)
= 0.835LN(1, 0.12)
kb = 1.02 (as in Prob. 6-1)
Eq. (6-70) Se = 0.835(1.02)LN(1, 0.12)[107LN(1, 0.139)]
S̄e = 0.835(1.02)(107) = 91.1 kpsi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
170 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Now
.
C Se = (0.122 + 0.1392 ) 1/2 = 0.184
Se = 91.1LN(1, 0.184) kpsi Ans.

6-33 A Priori Decisions:

• Material and condition: 1018 CD, Sut = 440LN(1, 0.03), and
S y = 370LN(1, 0.061) MPa
• Reliability goal: R = 0.999 (z = −3.09)
• Function:
Critical location—hole
• Variabilities:
Cka = 0.058
Ckc = 0.125
Cφ = 0.138
1/2
= (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.195
 2 2
C Se = Cka + Ckc + Cφ2
Ckc = 0.10
C Fa = 0.20
Cσ a = (0.102 + 0.202 ) 1/2 = 0.234
 
2
C Se + Cσ2 a 0.1952 + 0.2342
Cn = = = 0.297
1 + Cσ2 a 1 + 0.2342
Resulting in a design factor n f of,
 
Eq. (6-88): n f = exp[−(−3.09) ln(1 + 0.2972 ) + ln 1 + 0.2972 ] = 2.56
• Decision: Set n f = 2.56
Now proceed deterministically using the mean values:
Table 6-10: k̄a = 4.45(440) −0.265 = 0.887
kb = 1
Table 6-11: k̄c = 1.43(440) −0.0778 = 0.891
Eq. (6-70): S̄e′ = 0.506(440) = 222.6 MPa
Eq. (6-71): S̄e = 0.887(1)0.891(222.6) = 175.9 MPa
From Prob. 6-10, K f = 2.23. Thus,
F̄a F̄a S̄e
σ̄a = K̄ f = K̄ f =
A t (60 − 12) n̄ f
n̄ f K̄ f F̄a 2.56(2.23)15(103 )
and, t = = = 10.14 mm
48 S̄e 48(175.9)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 171

Decision: Depending on availability, (1) select t = 10 mm, recalculate n f and R, and

determine whether the reduced reliability is acceptable, or, (2) select t = 11 mm or
larger, and determine whether the increase in cost and weight is acceptable. Ans.

6-34 1.25"

1.00"
M M

Rotation is presumed. M and Sut are given as deterministic, but notice that σ is not; there-
fore, a reliability estimation can be made.
From Eq. (6-70):
S′e = 0.506(110)LN(1, 0.138)
= 55.7LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
Table 6-10:
ka = 2.67(110) −0.265 LN(1, 0.058)
= 0.768LN(1, 0.058)
Based on d = 1 in, Eq. (6-20) gives

−0.107
1
kb = = 0.879
0.30
Conservatism is not necessary
Se = 0.768[LN(1, 0.058)](0.879)(55.7)[LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄e = 37.6 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.150
Se = 37.6LN(1, 0.150)
Fig. A-15-14: D/d = 1.25, r/d = 0.125. Thus K t = 1.70 and Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15 give
1.70LN(1, 0.15)
Kf =  √ 
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(1.70 − 1)/(1.70)](3/110)
= 1.598LN(1, 0.15)

32M 32(1400)
σ = Kf = 1.598[LN(1 − 0.15)]
πd 3 π(1) 3
= 22.8LN(1, 0.15) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242:   
ln (37.6/22.8) (1 + 0.152 )/(1 + 0.152 )
z=−  = −2.37
ln[(1 + 0.152 )(1 + 0.152 )]
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
172 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

From Table A-10, p f = 0.008 89

∴ R = 1 − 0.008 89 = 0.991 Ans.
Note: The correlation method uses only the mean of Sut ; its variability is already included
in the 0.138. When a deterministic load, in this case M, is used in a reliability estimate, en-
gineers state, “For a Design Load of M, the reliability is 0.991.” They are in fact referring
to a Deterministic Design Load.

6-35 For completely reversed torsion, ka and kb of Prob. 6-34 apply, but kc must also be con-
sidered.
Eq. 6-74: kc = 0.328(110) 0.125 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.590LN(1, 0.125)
Note 0.590 is close to 0.577.
S Se = ka kb kc S′e
= 0.768[LN(1, 0.058)](0.878)[0.590LN(1, 0.125)][55.7LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄Se = 0.768(0.878)(0.590)(55.7) = 22.2 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.195
S Se = 22.2LN(1, 0.195) kpsi
Fig. A-15-15: D/d = 1.25, r/d = 0.125, then K ts = 1.40. From Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15
1.40LN(1, 0.15)
Kts =  √  = 1.34LN(1, 0.15)
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(1.4 − 1)/1.4](3/110)
16T
τ = Kts
πd 3

16(1.4)
τ = 1.34[LN(1, 0.15)]
π(1) 3
= 9.55LN(1, 0.15) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242: 

ln (22.2/9.55) (1 + 0.152 )/(1 + 0.1952 )
z=−  = −3.43
ln [(1 + 0.1952 )(1 + 0.152 )]

From Table A-10, p f = 0.0003

R = 1 − p f = 1 − 0.0003 = 0.9997 Ans.
For a design with completely-reversed torsion of 1400 lbf · in, the reliability is 0.9997. The
improvement comes from a smaller stress-concentration factor in torsion. See the note at
the end of the solution of Prob. 6-34 for the reason for the phraseology.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 173

6-36 1"
1 D
1"
D
4 8 Non-rotating

M M

Sut = 58 kpsi
S′e = 0.506(58)LN(1, 0.138)
= 29.3LN(1, 0.138) kpsi

Table 6-10: ka = 14.5(58) −0.719 LN(1, 0.11)

= 0.782LN(1, 0.11)
Eq. (6-24):
de = 0.37(1.25) = 0.463 in
0.463 −0.107


kb = = 0.955
0.30
Se = 0.782[LN(1, 0.11)](0.955)[29.3LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄e = 0.782(0.955)(29.3) = 21.9 kpsi
C Se = (0.112 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.150
Table A-16: d/D = 0, a/D = 0.1, A = 0.83 ∴ K t = 2.27.
From Eqs. (6-78) and (6-79) and Table 6-15
2.27LN(1, 0.10)
Kf =  √  = 1.783LN(1, 0.10)
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(2.27 − 1)/2.27](5/58)
Table A-16:
π AD 3 π(0.83)(1.253 )
Z= 2
= = 0.159 in3
3 32


M 1.6
σ = Kf = 1.783LN(1, 0.10)
Z 0.159
= 17.95LN(1, 0.10) kpsi
σ̄ = 17.95 kpsi
Cσ = 0.10
  
ln (21.9/17.95) (1 + 0.102 )/(1 + 0.152 )
Eq. (5-43), p. 242: z=−  = −1.07
ln[(1 + 0.152 )(1 + 0.102 )]
Table A-10: p f = 0.1423

R = 1 − p f = 1 − 0.1423 = 0.858 Ans.

For a completely-reversed design load Ma of 1400 lbf · in, the reliability estimate is 0.858.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
174 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

6-37 For a non-rotating bar subjected to completely reversed torsion of Ta = 2400 lbf · in
From Prob. 6-36:
Se′ = 29.3LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
ka = 0.782LN(1, 0.11)
kb = 0.955
For kc use Eq. (6-74):
kc = 0.328(58) 0.125 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.545LN(1, 0.125)
S Se = 0.782[LN(1, 0.11)](0.955)[0.545LN(1, 0.125)][29.3LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄Se = 0.782(0.955)(0.545)(29.3) = 11.9 kpsi
C Se = (0.112 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.216

Table A-16: d/D = 0, a/D = 0.1, A = 0.92, K ts = 1.68

From Eqs. (6-78), (6-79), Table 6-15
1.68LN(1, 0.10)
Kf s =  √ 
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(1.68 − 1)/1.68](5/58)
= 1.403LN(1, 0.10)
Table A-16:
π AD 4 π(0.92)(1.254 )
Jnet = = = 0.2201
32 32
Ta c
τa = K f s
Jnet

2.4(1.25/2)
= 1.403[LN(1, 0.10)]
0.2201
= 9.56LN(1, 0.10) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242:  

ln (11.9/9.56) (1 + 0.102 )/(1 + 0.2162 )
z=−  = −0.85
ln[(1 + 0.102 )(1 + 0.2162 )]
Table A-10, p f = 0.1977
R = 1 − p f = 1 − 0.1977 = 0.80 Ans.

6-38 This is a very important task for the student to attempt before starting Part 3. It illustrates
the drawback of the deterministic factor of safety method. It also identifies the a priori de-
cisions and their consequences.
The range of force fluctuation in Prob. 6-23 is −16 to +4 kip, or 20 kip. Repeatedly-
applied Fa is 10 kip. The stochastic properties of this heat of AISI 1018 CD are given.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 175

Function Consequences
Axial Fa = 10 kip
Fatigue load C Fa = 0
Ckc = 0.125
Overall reliability R ≥ 0.998; z = −3.09
with twin fillets C K f = 0.11
√
R ≥ 0.998 ≥ 0.999
Cold rolled or machined Cka = 0.058
surfaces
Ambient temperature Ckd =0
Use correlation method Cφ = 0.138
Stress amplitude CK f = 0.11
Cσ a = 0.11
Significant strength Se C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2
= 0.195

Choose the mean design factor which will meet the reliability goal

0.1952 + 0.112
Cn = = 0.223
1 + 0.112
   
n̄ = exp −(−3.09) ln(1 + 0.2232 ) + ln 1 + 0.2232
n̄ = 2.02
Review the number and quantitative consequences of the designer’s a priori decisions to
accomplish this. The operative equation is the definition of the design factor
Se
σa =
n
S̄e K̄ f Fa S̄e
σ̄a = ⇒ =
n̄ w2 h n̄
Solve for thickness h. To do so we need
−0.265
k̄a = 2.67 S̄ut = 2.67(64) −0.265 = 0.887
kb = 1
−0.078
k̄c = 1.23 S̄ut = 1.23(64) −0.078 = 0.889
k̄d = k̄e = 1
S̄e = 0.887(1)(0.889)(1)(1)(0.506)(64) = 25.5 kpsi
Fig. A-15-5: D = 3.75 in, d = 2.5 in, D/d = 3.75/2.5 = 1.5, r/d = 0.25/2.5 = 0.10
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
176 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

∴ K t = 2.1
2.1
K̄ f =  √  = 1.857
1 + 2/ 0.25 [(2.1 − 1)/(2.1)](4/64)
K̄ f n̄ Fa 1.857(2.02)(10)
h= = = 0.667 Ans.
w2 S̄e 2.5(25.5)

This thickness separates S̄e and σ̄a so as to realize the reliability goal of 0.999 at each
shoulder. The design decision is to make t the next available thickness of 1018 CD steel
strap from the same heat. This eliminates machining to the desired thickness and the extra
cost of thicker work stock will be less than machining the fares. Ask your steel supplier
what is available in this heat.

6-39 3"
1" 4 1200 lbf
1
2

1"
4

Fa = 1200 lbf
Sut = 80 kpsi
(a) Strength
ka = 2.67(80) −0.265 LN(1, 0.058)
= 0.836LN(1, 0.058)
kb = 1
kc = 1.23(80) −0.078 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.874LN(1, 0.125)
Sa′ = 0.506(80)LN(1, 0.138)
= 40.5LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
Se = 0.836[LN(1, 0.058)](1)[0.874LN(1, 0.125)][40.5LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄e = 0.836(1)(0.874)(40.5) = 29.6 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.195
Stress: Fig. A-15-1; d/w = 0.75/1.5 = 0.5, K t = 2.17. From Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15
2.17LN(1, 0.10)
Kf =  √ 
1 + 2/ 0.375 [(2.17 − 1)/2.17](5/80)
= 1.95LN(1, 0.10)
K f Fa
σa = , Cσ = 0.10
(w − d)t
K̄ f Fa 1.95(1.2)
σ̄a = = = 12.48 kpsi
(w − d)t (1.5 − 0.75)(0.25)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 6 177

S̄a = S̄e = 29.6 kpsi


ln ( S̄a /σ̄a ) 1 + Cσ2 1 + C S2
 
z=−  
ln 1 + Cσ2 1 + C S2
 
  
ln (29.6/12.48) (1 + 0.102 )/(1 + 0.1952 )
=−  = −3.9
ln (1 + 0.102 )(1 + 0.1952 )
From Table A-20
p f = 4.481(10−5 )
R = 1 − 4.481(10−5 ) = 0.999 955 Ans.
(b) All computer programs will differ in detail.

6-40 Each computer program will differ in detail. When the programs are working, the experi-
ence should reinforce that the decision regarding n̄ f is independent of mean values of
strength, stress or associated geometry. The reliability goal can be realized by noting the
impact of all those a priori decisions.

6-41 Such subprograms allow a simple call when the information is needed. The calling pro-
gram is often named an executive routine (executives tend to delegate chores to others and
only want the answers).

6-42 This task is similar to Prob. 6-41.

6-43 Again, a similar task.

6-44 The results of Probs. 6-41 to 6-44 will be the basis of a class computer aid for fatigue prob-
lems. The codes should be made available to the class through the library of the computer
network or main frame available to your students.

6-45 Peterson’s notch sensitivity q has very little statistical basis. This subroutine can be used to
show the variation in q, which is not apparent to those who embrace a deterministic q .

6-46 An additional program which is useful.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 7

7-1 (a) DE-Gerber, Eq. (7-10):

1/2
A = 4[2.2(600)]2 + 3[1.8(400)]2


= 2920 lbf · in
1/2
B = 4[2.2(500)]2 + 3[1.8(300)]2


= 2391 lbf · in

2 1/2 1/3
   
 8(2)(2920)
d= 1 + 1 + 2(2391)(30 000) 
 π(30 000) 2920(100 000) 

= 1.016 in Ans.
(b) DE-elliptic, Eq. (7-12) can be shown to be
  1/3
16n A2 B2
d= + 2
π Se2 Sy
2 1/3
  
2 
16(2) 2920 2391 
= + = 1.012 in Ans.
π 30 000 80 000

(c) DE-Soderberg, Eq. (7-14) can be shown to be

B 1/3
 

16n A
d= +
π Se Sy
 
1/3
16(2) 2920 2391
= +
π 30 000 80 000
= 1.090 in Ans.
(d) DE-Goodman: Eq. (7-8) can be shown to be
 
1/3
16n A B
d= +
π Se Sut
 
1/3
16(2) 2920 2391
= + = 1.073 in Ans.
π 30 000 100 000

Criterion d(in) Compared to DE-Gerber

DE-Gerber 1.016
DE-elliptic 1.012 0.4% lower less conservative
DE-Soderberg 1.090 7.3% higher more conservative
DE-Goodman 1.073 5.6% higher more conservative
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 179

7-2 This problem has to be done by successive trials, since Se is a function of shaft size. The
material is SAE 2340 for which Sut = 1226 MPa, S y = 1130 MPa, and H B ≥ 368.
Eq. (6-19): ka = 4.51(1226) −0.265 = 0.685

Trial #1: Choose dr = 22 mm

 −0.107
22
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.893
7.62
Eq. (6-18): Se = 0.685(0.893)(0.5)(1226) = 375 MPa
dr = d − 2r = 0.75D − 2D/20 = 0.65D
dr 22
D= = = 33.8 mm
0.65 0.65
D 33.8
r= = = 1.69 mm
20 20
Fig. A-15-14:
d = dr + 2r = 22 + 2(1.69) = 25.4 mm
d 25.4
= = 1.15
dr 22
r 1.69
= = 0.077
dr 22
K t = 1.9
Fig. A-15-15: K ts = 1.5
Fig. 6-20: r = 1.69 mm, q = 0.90
Fig. 6-21: r = 1.69 mm, qs = 0.97
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.90(1.9 − 1) = 1.81
K f s = 1 + 0.97(1.5 − 1) = 1.49

We select the DE-ASME Elliptic failure criteria.

Eq. (7-12) with d as dr , and Mm = Ta = 0,
   1/2 1/3
 16(2.5) 3 2  3 2
1.81(70)(10 ) 1.49(45)(10 ) 
dr = 4 +3
 π 375 1130 

= 20.6 mm
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
180 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Trial #2: Choose dr = 20.6 mm

20.6 −0.107
 
kb = = 0.899
7.62
Se = 0.685(0.899)(0.5)(1226) = 377.5 MPa
dr 20.6
D= = = 31.7 mm
0.65 0.65
D 31.7
r= = = 1.59 mm
20 20
Figs. A-15-14 and A-15-15:
d = dr + 2r = 20.6 + 2(1.59) = 23.8 mm
d 23.8
= = 1.16
dr 20.6
r 1.59
= = 0.077
dr 20.6
We are at the limit of readability of the figures so
K t = 1.9, K ts = 1.5 q = 0.9, qs = 0.97
∴ K f = 1.81 K f s = 1.49

Using Eq. (7-12) produces dr = 20.5 mm. Further iteration produces no change.
Decisions:
dr = 20.5 mm
20.5
D= = 31.5 mm, d = 0.75(31.5) = 23.6 mm
0.65
Use D = 32 mm, d = 24 mm, r = 1.6 mm Ans.

7-3 F cos 20°(d/2) = T, F = 2T /(d cos 20°) = 2(3000)/(6 cos 20°) = 1064 lbf
MC = 1064(4) = 4257 lbf · in
For sharp fillet radii at the shoulders, from Table 7-1, K t = 2.7, and K ts = 2.2. Examining
Figs. 6-20 and 6-21, with Sut = 80 kpsi, conservatively estimate q = 0.8 and qs = 0.9. These
estimates can be checked once a specific fillet radius is determined.
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + (0.8)(2.7 − 1) = 2.4
K f s = 1 + (0.9)(2.2 − 1) = 2.1
(a) Static analysis using fatigue stress concentration factors:
From Eq. (7-15) with M = Mm , T = Tm , and Ma = Ta = 0,
 2  2 1/2
′ 32K f M 16K fs T
σmax = +3
πd 3 πd 3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 181

Sy Sy
Eq. (7-16): n= ′
=   1/2
σmax 32K f M 2
 
16K f s T 2
+3
πd 3 πd 3

Solving for d,
 1/3
16n  2 2 1/2

d= 4(K f M) + 3(K f s T )
π Sy
 1/3
16(2.5)  2 2 1/2

= 4(2.4)(4257) + 3(2.1)(3000)
π(60 000)
= 1.700 in Ans.

(b) ka = 2.70(80) −0.265 = 0.845

Assume d = 2.00 in to estimate the size factor,
 −0.107
2
kb = = 0.816
0.3
Se = 0.845(0.816)(0.5)(80) = 27.6 kpsi
Selecting the DE-ASME Elliptic criteria, use Eq. (7-12) with Mm = Ta = 0.
2 1/2 1/3
   
 16(2.5) 2 
2.4(4257) 2.1(3000)
d= 4 +3 = 2.133 in
 π 27 600 60 000 

Revising kb results in d = 2.138 in Ans.

7-4 We have a design task of identifying bending moment and torsion diagrams which are pre-
liminary to an industrial roller shaft design.
y
y
FB
F zB

F zC
F yC

y
FC = 30(8) = 240 lbf
FCz = 0.4(240) = 96 lbf
T = FCz (2) = 96(2) = 192 lbf · in
T 192
FBz = = = 128 lbf
1.5 1.5
y
FB = FBz tan 20° = 128 tan 20° = 46.6 lbf
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
182 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(a) xy-plane
y
46.6
FOy FAy
11.5"
O x
5.75" C A 2.75" B

240

y

M O = 240(5.75) − FA (11.5) − 46.6(14.25) = 0

y 240(5.75) − 46.6(14.25)
FA = = 62.3 lbf
11.5
y

M A = FO (11.5) − 46.6(2.75) − 240(5.75) = 0

y 240(5.75) + 46.6(2.75)
FO = = 131.1 lbf
11.5
Bending moment diagram
Mxy
(lbf • in)
C A B
O x
⫺128

⫺754

xz-plane
96 128
5.75" 2.75"
C A
O x
B
11.5"
F zO F zA
z


MO = 0
= 96(5.75) − FAz (11.5) + 128(14.25)
96(5.75) + 128(14.25)
FAz = = 206.6 lbf
 11.5
MA = 0
= FOz (11.5) + 128(2.75) − 96(5.75)
96(5.75) − 128(2.75)
FOz = = 17.4 lbf
11.5
Bending moment diagram:
Mxz
(lbf • in)
100
A B
O x
C

⫺352

MC = 1002 + (−754) 2 = 761 lbf · in

M A = (−128) 2 + (−352) 2 = 375 lbf · in
This approach over-estimates the bending moment at C, but not at A.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 183

(b) xy-plane
y
131.1 62.3 46.6

x 30 lbf/in

Mx y = −131.1x + 15x − 1.752 − 15x − 9.752 − 62.3x − 11.51

Mxy
(lbf • in)
1.75 C A B
O x
⫺128
⫺229
⫺514

Mmax occurs at 6.12 in

Mmax = −516 lbf · in
MC = 131.1(5.75) − 15(5.75 − 1.75) 2 = 514
Reduced from 754 lbf · in. The maximum occurs at x = 6.12 in rather than C, but it is
close enough.
xz-plane
x 128
12 lbf/in

17.4 206.6

Mx z = 17.4x − 6x − 1.752 + 6x − 9.752 + 206.6x − 11.51

Mxz 
(lbf • in)
30.5 4.1 A B
Let Mnet = Mx2y + Mx2z
O x
1.75 C Plot Mnet (x)
⫺352 1.75 ≤ x ≤ 11.5 in
Mnet
516
(lbf • in)
374
Mmax = 516 lbf · in
231 at x = 6.25 in
O x

Torque: In both cases the torque rises from 0 to 192 lbf · in linearly across the roller and is
steady until the coupling keyway is encountered; then it falls linearly to 0 across the key. Ans.

7-5 This is a design problem, which can have many acceptable designs. See the solution for
Problem 7-7 for an example of the design process.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
184 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

7-6 If students have access to finite element or beam analysis software, have them model the shaft
to check deflections. If not, solve a simpler version of shaft. The 1" diameter sections will not
affect the results much, so model the 1" diameter as 1.25" . Also, ignore the step in AB.
y

C
O

z A x

From Prob. 18-10, integrate Mx y and Mx z

xy plane, with dy/dx = y ′
131.1 2 62.3
E I y′ = − (x ) + 5x − 1.753 − 5x − 9.753 − x − 11.52 + C1 (1)
2 2
131.1 3 5 5 62.3
EIy = − (x ) + x − 1.754 − x − 9.754 − x − 11.53 + C1 x + C2
6 4 4 6
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = 11.5 ⇒ C1 = 1908.4 lbf · in3
From (1) x = 0: E I y ′ = 1908.4
x = 11.5: E I y ′ = −2153.1
xz plane (treating z ↑ +)
17.4 2 206.6
E I z′ = (x ) − 2x − 1.753 + 2x − 9.753 + x − 11.52 + C3 (2)
2 2
17.4 3 1 1 206.6
EIz = (x ) − x − 1.754 + x − 9.754 + x − 11.53 + C3 x + C4
6 2 2 6
z = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C4 = 0
z = 0 at x = 11.5 ⇒ C3 = 8.975 lbf · in3
From (2)
x = 0: E I z ′ = 8.975
x = 11.5: E I z ′ = −683.5

At O: E I θ = 1908.42 + 8.9752 = 1908.4 lbf · in3

A: E I θ = (−2153.1)2 + (−683.5)2 = 2259 lbf · in3 (dictates size)
2259
θ= = 0.000 628 rad
30(106 )(π/64)(1.254 )
0.001
n= = 1.59
0.000 628
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 185

At gear mesh, B
xy plane
y

C 46.6 lbf
A
x
O
B

With I = I1 in section OCA,

y ′A = −2153.1/E I1
′
Since y B/A is a cantilever, from Table A-9-1, with I = I2 in section AB
′ F x(x − 2l) 46.6
y B/A = = (2.75)[2.75 − 2(2.75)] = −176.2/E I2
2E I2 2E I2
′ 2153.1 176.2
∴ yB = y ′A + y B/A
′
=− −
30(106 )(π/64)(1.254 ) 30(106 )(π/64)(0.8754 )
= −0.000 803 rad (magnitude greater than 0.0005 rad)
xz plane
128 lbf
O A
x
C
B

683.5 128(2.752 ) 484

z ′A =− ′
, z B/A = − =−
E I1 2E I2 E I2
683.5 484
z ′B = − − = −0.000 751 rad
30(106 )(π/64)(1.254 ) 30(106 )(π/64)(0.8754 )

θB = (−0.000 803) 2 + (0.000 751) 2 = 0.001 10 rad

Crowned teeth must be used.

Finite element results: Error in simplified model
θ O = 5.47(10−4 ) rad 3.0%
θ A = 7.09(10−4 ) rad 11.4%
θ B = 1.10(10−3 ) rad 0.0%
The simplified model yielded reasonable results.
Strength Sut = 72 kpsi, S y = 39.5 kpsi
At the shoulder at A, x = 10.75 in. From Prob. 7-4,
Mx y = −209.3 lbf · in, Mx z = −293.0 lbf · in, T = 192 lbf · in

M = (−209.3) 2 + (−293) 2 = 360.0 lbf · in
Se′ = 0.5(72) = 36 kpsi
ka = 2.70(72) −0.265 = 0.869
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
186 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

−0.107
1
kb = = 0.879
0.3
kc = kd = ke = k f = 1
Se = 0.869(0.879)(36) = 27.5 kpsi
From Fig. A-15-8 with D/d = 1.25 and r/d = 0.03, K ts = 1.8.
From Fig. A-15-9 with D/d = 1.25 and r/d = 0.03, K t = 2.3
From Fig. 6-20 with r = 0.03 in, q = 0.65.
From Fig. 6-21 with r = 0.03 in, qs = 0.83
Eq. (6-31): K f = 1 + 0.65(2.3 − 1) = 1.85
K f s = 1 + 0.83(1.8 − 1) = 1.66
Using DE-elliptic, Eq. (7-11) with Mm = Ta = 0,
   1/2
1.85(360) 2 1.66(192) 2
 
1 16
= 4 +3
n π(13 ) 27 500 39 500
n = 3.89

Perform a similar analysis at the profile keyway under the gear.

The main problem with the design is the undersized shaft overhang with excessive slope at
the gear. The use of crowned-teeth in the gears will eliminate this problem.

7-7 (a) One possible shaft layout is shown. Both bearings and the gear will be located against
shoulders. The gear and the motor will transmit the torque through keys. The bearings
can be lightly pressed onto the shaft. The left bearing will locate the shaft in the housing,
while the right bearing will float in the housing.
(b) From summing moments around the shaft axis, the tangential transmitted load through
the gear will be
Wt = T /(d/2) = 2500/(4/2) = 1250 lbf
The radial component of gear force is related by the pressure angle.
Wr = Wt tan φ = 1250 tan 20◦ = 455 lbf
W = [Wr2 + Wt2 ]1/2 = (4552 + 12502 ) 1/2 = 1330 lbf
Reactions R A and R B , and the load W are all in the same plane. From force and moment
balance,
R A = 1330(2/11) = 242 lbf
R B = 1330(9/11) = 1088 lbf
Mmax = R A (9) = (242)(9) = 2178 lbf · in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 187

Shear force, bending moment, and torque diagrams can now be obtained.
W
9 in 2 in 6 in

RA RB

V
242 lbf

⫺1088 lbf Ans.

2178 lbf • in
M

2500 lbf • in
T

(c) Potential critical locations occur at each stress concentration (shoulders and keyways). To
be thorough, the stress at each potentially critical location should be evaluated. For now,
we will choose the most likely critical location, by observation of the loading situation,
to be in the keyway for the gear. At this point there is a large stress concentration, a large
bending moment, and the torque is present. The other locations either have small bend-
ing moments, or no torque. The stress concentration for the keyway is highest at the ends.
For simplicity, and to be conservative, we will use the maximum bending moment, even
though it will have dropped off a little at the end of the keyway.
(d) At the gear keyway, approximately 9 in from the left end of the shaft, the bending is com-
pletely reversed and the torque is steady.

Ma = 2178 lbf · in Tm = 2500 lbf · in Mm = Ta = 0

From Table 7-1, estimate stress concentrations for the end-milled keyseat to be
K t = 2.2 and K ts = 3.0. For the relatively low strength steel specified (AISI 1020
CD), estimate notch sensitivities of q = 0.75 and qs = 0.9, obtained by observation of
Figs. 6-20 and 6-21. Assuming a typical radius at the bottom of the keyseat of
r/d = 0.02 (p. 361), these estimates for notch sensitivity are good for up to about 3 in
shaft diameter.
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.75(2.2 − 1) = 1.9
K f s = 1 + 0.9(3.0 − 1) = 2.8
Eq. (6-19): ka = 2.70(68) −0.265 = 0.883
For estimating kb , guess d = 2 in.
kb = (2/0.3) −0.107 = 0.816
Se = (0.883)(0.816)(0.5)(68) = 24.5 kpsi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
188 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Selecting the DE-Goodman criteria for a conservative first design,

  1/2  1/2 1/3
16n 4(K f Ma ) 2 3(K f s Tm ) 2
Eq. (7-8): d= +
π Se Sut
  1/2  1/2 1/3
16n 4(1.9 · 2178) 2 3(2.8 · 2500) 2
d= +
π 24 500 68 000
d = 1.58 in Ans.
With this diameter, the estimates for notch sensitivity and size factor were conservative,
but close enough for a first iteration until deflections are checked.
Check for static failure.
 2  2 1/2
′ 32K f M a 16K f s Tm
Eq. (7-15): σmax = +3
πd 3 πd 3
 2  2 1/2
′ 32(1.9)(2178) 16(2.8)(2500)
σmax = +3 = 19.0 kpsi
π(1.58) 3 π(1.58) 3
′
n y = S y /σmax = 57/19.0 = 3.0 Ans.

(e) Now estimate other diameters to provide typical shoulder supports for the gear and
bearings (p. 360). Also, estimate the gear and bearing widths.
8
3
74

0.35 0.45
1.56 1.58
2.00
1.250 1.31 1.25

9
11 6

(f) Entering this shaft geometry into beam analysis software (or Finite Element software),
the following deflections are determined:
Left bearing slope: 0.000532 rad
Right bearing slope: −0.000850 rad
Gear slope: −0.000545 rad
Right end of shaft slope: −0.000850 rad
Gear deflection: −0.00145 in
Right end of shaft deflection: 0.00510 in
Comparing these deflections to the recommendations in Table 7-2, everything is within
typical range except the gear slope is a little high for an uncrowned gear.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 189

(g) To use a non-crowned gear, the gear slope is recommended to be less than 0.0005 rad.
Since all other deflections are acceptable, we will target an increase in diameter only for
the long section between the left bearing and the gear. Increasing this diameter from the
proposed 1.56 in to 1.75 in, produces a gear slope of –0.000401 rad. All other deflections
are improved as well.

7-8 (a) Use the distortion-energy elliptic failure locus. The torque and moment loadings on the
shaft are shown in the solution to Prob. 7-7.
Candidate critical locations for strength:
• Pinion seat keyway
• Right bearing shoulder
• Coupling keyway

Table A-20 for 1030 HR: Sut = 68 kpsi, S y = 37.5 kpsi, H B = 137
Eq. (6-8): Se′ = 0.5(68) = 34.0 kpsi
Eq. (6-19): ka = 2.70(68) −0.265 = 0.883
kc = kd = ke = 1
Pinion seat keyway
See Table 7-1 for keyway stress concentration factors

K t = 2.2
Profile keyway
K ts = 3.0
For an end-mill profile keyway cutter of 0.010 in radius,
From Fig. 6-20: q = 0.50
From Fig. 6-21: qs = 0.65
Eq. (6-32):
K f s = 1 + qs (K ts − 1)
= 1 + 0.65(3.0 − 1) = 2.3
K f = 1 + 0.50(2.2 − 1) = 1.6
1.875 −0.107
 
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.822
0.30
Eq. (6-18): Se = 0.883(0.822)(34.0) = 24.7 kpsi
Eq. (7-11):

1/2
1.6(2178) 2 2.3(2500) 2


1 16
= 4 +3
n π(1.8753 ) 24 700 37 500
= 0.353, from which n = 2.83
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
190 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Right-hand bearing shoulder

The text does not give minimum and maximum shoulder diameters for 03-series bearings
(roller). Use D = 1.75 in.
r 0.030 D 1.75
= = 0.019, = = 1.11
d 1.574 d 1.574
From Fig. A-15-9,
K t = 2.4
From Fig. A-15-8,
K ts = 1.6
From Fig. 6-20, q = 0.65
From Fig. 6-21, qs = 0.83
K f = 1 + 0.65(2.4 − 1) = 1.91
K f s = 1 + 0.83(1.6 − 1) = 1.50
 
0.453
M = 2178 = 493 lbf · in
2
Eq. (7-11):
   1/2
1.91(493) 2 1.50(2500) 2
 
1 16
= 4 +3
n π(1.5743 ) 24 700 37 500
= 0.247, from which n = 4.05
Overhanging coupling keyway
There is no bending moment, thus Eq. (7-11) reduces to:
√ √
1 16 3K f s Tm 16 3(1.50)(2500)
= =
n πd 3 S y π(1.53 )(37 500)
= 0.261 from which n = 3.83
(b) One could take pains to model this shaft exactly, using say finite element software.
However, for the bearings and the gear, the shaft is basically of uniform diameter, 1.875 in.
The reductions in diameter at the bearings will change the results insignificantly. Use
E = 30(106 ) psi.

To the left of the load:

Fb
θ AB = (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 )
6E I l
1449(2)(3x 2 + 22 − 112 )
=
6(30)(106 )(π/64)(1.8254 )(11)
= 2.4124(10−6 )(3x 2 − 117)

At x = 0: θ = −2.823(10−4 ) rad
At x = 9 in: θ = 3.040(10−4 ) rad
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 191

1449(9)(112 − 92 )
At x = 11 in: θ=
6(30)(106 )(π/64)(1.8754 )(11)
= 4.342(10−4 ) rad
Obtain allowable slopes from Table 7-2.
Left bearing:
Allowable slope
nfs =
Actual slope
0.001
= = 3.54
0.000 282 3
Right bearing:
0.0008
nfs = = 1.84
0.000 434 2
Gear mesh slope:
Table 7-2 recommends a minimum relative slope of 0.0005 rad. While we don’t know the
slope on the next shaft, we know that it will need to have a larger diameter and be stiffer.
At the moment we can say
0.0005
nfs < = 1.64
0.000 304

7-9 The solution to Problem 7-8 may be used as an example of the analysis process for a similar
situation.

7-10 If you have a finite element program available, it is highly recommended. Beam deflection
programs can be implemented but this is time consuming and the programs have narrow ap-
plications. Here we will demonstrate how the problem can be simplified and solved using
singularity functions.
Deflection: First we will ignore the steps near the bearings where the bending moments are
low. Thus let the 30 mm dia. be 35 mm. Secondly, the 55 mm dia. is very thin, 10 mm. The
full bending stresses will not develop at the outer fibers so full stiffness will not develop ei-
ther. Thus, ignore this step and let the diameter be 45 mm.
Statics: Left support: R1 = 7(315 − 140)/315 = 3.889 kN
Right support: R2 = 7(140)/315 = 3.111 kN
Determine the bending moment at each step.

x(mm) 0 40 100 140 210 275 315

M(N · m) 0 155.56 388.89 544.44 326.67 124.44 0

I35 = (π/64)(0.0354 ) = 7.366(10−8 ) m4 , I40 = 1.257(10−7 ) m4 , I45 = 2.013(10−7 ) m4

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
192 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Plot M/I as a function of x.

x(m) M/I (109 N/m3 ) Step Slope Slope

0 0 52.8
0.04 2.112
0.04 1.2375 −0.8745 30.942 −21.86
0.1 3.094
0.1 1.932 −1.162 19.325 −11.617
0.14 2.705
0.14 2.705 0 −15.457 −34.78
0.21 1.623
0.21 2.6 0.977 −24.769 −9.312
0.275 0.99
0.275 1.6894 0.6994 −42.235 −17.47
0.315 0

4
M兾I (109 N兾m3)

0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
x (mm)

The steps and the change of slopes are evaluated in the table. From these, the function M/I
can be generated:
M/I = 52.8x − 0.8745x − 0.040 − 21.86x − 0.041 − 1.162x − 0.10


− 11.617x − 0.11 − 34.78x − 0.141 + 0.977x − 0.210

− 9.312x − 0.211 + 0.6994x − 0.2750 − 17.47x − 0.2751 109


Integrate twice:
dy 
E = 26.4x 2 − 0.8745x − 0.041 − 10.93x − 0.042 − 1.162x − 0.11
dx
− 5.81x − 0.12 − 17.39x − 0.142 + 0.977x − 0.211
− 4.655x − 0.212 + 0.6994x − 0.2751 − 8.735x − 0.2752 + C1 109

(1)
E y = 8.8x 3 − 0.4373x − 0.042 − 3.643x − 0.043 − 0.581x − 0.12


− 1.937x − 0.13 − 5.797x − 0.143 + 0.4885x − 0.212

− 1.552x − 0.213 + 0.3497x − 0.2752 − 2.912x − 0.2753 + C1 x + C2 109


Boundary conditions: y = 0 at x = 0 yields C2 = 0;

y = 0 at x = 0.315 m yields C1 = −0.295 25 N/m2 .
Equation (1) with C1 = −0.295 25 provides the slopes at the bearings and gear. The fol-
lowing table gives the results in the second column. The third column gives the results from
a similar finite element model. The fourth column gives the result of a full model which
models the 35 and 55 mm diameter steps.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 193

x (mm) θ (rad) F.E. Model Full F.E. Model

0 −0.001 4260 −0.001 4270 −0.001 4160
140 −0.000 1466 −0.000 1467 −0.000 1646
315 0.001 3120 0.001 3280 0.001 3150

The main discrepancy between the results is at the gear location (x = 140 mm) . The larger
value in the full model is caused by the stiffer 55 mm diameter step. As was stated earlier,
this step is not as stiff as modeling implicates, so the exact answer is somewhere between the
full model and the simplified model which in any event is a small value. As expected, mod-
eling the 30 mm dia. as 35 mm does not affect the results much.
It can be seen that the allowable slopes at the bearings are exceeded. Thus, either the load
has to be reduced or the shaft “beefed” up. If the allowable slope is 0.001 rad, then the max-
imum load should be Fmax = (0.001/0.001 46)7 = 4.79 kN . With a design factor this would
be reduced further.
To increase the stiffness of the shaft, increase the diameters by (0.001 46/0.001) 1/4 =
1.097, from Eq. (7-18). Form a table:

Old d, mm 20.00 30.00 35.00 40.00 45.00 55.00

New ideal d, mm 21.95 32.92 38.41 43.89 49.38 60.35
Rounded up d, mm 22.00 34.00 40.00 44.00 50.00 62.00

Repeating the full finite element model results in

x = 0: θ = −9.30 × 10−4 rad
x = 140 mm: θ = −1.09 × 10−4 rad
x = 315 mm: θ = 8.65 × 10−4 rad
Well within our goal. Have the students try a goal of 0.0005 rad at the bearings.
Strength: Due to stress concentrations and reduced shaft diameters, there are a number of
locations to look at. A table of nominal stresses is given below. Note that torsion is only to
the right of the 7 kN load. Using σ = 32M/(πd 3 ) and τ = 16T /(πd 3 ),

x (mm) 0 15 40 100 110 140 210 275 300 330

σ (MPa) 0 22.0 37.0 61.9 47.8 60.9 52.0 39.6 17.6 0
τ (MPa) 0 0 0 0 0 6 8.5 12.7 20.2 68.1
σ ′ (MPa) 0 22.0 37.0 61.9 47.8 61.8 53.1 45.3 39.2 118.0

Table A-20 for AISI 1020 CD steel: Sut = 470 MPa, S y = 390 MPa
At x = 210 mm:
ka = 4.51(470) −0.265 = 0.883, kb = (40/7.62) −0.107 = 0.837
Se = 0.883(0.837)(0.5)(470) = 174 MPa
D/d = 45/40 = 1.125, r/d = 2/40 = 0.05.
From Figs. A-15-8 and A-15-9, K t = 1.9 and K ts = 1.32.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
194 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

From Figs. 6-20 and 6-21, q = 0.75 and qs = 0.92,

K f = 1 + 0.75(1.9 − 1) = 1.68, and K f s = 1 + 0.92(1.32 − 1) = 1.29.
From Eq. (7-11), with Mm = Ta = 0,

1/2
1.68(326.67) 2 1.29(107) 2


1 16
= 4 +3
n π(0.04) 3 174(106 ) 390(106 )
n = 1.98

At x = 330 mm: The von Mises stress is the highest but it comes from the steady torque
only.
D/d = 30/20 = 1.5, r/d = 2/20 = 0.1 ⇒ K ts = 1.42,
qs = 0.92 ⇒ K f s = 1.39
√ ! 1.39(107)

1 16
= 3
n π(0.02) 3 390(106 )
n = 2.38
Check the other locations.
If worse-case is at x = 210 mm, the changes discussed for the slope criterion will im-
prove the strength issue.

7-11 and 7-12 With these design tasks each student will travel different paths and almost all
details will differ. The important points are
• The student gets a blank piece of paper, a statement of function, and some
constraints–explicit and implied. At this point in the course, this is a good experience.
• It is a good preparation for the capstone design course.
• The adequacy of their design must be demonstrated and possibly include a designer’s
notebook.
• Many of the fundaments of the course, based on this text and this course, are useful. The
student will find them useful and notice that he/she is doing it.
• Don’t let the students create a time sink for themselves. Tell them how far you want them
to go.

7-13 I used this task as a final exam when all of the students in the course had consistent test
scores going into the final examination; it was my expectation that they would not change
things much by taking the examination.
This problem is a learning experience. Following the task statement, the following guid-
ance was added.
• Take the first half hour, resisting the temptation of putting pencil to paper, and decide what
the problem really is.
• Take another twenty minutes to list several possible remedies.
• Pick one, and show your instructor how you would implement it.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 195

The students’ initial reaction is that he/she does not know much from the problem state-
ment. Then, slowly the realization sets in that they do know some important things that the
designer did not. They knew how it failed, where it failed, and that the design wasn’t good
enough; it was close, though.
Also, a fix at the bearing seat lead-in could transfer the problem to the shoulder fillet, and
the problem may not be solved.
To many students’ credit, they chose to keep the shaft geometry, and selected a new
material to realize about twice the Brinell hardness.

7-14 In Eq. (7-24) set

πd 4 πd 2
I = , A=
64 4
to obtain
 2   
π d gE
ω= (1)
l 4 γ
or
4l 2 ω
"
γ
d= 2 (2)
π gE
(a) From Eq. (1) and Table A-5,
 2   "
π 1 386(30)(106 )
ω= = 868 rad/s Ans.
24 4 0.282
(b) From Eq. (2),

2
4(24) (2)(868) 0.282
d= 2
= 2 in Ans.
π 386(30)(106 )
(c) From Eq. (2),

2
π d gE
lω =
4 l γ
Since d/l is the same regardless of the scale.
lω = constant = 24(868) = 20 832
20 832
ω= = 1736 rad/s Ans.
12
Thus the first critical speed doubles.

7-15 From Prob. 7-14, ω = 868 rad/s

A = 0.7854 in2 , I = 0.04909 in4 , γ = 0.282 lbf/in3 ,
E = 30(106 ) psi, w = Aγ l = 0.7854(0.282)(24) = 5.316 lbf
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
196 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

One element:
12(12)(242 − 122 − 122 )
Eq. (7-24) δ11 = = 1.956(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
y1 = w1 δ11 = 5.316(1.956)(10−4 ) = 1.0398(10−3 ) in
y12 = 1.0812(10−6 )

wy = 5.316(1.0398)(10−3 ) = 5.528(10−3 )

wy 2 = 5.316(1.0812)(10−6 ) = 5.748(10−6 )
 # 
5.528(10−3 )

wy
ω1 = g # 2 = 386 = 609 rad/s (30% low)
wy 5.748(10−6 )
Two elements:
2.658 lbf 2.658 lbf
6" 6" 6" 6"

18(6)(242 − 182 − 62 )
δ11 = δ22 = = 1.100(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
6(6)(242 − 62 − 62 )
δ12 = δ21 = 6
= 8.556(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
y1 = w1 δ11 + w2 δ12 = 2.658(1.100)(10−4 ) + 2.658(8.556)(10−5 )
= 5.198(10−4 ) in = y2 ,
y12 = y22 = 2.702(10−7 ) in2

wy = 2(2.658)(5.198)(10−4 ) = 2.763(10−3 )

wy 2 = 2(2.658)(2.702)(10−7 ) = 1.436(10−6 )

2.763(10−3 )

ω1 = 386 = 862 rad/s (0.7% low)

1.436(10−6 )
Three elements:
1.772 lbf 1.772 lbf 1.772 lbf
4" 8" 8" 4"

20(4)(242 − 202 − 42 )
δ11 = δ33 = = 6.036(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
12(12)(242 − 122 − 122 )
δ22 = = 1.956(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
12(4)(242 − 122 − 42 )
δ12 = δ32 = 6
= 9.416(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
4(4)(242 − 42 − 42 )
δ13 = 6
= 4.104(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 197

y1 = 1.772[6.036(10−5 ) + 9.416(10−5 ) + 4.104(10−5 )] = 3.465(10−4 ) in

y2 = 1.772[9.416(10−5 ) + 1.956(10−4 ) + 9.416(10−5 )] = 6.803(10−4 ) in
y3 = 1.772[4.104(10−5 ) + 9.416(10−5 ) + 6.036(10−5 )] = 3.465(10−4 ) in
 
wy = 2.433(10−3 ), wy 2 = 1.246(10−6 )

2.433(10−3 )

ω1 = 386 = 868 rad/s (same as in Prob. 7-14)

1.246(10−6 )
The point was to show that convergence is rapid using a static deflection beam equation.
The method works because:
• If a deflection curve is chosen which meets the boundary conditions of moment-free and
deflection-free ends, and in this problem, of symmetry, the strain energy is not very sensi-
tive to the equation used.
• Since the static bending equation is available, and meets the moment-free and deflection-
free ends, it works.

7-16 (a) For two bodies, Eq. (7-26) is

$ $
$ (m 1 δ11 − 1/ω2 ) m 2 δ12 $
$ $=0
$ m 1 δ21 (m 2 δ22 − 1/ω2 ) $
Expanding the determinant yields,
 2  
1 1
− (m 1 δ11 + m 2 δ22 ) + m 1 m 2 (δ11 δ22 − δ12 δ21 ) = 0 (1)
ω2 ω12
Eq. (1) has two roots 1/ω12 and 1/ω22 . Thus
  
1 1 1 1
− − =0
ω2 ω12 ω2 ω22
or,
 2    2    
1 1 1 1 1 1
+ 2
+ 2 + 2
=0 (2)
ω 2 ω1 ω2 ω ω1 ω22
Equate the third terms of Eqs. (1) and (2), which must be identical.
1 1 1
= m 1 m 2 (δ11 δ22 − δ12 δ21 ) ⇒ = ω12 m 1 m 2 (δ11 δ22 − δ12 δ21 )
ω12 ω22 ω22
and it follows that

1 g2
ω2 = Ans.
ω1 w1 w2 (δ11 δ22 − δ12 δ21 )
(b) In Ex. 7-5, Part (b) the first critical speed of the two-disk shaft (w1 = 35 lbf,
w2 = 55 lbf) is ω1 = 124.7 rad/s. From part (a), using influence coefficients

1 3862
ω2 = = 466 rad/s Ans.
124.7 35(55)[2.061(3.534) − 2.2342 ](10−8 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
198 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design


7-17 In Eq. (7-22) the term I /A appears. For a hollow unform diameter shaft,
"    
π do4 − di4 /64 1 do2 + di2 do2 − di2
! ! !
I 1 2

= 
2 2
! = 2 2
= do + di2
A π do − di /4 16 do − di 4

This means that when a solid shaft is hollowed out, the critical speed increases beyond that
of the solid shaft. By how much?
 
1 2 2  2
4 do + di di
1
 = 1 +
4 do
2 do

The possible values of di are 0 ≤ di ≤ do , so the range of critical speeds is

√ √
ωs 1 + 0 to about ωs 1 + 1
√
or from ωs to 2ωs . Ans.

7-18 All steps will be modeled using singularity functions with a spreadsheet. Programming both
loads will enable the user to first set the left load to 1, the right load to 0 and calculate δ11 and
δ21 . Then setting left load to 0 and the right to 1 to get δ12 and δ22 . The spreadsheet shown
on the next page shows the δ11 and δ21 calculation. Table for M/I vs x is easy to make. The
equation for M/I is:
M/I = D13x + C15x − 10 + E15x − 11 + E17x − 21
+ C19x − 90 + E19x − 91 + E21x − 141
+ C23x − 150 + E23x − 151
Integrating twice gives the equation for E y. Boundary conditions y = 0 at x = 0 and at
x = 16 inches provide integration constants (C2 = 0). Substitution back into the deflection
equation at x = 2, 14 inches provides the δ ’s. The results are: δ11 − 2.917(10−7 ),
δ12 = δ21 = 1.627(10−7 ), δ22 = 2.231(10−7 ). This can be verified by finite element analysis.
y1 = 20(2.917)(10−7 ) + 35(1.627)(10−7 ) = 1.153(10−5 )
y2 = 20(1.627)(10−7 ) + 35(2.231)(10−7 ) = 1.106(10−5 )
y12 = 1.329(10−10 ), y22 = 1.224(10−10 )
 
wy = 6.177(10−4 ), wy 2 = 6.942(10−9 )

Neglecting the shaft, Eq. (7-23) gives


6.177(10−4 )

ω1 = 386 = 5860 rad/s or 55 970 rev/min Ans.

6.942(10−9 )
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 199

A B C D E F G H I
1 F1 = 1 F2 = 0 R1 = 0.875 (left reaction)
2
3 x M I1 = I4 = 0.7854
4 0 0 I2 = 1.833
5 1 0.875 I3 = 2.861
6 2 1.75
7 9 0.875
8 14 0.25
9 15 0.125
10 16 0
11
12 x M/I step slope  slope
13 0 0 1.114 082
14 1 1.114 082
15 1 0.477 36 −0.636 722 477 0.477 36 −0.636 72
16 2 0.954 719
17 2 0.954 719 0 −0.068 19 −0.545 55
18 9 0.477 36
19 9 0.305 837 −0.171 522 4 −0.043 69 0.024 503
20 14 0.087 382
21 14 0.087 382 0 −0.043 69 0
22 15 0.043 691
23 15 0.159 155 0.115 463 554 −0.159 15 −0.115 46
24 16 0
25
26 C1 = −4.906 001 093
27
28
29 δ11 = 2.91701E-07
30 δ21 = 1.6266E-07

1.2
1
M (lbf • in)

0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
x (in)

Repeat for F1 = 0 and F2 = 1.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
200 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Modeling the shaft separately using 2 elements gives approximately

11.32 lbf 11 lbf
4.5" 4.5" 3.5" 3.5"

9"
R1 R2

The spreadsheet can be easily modified to give

δ11 = 9.605(10−7 ), δ12 = δ21 = 5.718(10−7 ), δ22 = 5.472(10−7 )
y1 = 1.716(10−5 ), y2 = 1.249(10−5 ), y12 = 2.946(10−10 ),
 
y22 = 1.561(10−10 ), wy = 3.316(10−4 ), wy 2 = 5.052(10−9 )

3.316(10−4 )

ω1 = 386 = 5034 rad/s Ans.

5.052(10−9 )

A finite element model of the exact shaft gives ω1 = 5340 rad/s. The simple model is
5.7% low.
Combination Using Dunkerley’s equation, Eq. (7-32):
1 1 1
2
= + ⇒ 3819 rad/s Ans.
ω1 58602 50342

7-19 We must not let the basis of the stress concentration factor, as presented, impose a view-
point on the designer. Table A-16 shows K ts as a decreasing monotonic as a function of
a/D. All is not what it seems.
Let us change the basis for data presentation to the full section rather than the net section.
τ = K ts τ0 = K ts′ τ0′
 
32T ′ 32T
K ts = = K ts
π AD 3 π D3
Therefore
K ts
K ts′ =
A
Form a table:

(a/D) A K ts K ts′
0.050 0.95 1.77 1.86
0.075 0.93 1.71 1.84
0.100 0.92 1.68 1.83 ← minimum
0.125 0.89 1.64 1.84
0.150 0.87 1.62 1.86
0.175 0.85 1.60 1.88
0.200 0.83 1.58 1.90
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 201

K ts′ has the following attributes:

• It exhibits a minimum;
• It changes little over a wide range;
.
• Its minimum is a stationary point minimum at a/D = 0.100;
• Our knowledge of the minima location is
0.075 ≤ (a/D) ≤ 0.125
We can form a design rule: in torsion, the pin diameter should be about 1/10 of the shaft
diameter, for greatest shaft capacity. However, it is not catastrophic if one forgets the rule.

7-20 Choose 15 mm as basic size, D, d. Table 7-9: fit is designated as 15H7/h6. From
Table A-11, the tolerance grades are D = 0.018 mm and d = 0.011 mm.
Hole: Eq. (7-36)
Dmax = D + D = 15 + 0.018 = 15.018 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 15.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12, fundamental deviation δ F = 0. From Eq. (2-39)
dmax = d + δ F = 15.000 + 0 = 15.000 mm Ans.
dmin = d + δ R − d = 15.000 + 0 − 0.011 = 14.989 mm Ans.

7-21 Choose 45 mm as basic size. Table 7-9 designates fit as 45H7/s6. From Table A-11, the
tolerance grades are D = 0.025 mm and d = 0.016 mm
Hole: Eq. (7-36)
Dmax = D + D = 45.000 + 0.025 = 45.025 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 45.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12, fundamental deviation δ F = +0.043 mm. From Eq. (7-38)
dmin = d + δ F = 45.000 + 0.043 = 45.043 mm Ans.
dmax = d + δ F + d = 45.000 + 0.043 + 0.016 = 45.059 mm Ans.

7-22 Choose 50 mm as basic size. From Table 7-9 fit is 50H7/g6. From Table A-11, the tolerance
grades are D = 0.025 mm and d = 0.016 mm.
Hole:
Dmax = D + D = 50 + 0.025 = 50.025 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 50.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12 fundamental deviation = −0.009 mm
dmax = d + δ F = 50.000 + (−0.009) = 49.991 mm Ans.
dmin = d + δ F − d
= 50.000 + (−0.009) − 0.016
= 49.975 mm
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
202 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

7-23 Choose the basic size as 1.000 in. From Table 7-9, for 1.0 in, the fit is H8/f7. From
Table A-13, the tolerance grades are D = 0.0013 in and d = 0.0008 in.
Hole:
Dmax = D + (D) hole = 1.000 + 0.0013 = 1.0013 in Ans.
Dmin = D = 1.0000 in Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-14: Fundamental deviation = −0.0008 in
dmax = d + δ F = 1.0000 + (−0.0008) = 0.9992 in Ans.
dmin = d + δ F − d = 1.0000 + (−0.0008) − 0.0008 = 0.9984 in Ans.
Alternatively,
dmin = dmax − d = 0.9992 − 0.0008 = 0.9984 in. Ans.

7-24 (a) Basic size is D = d = 1.5 in.

Table 7-9: H7/s6 is specified for medium drive fit.
Table A-13: Tolerance grades are D = 0.001 in and d = 0.0006 in.
Table A-14: Fundamental deviation is δ F = 0.0017 in.
Eq. (7-36): Dmax = D + D = 1.501 in Ans.
Dmin = D = 1.500 in Ans.
Eq. (7-37): dmax = d + δ F + d = 1.5 + 0.0017 + 0.0006 = 1.5023 in Ans.
Eq. (7-38): dmin = d + δ F = 1.5 + 0.0017 + 1.5017 in Ans.
(b) Eq. (7-42): δmin = dmin − Dmax = 1.5017 − 1.501 = 0.0007 in
Eq. (7-43): δmax = dmax − Dmin = 1.5023 − 1.500 = 0.0023 in
 
Eδmax (do2 − d 2 )(d 2 − di2 )
Eq. (7-40): pmax =
2d 3 do2 − di2
(30)(106 )(0.0023) (2.52 − 1.52 )(1.52 − 0)

= = 14 720 psi Ans.

2(1.5) 3 2.52 − 0
 !
Eδmin do2 − d 2 d 2 − di2
!
pmin =
2d 3 do2 − di2
(30)(106 )(0.0007) (2.52 − 1.52 )(1.52 − 0)

= = 4480 psi Ans.

2(1.5) 3 2.52 − 0
(c) For the shaft:
Eq. (7-44): σt, shaft = − p = −14 720 psi
Eq. (7-46): σr, shaft = − p = −14 720 psi
Eq. (5-13): σ ′ = (σ12 − σ1 σ2 + σ22 ) 1/2
= [(−14 720) 2 − (−14 720)(−14 720) + (−14 720) 2 ]1/2
= 14 720 psi
n = S y /σ ′ = 57 000/14 720 = 3.9 Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 7 203

For the hub:

do2 + d 2
 2
2.5 + 1.52

Eq. (7-45): σt, hub = p 2 = (14 720) = 31 280 psi
do − d 2 2.52 − 1.52
Eq. (7-46): σr, hub = − p = −14 720 psi
Eq. (5-13): σ ′ = (σ12 − σ1 σ2 + σ22 ) 1/2
= [(31 280) 2 − (31 280)(−14 720) + (−14 720) 2 ]1/2 = 40 689 psi
n = S y /σ ′ = 85 000/40 689 = 2.1 Ans.
(d) Eq. (7-49) T = (π/2) f pminld 2
= (π/2)(0.3)(4480)(2)(1.5) 2 = 9500 lbf · in Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 8

8-1
(a) 5 mm Thread depth = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 Width = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 mm
25 mm
dm = 25 − 1.25 − 1.25 = 22.5 mm
dr = 25 − 5 = 20 mm
l = p = 5 mm Ans.
(b) 5 mm Thread depth = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 Width at pitch line = 2.5 mm Ans.
5 mm dm = 22.5 mm
dr = 20 mm
l = p = 5 mm Ans.

8-2 From Table 8-1,

dr = d − 1.226 869 p
dm = d − 0.649 519 p
d − 1.226 869 p + d − 0.649 519 p
d̄ = = d − 0.938 194 p
2
π d̄ 2 π
At = = (d − 0.938 194 p) 2 Ans.
4 4

8-3 From Eq. (c) of Sec. 8-2,

tan λ + f
P=F
1 − f tan λ
Pdm Fdm tan λ + f
T = =
2 2 1 − f tan λ
T0 Fl/(2π) 1 − f tan λ 1 − f tan λ
e= = = tan λ Ans.
T Fdm /2 tan λ + f tan λ + f
Using f = 0.08, form a table and plot the efficiency curve.
1
λ, deg. e
0 0 e
10 0.678
20 0.796
30 0.838
40 0.8517 0 50
45 0.8519 ␭, deg.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 205

8-4 Given F = 6 kN, l = 5 mm, and dm = 22.5 mm, the torque required to raise the load is
found using Eqs. (8-1) and (8-6)


6(22.5) 5 + π(0.08)(22.5) 6(0.05)(40)
TR = +
2 π(22.5) − 0.08(5) 2
= 10.23 + 6 = 16.23 N · m Ans.
The torque required to lower the load, from Eqs. (8-2) and (8-6) is


6(22.5) π(0.08)22.5 − 5 6(0.05)(40)
TL = +
2 π(22.5) + 0.08(5) 2
= 0.622 + 6 = 6.622 N · m Ans.
Since TL is positive, the thread is self-locking. The efficiency is
6(5)
Eq. (8-4): e= = 0.294 Ans.
2π(16.23)

8-5 Collar (thrust) bearings, at the bottom of the screws, must bear on the collars. The bottom seg-
ment of the screws must be in compression. Where as tension specimens and their grips must
be in tension. Both screws must be of the same-hand threads.

8-6 Screws rotate at an angular rate of

1720
n= = 22.9 rev/min
75
(a) The lead is 0.5 in, so the linear speed of the press head is
V = 22.9(0.5) = 11.5 in/min Ans.
(b) F = 2500 lbf/screw
dm = 3 − 0.25 = 2.75 in
sec α = 1/cos(29/2) = 1.033
Eq. (8-5):
 
2500(2.75) 0.5 + π(0.05)(2.75)(1.033)
TR = = 377.6 lbf · in
2 π(2.75) − 0.5(0.05)(1.033)
Eq. (8-6):
Tc = 2500(0.06)(5/2) = 375 lbf · in
Ttotal = 377.6 + 375 = 753 lbf · in/screw
753(2)
Tmotor = = 21.1 lbf · in
75(0.95)
Tn 21.1(1720)
H= = = 0.58 hp Ans.
63 025 63 025
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
206 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

8-7 The force F is perpendicular to the paper.

1"
4

7" 3"
D.
16 16

2.406"

3"

1 1 7
L =3− − − = 2.406 in
8 4 32
T = 2.406F
   
7 7
M= L− F = 2.406 − F = 2.188F
32 32
S y = 41 kpsi
32M 32(2.188) F
σ = Sy = 3
= = 41 000
πd π(0.1875) 3
F = 12.13 lbf
T = 2.406(12.13) = 29.2 lbf · in Ans.
(b) Eq. (8-5), 2α = 60◦ , l = 1/14 = 0.0714 in, f = 0.075, sec α = 1.155, p = 1/14 in
 
7 1
dm = − 0.649 519 = 0.3911 in
16 14
 
Fclamp (0.3911) Num
TR =
2 Den
Num = 0.0714 + π(0.075)(0.3911)(1.155)
Den = π(0.3911) − 0.075(0.0714)(1.155)
T = 0.028 45Fclamp
T 29.2
Fclamp = = = 1030 lbf Ans.
0.028 45 0.028 45
(c) The column has one end fixed and the other end pivoted. Base decision on the mean
diameter column. Input: C = 1.2, D = 0.391 in, S y = 41 kpsi, E = 30(106 ) psi,
L = 4.1875 in, k = D/4 = 0.097 75 in, L/k = 42.8.
For this J. B. Johnson column, the critical load represents the limiting clamping force
for bucking. Thus, Fclamp = Pcr = 4663 lbf.
(d) This is a subject for class discussion.

8-8 T = 6(2.75) = 16.5 lbf · in

5 1
dm = − = 0.5417 in
8 12
1 29◦
l = = 0.1667 in, α = = 14.5◦ , sec 14.5◦ = 1.033
6 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 207


0.1667 + π(0.15)(0.5417)(1.033)
Eq. (8-5): T = 0.5417( F/2) = 0.0696F
π(0.5417) − 0.15(0.1667)(1.033)
Eq. (8-6): Tc = 0.15(7/16)( F/2) = 0.032 81F
Ttotal = (0.0696 + 0.0328) F = 0.1024F
16.5
F= = 161 lbf Ans.
0.1024

8-9 dm = 40 − 3 = 37 mm, l = 2(6) = 12 mm

From Eq. (8-1) and Eq. (8-6)


10(37) 12 + π(0.10)(37) 10(0.15)(60)
TR = +
2 π(37) − 0.10(12) 2
= 38.0 + 45 = 83.0 N · m
Since n = V /l = 48/12 = 4 rev/s
ω = 2πn = 2π(4) = 8π rad/s
so the power is
H = T ω = 83.0(8π) = 2086 W Ans.

8-10
(a) dm = 36 − 3 = 33 mm, l = p = 6 mm
From Eqs. (8-1) and (8-6)


33F 6 + π(0.14)(33) 0.09(90) F
T = +
2 π(33) − 0.14(6) 2
= (3.292 + 4.050) F = 7.34F N · m
ω = 2πn = 2π(1) = 2π rad/s
H = Tω
H 3000
T = = = 477 N · m
ω 2π
477
F= = 65.0 kN Ans.
7.34
Fl 65.0(6)
(b) e = = = 0.130 Ans.
2π T 2π(477)

8-11
1
(a) L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in Ans.
4
(b) From Table A-32 the washer thickness is 0.109 in. Thus,
l = 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.109 = 1.109 in Ans.
7
(c) From Table A-31, H = = 0.4375 in Ans.
16
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
208 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(d) l + H = 1.109 + 0.4375 = 1.5465 in

This would be rounded to 1.75 in per Table A-17. The bolt is long enough. Ans.
(e) ld = L − L T = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.500 in Ans.
lt = l − ld = 1.109 − 0.500 = 0.609 in Ans.
These lengths are needed to estimate bolt spring rate kb .
Note: In an analysis problem, you need not know the fastener’s length at the outset,
although you can certainly check, if appropriate.

8-12
(a) L T = 2D + 6 = 2(14) + 6 = 34 mm Ans.
(b) From Table A-33, the maximum washer thickness is 3.5 mm. Thus, the grip is,
l = 14 + 14 + 3.5 = 31.5 mm Ans.
(c) From Table A-31, H = 12.8 mm
(d) l + H = 31.5 + 12.8 = 44.3 mm
Adding one or two threads and rounding up to L = 50 mm. The bolt is long enough.
Ans.
(e) ld = L − L T = 50 − 34 = 16 mm Ans.
lt = l − ld = 31.5 − 16 = 15.5 mm Ans.
These lengths are needed to estimate the bolt spring rate kb .

8-13
1
(a) L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in Ans.
4
d d 0.5
(b) l ′ > h + = t1 + = 0.875 + = 1.125 in Ans.
2 2 2
(c) L > h + 1.5d = t1 + 1.5d = 0.875 + 1.5(0.5) = 1.625 in
From Table A-17, this rounds to 1.75 in. The cap screw is long enough. Ans.
(d) ld = L − L T = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.500 in Ans.
lt = l ′ − ld = 1.125 − 0.5 = 0.625 in Ans.

8-14
(a) L T = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm Ans.
d d 12
(b) l ′ = h + = t1 + = 20 + = 26 mm Ans.
2 2 2
(c) L > h + 1.5d = t1 + 1.5d = 20 + 1.5(12) = 38 mm
This rounds to 40 mm (Table A-17). The fastener is long enough. Ans.
(d) ld = L − L T = 40 − 30 = 10 mm Ans.
l T = l ′ − ld = 26 − 10 = 16 mm Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 209

8-15
(a) Ad = 0.7854(0.75) 2 = 0.442 in2
Atube = 0.7854(1.1252 − 0.752 ) = 0.552 in2
Ad E 0.442(30)(106 )
kb = = = 1.02(106 ) lbf/in Ans.
grip 13
Atube E 0.552(30)(106 )
km = = = 1.27(106 ) lbf/in Ans.
13 13
1.02
C= = 0.445 Ans.
1.02 + 1.27

1 1 1
(b) Grip δ= · = = 0.020 83 in
16 3 48
Original bolt  
|P|l (13 − 0.020 83)
Nut advance
A
␦
|δb | = = |P| = 9.79(10−7 )|P| in
AE b 0.442(30)(106 )
␦m
␦b  
|P|l |P|(13)
Equilibrium |δm | = = = 7.85(10−7 )|P| in
A
AE m 0.552(30)(106 )
|δb | + |δm | = δ = 0.020 83
9.79(10−7 )|P| + 7.85(10−7 )|P| = 0.020 83
0.020 83
Fi = |P| = = 11 810 lbf Ans.
9.79(10−7 ) + 7.85(10−7 )

(c) At opening load P0

9.79(10−7 ) P0 = 0.020 83
0.020 83
P0 = = 21 280 lbf Ans.
9.79(10−7 )
As a check use Fi = (1 − C) P0
Fi 11 810
P0 = = = 21 280 lbf
1−C 1 − 0.445

8-16 The movement is known at one location when the nut is free to turn
δ = pt = t/N
Letting Nt represent the turn of the nut from snug tight, Nt = θ/360◦ and δ = Nt /N.
The elongation of the bolt δb is
Fi
δb =
kb
The advance of the nut along the bolt is the algebraic sum of |δb | and |δm |
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
210 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Nt
|δb | + |δm | =
N
Fi Fi Nt
+ =
kb km N

  
1 1 kb + km θ
Nt = N Fi + = Fi N = Ans.
kb km kb km 360◦
As a check invert Prob. 8-15. What Turn-of-Nut will induce Fi = 11 808 lbf?
 
1 1
Nt = 16(11 808) +
1.02(106 ) 1.27(106 )
.
= 0.334 turns = 1/3 turn (checks)
The relationship between the Turn-of-Nut method and the Torque Wrench method is as
follows.
 
kb + km
Nt = Fi N (Turn-of-Nut)
kb km
T = K Fi d (Torque Wrench)
Eliminate Fi
 
kb + km NT θ
Nt = = Ans.
kb km Kd 360◦

8-17
(a) From Ex. 8-4, Fi = 14.4 kip, kb = 5.21(106 ) lbf/in, km = 8.95(106 ) lbf/in
Eq. (8-27): T = k Fi d = 0.2(14.4)(103 )(5/8) = 1800 lbf · in Ans.
From Prob. 8-16,
 

1 1 3 1 1
t = N Fi + = 16(14.4)(10 ) +
kb km 5.21(10 ) 8.95(106 )
6

= 0.132 turns = 47.5◦ Ans.

Bolt group is (1.5)/(5/8) = 2.4 diameters. Answer is lower than RB&W
recommendations.
(b) From Ex. 8-5, Fi = 14.4 kip, kb = 6.78 Mlbf/in, and km = 17.4 Mlbf/in
T = 0.2(14.4)(103 )(5/8) = 1800 lbf · in Ans.


3 1 1
t = 11(14.4)(10 ) +
6.78(106 ) 17.4(106 )
= 0.0325 = 11.7◦ Ans. Again lower than RB&W.

8-18 From Eq. (8-22) for the conical frusta, with d/l = 0.5

km  0.5774π
= = 1.11
Ed (d/l)=0.5 2 ln {5[0.5774 + 0.5(0.5)]/[0.5774 + 2.5(0.5)]}
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 211

Eq. (8-23), from the Wileman et al. finite element study, using the general expression,

km 
= 0.789 52 exp[0.629 14(0.5)] = 1.08
Ed (d/l)=0.5

8-19 For cast iron, from Table 8-8: A = 0.778 71, B = 0.616 16, E = 14.5 Mpsi
 
6 0.625
km = 14.5(10 )(0.625)(0.778 71) exp 0.616 16 = 9.12(106 ) lbf/in
1.5
This member’s spring rate applies to both members. We need km for the upper member
which represents half of the joint.
kci = 2km = 2[9.12(106 )] = 18.24(106 ) lbf/in
For steel from Table 8-8: A = 0.787 15, B = 0.628 73, E = 30 Mpsi
 
6 0.625
km = 30(10 )(0.625)(0.787 15) exp 0.628 73 = 19.18(106 ) lbf/in
1.5
ksteel = 2km = 2(19.18)(106 ) = 38.36(106 ) lbf/in
For springs in series
1 1 1 1 1
= + = +
km kci ksteel 18.24(106 ) 38.36(106 )
km = 12.4(106 ) lbf/in Ans.

8-20 The external tensile load per bolt is

 
1 π
P= (150) 2 (6)(10−3 ) = 10.6 kN
10 4
Also, l = 40 mm and from Table A-31, for d = 12 mm, H = 10.8 mm. No washer is
specified.
L T = 2D + 6 = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm
l + H = 40 + 10.8 = 50.8 mm
Table A-17: L = 60 mm
ld = 60 − 30 = 30 mm
lt = 45 − 30 = 15 mm
π(12) 2
Ad = = 113 mm2
4
Table 8-1: At = 84.3 mm2
Eq. (8-17):
113(84.3)(207)
kb = = 466.8 MN/m
113(15) + 84.3(30)
Steel: Using Eq. (8-23) for A = 0.787 15, B = 0.628 73 and E = 207 GPa
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
212 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Eq. (8-23): km = 207(12)(0.787 15) exp[(0.628 73)(12/40)] = 2361 MN/m

ks = 2km = 4722 MN/m
Cast iron: A = 0.778 71, B = 0.616 16, E = 100 GPa
km = 100(12)(0.778 71) exp[(0.616 16)(12/40)] = 1124 MN/m
kci = 2km = 2248 MN/m
1 1 1
= + ⇒ km = 1523 MN/m
km ks kci
466.8
C= = 0.2346
466.8 + 1523
Table 8-1: At = 84.3 mm2 , Table 8-11, Sp = 600 MPa
Eqs. (8-30) and (8-31): Fi = 0.75(84.3)(600)(10−3 ) = 37.9 kN
Eq. (8-28):
Sp At − Fi 600(10−3 )(84.3) − 37.9
n= = = 5.1 Ans.
CP 0.2346(10.6)

8-21 Computer programs will vary.

8-22 D3 = 150 mm, A = 100 mm, B = 200 mm, C = 300 mm, D = 20 mm, E = 25 mm.
ISO 8.8 bolts: d = 12 mm, p = 1.75 mm, coarse pitch of p = 6 MPa.
 
1 π
P= (1502 )(6)(10−3 ) = 10.6 kN/bolt
10 4
l = D + E = 20 + 25 = 45 mm
L T = 2D + 6 = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm
Table A-31: H = 10.8 mm
l + H = 45 + 10.8 = 55.8 mm
Table A-17: L = 60 mm
D1
dw

20
2.5

45

22.5 25

ld = 60 − 30 = 30 mm, lt = 45 − 30 = 15 mm, Ad = π(122 /4) = 113 mm2

Table 8-1: At = 84.3 mm2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 213

Eq. (8-17):
113(84.3)(207)
kb = = 466.8 MN/m
113(15) + 84.3(30)
There are three frusta: dm = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
D1 = (20 tan 30◦ )2 + dw = (20 tan 30◦ )2 + 18 = 41.09 mm
Upper Frustum: t = 20 mm, E = 207 GPa, D = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
Eq. (8-20): k1 = 4470 MN/m
Central Frustum: t = 2.5 mm, D = 41.09 mm, E = 100 GPa (Table A-5) ⇒ k2 =
52 230 MN/m
Lower Frustum: t = 22.5 mm, E = 100 GPa, D = 18 mm ⇒ k3 = 2074 MN/m
From Eq. (8-18): km = [(1/4470) + (1/52 230) + (1/2074)]−1 = 1379 MN/m
466.8
Eq. (e), p. 421: C= = 0.253
466.8 + 1379
Eqs. (8-30) and (8-31):
Fi = K Fp = K At Sp = 0.75(84.3)(600)(10−3 ) = 37.9 kN
Sp At − Fi 600(10−3 )(84.3) − 37.9
Eq. (8-28): n= = = 4.73 Ans.
CP 0.253(10.6)

 
1 π
8-23 P= (1202 )(6)(10−3 ) = 8.48 kN
8 4
From Fig. 8-21, t1 = h = 20 mm and t2 = 25 mm
l = 20 + 12/2 = 26 mm
t = 0 (no washer), L T = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm
L > h + 1.5d = 20 + 1.5(12) = 38 mm
Use 40 mm cap screws.
ld = 40 − 30 = 10 mm
lt = l − ld = 26 − 10 = 16 mm 12
2 2 13
Ad = 113 mm , At = 84.3 mm h ⫽ 20
l ⫽ 26
Eq. (8-17): 13
7

6
113(84.3)(207)
kb =
113(16) + 84.3(10)
t2 ⫽ 25
= 744 MN/m Ans.
dw = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
D = 18 + 2(6)(tan 30) = 24.9 mm D
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
214 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

From Eq. (8-20):

Top frustum: D = 18, t = 13, E = 207 GPa ⇒ k1 = 5316 MN/m
Mid-frustum: t = 7, E = 207 GPa, D = 24.9 mm ⇒ k2 = 15 620 MN/m
Bottom frustum: D = 18, t = 6, E = 100 GPa ⇒ k3 = 3887 MN/m
1
km = = 2158 MN/m Ans.
(1/5316) + (1/55 620) + (1/3887)
744
C= = 0.256 Ans.
744 + 2158
From Prob. 8-22, Fi = 37.9 kN
Sp At − Fi 600(0.0843) − 37.9
n= = = 5.84 Ans.
CP 0.256(8.48)

8-24 Calculation of bolt stiffness:

H = 7/16 in
L T = 2(1/2) + 1/4 = 1 1/4 in
l = 1/2 + 5/8 + 0.095 = 1.22 in
L > 1.125 + 7/16 + 0.095 = 1.66 in
Use L = 1.75 in
1.454
1.327
3
4

1
0.61 2

1.22
5
8

3 0.095
4
0.860

ld = L − L T = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.500 in

lt = 1.125 + 0.095 − 0.500 = 0.72 in
Ad = π(0.502 )/4 = 0.1963 in2
At = 0.1419 in2 (UNC)
At E 0.1419(30)
kt = = = 5.9125 Mlbf/in
lt 0.72
Ad E 0.1963(30)
kd = = = 11.778 Mlbf/in
ld 0.500
1
kb = = 3.936 Mlbf/in Ans.
(1/5.9125) + (1/11.778)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 215

Member stiffness for four frusta and joint constant C using Eqs. (8-20) and (e).
Top frustum: D = 0.75, t = 0.5, d = 0.5, E = 30 ⇒ k1 = 33.30 Mlbf/in
2nd frustum: D = 1.327, t = 0.11, d = 0.5, E = 14.5 ⇒ k2 = 173.8 Mlbf/in
3rd frustum: D = 0.860, t = 0.515, E = 14.5 ⇒ k3 = 21.47 Mlbf/in
Fourth frustum: D = 0.75, t = 0.095, d = 0.5, E = 30 ⇒ k4 = 97.27 Mlbf/in
 −1
4
km = 1/ki = 10.79 Mlbf/in Ans.
i=1
C = 3.94/(3.94 + 10.79) = 0.267 Ans.

8-25
0.095"

0.4225"
1.238" 0.595"
0.5"
0.845" Steel
0.1725" 1.018"

0.25"
Cast
0.75" 0.625"
iron

At E 0.1419(30)
kb = = = 5.04 Mlbf/in Ans.
l 0.845
From Fig. 8-21,
1
h= + 0.095 = 0.595 in
2
d 0.5
l=h+ = 0.595 + = 0.845
2 2
D1 = 0.75 + 0.845 tan 30◦ = 1.238 in
l/2 = 0.845/2 = 0.4225 in
From Eq. (8-20):
Frustum 1: D = 0.75, t = 0.4225 in, d = 0.5 in, E = 30 Mpsi ⇒ k1 = 36.14 Mlbf/in
Frustum 2: D = 1.018 in, t = 0.1725 in, E = 70 Mpsi, d = 0.5 in ⇒ k2 = 134.6 Mlbf/in
Frustum 3: D = 0.75, t = 0.25 in, d = 0.5 in, E = 14.5 Mpsi ⇒ k3 = 23.49 Mlbf/in
1
km = = 12.87 Mlbf/in Ans.
(1/36.14) + (1/134.6) + (1/23.49)
5.04
C= = 0.281 Ans.
5.04 + 12.87
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
216 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

8-26 Refer to Prob. 8-24 and its solution. Additional information: A = 3.5 in, Ds = 4.25 in, static
pressure 1500 psi, Db = 6 in, C (joint constant) = 0.267, ten SAE grade 5 bolts.
1 π(4.252 )
P= (1500) = 2128 lbf
10 4
From Tables 8-2 and 8-9,
At = 0.1419 in2
Sp = 85 000 psi
Fi = 0.75(0.1419)(85) = 9.046 kip
From Eq. (8-28),
Sp At − Fi 85(0.1419) − 9.046
n= = = 5.31 Ans.
CP 0.267(2.128)

8-27 From Fig. 8-21, t1 = 0.25 in

h = 0.25 + 0.065 = 0.315 in
l = h + (d/2) = 0.315 + (3/16) = 0.5025 in
D1 = 1.5(0.375) + 0.577(0.5025) = 0.8524 in
D2 = 1.5(0.375) = 0.5625 in
l/2 = 0.5025/2 = 0.251 25 in
Frustum 1: Washer
0.5625"

0.6375" 0.065"

E = 30 Mpsi, t = 0.065 in, D = 0.5625 in

k = 78.57 Mlbf/in (by computer)
Frustum 2: Cap portion
0.6375"

0.18625"

0.8524"

E = 14 Mpsi, t = 0.186 25 in
D = 0.5625 + 2(0.065)(0.577) = 0.6375 in
k = 23.46 Mlbf/in (by computer)
Frustum 3: Frame and Cap
0.8524"

0.25125"

0.5625"

E = 14 Mpsi, t = 0.251 25 in, D = 0.5625 in

k = 14.31 Mlbf/in (by computer)
1
km = = 7.99 Mlbf/in Ans.
(1/78.57) + (1/23.46) + (1/14.31)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 217

For the bolt, L T = 2(3/8) + (1/4) = 1 in. So the bolt is threaded all the way. Since
At = 0.0775 in2
0.0775(30)
kb = = 4.63 Mlbf/in Ans.
0.5025

8-28
(a) Fb′ = R Fb,′ max sin θ
Half of the external moment is contributed by the line load in the interval 0 ≤ θ ≤ π.
π π
M ′ 2
= Fb R sin θ dθ = Fb,′ max R 2 sin2 θ dθ
2 0 0

M π
= Fb,′ max R 2
2 2
M
from which Fb,′ max =
π R2
φ2 M
φ2 M
Fmax = Fb′ R sin θ dθ = R sin θ dθ = (cos φ1 − cos φ2 )
φ1 π R2 φ1 πR

Noting φ1 = 75◦ , φ2 = 105◦

12 000
Fmax = (cos 75◦ − cos 105◦ ) = 494 lbf Ans.
π(8/2)
 
′ M 2π 2M
(b) Fmax = Fb, max R φ = 2
( R) =
πR N RN
2(12 000)
Fmax = = 500 lbf Ans.
(8/2)(12)
(c) F = Fmax sin θ
M = 2Fmax R[(1) sin2 90◦ + 2 sin2 60◦ + 2 sin2 30◦ + (1) sin2 (0)] = 6Fmax R
from which
M 12 000
Fmax = = = 500 lbf Ans.
6R 6(8/2)
The simple general equation resulted from part (b)
2M
Fmax =
RN

8-29 (a) Table 8-11: Sp = 600 MPa

Eq. (8-30): Fi = 0.9At Sp = 0.9(245)(600)(10−3 ) = 132.3 kN
Table (8-15): K = 0.18
Eq. (8-27) T = 0.18(132.3)(20) = 476 N · m Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
218 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(b) Washers: t = 3.4 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 30 mm, E = 207 GPa ⇒ k1 = 42 175 MN/m
Cast iron: t = 20 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 30 + 2(3.4) tan 30◦ = 33.93 mm,
E = 135 GPa ⇒ k2 = 7885 MN/m
Steel: t = 20 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 33.93 mm, E = 207 GPa ⇒ k3 = 12 090 MN/m
km = (2/42 175 + 1/7885 + 1/12 090) −1 = 3892 MN/m
Bolt: l = 46.8 mm. Nut: H = 18 mm. L > 46.8 + 18 = 64.8 mm. Use L = 80 mm.
L T = 2(20) + 6 = 46 mm, ld = 80 − 46 = 34 mm, lt = 46.8 − 34 = 12.8 mm,
At = 245 mm2 , Ad = π202 /4 = 314.2 mm2
Ad At E 314.2(245)(207)
kb = = = 1290 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 314.2(12.8) + 245(34)
C = 1290/(1290 + 3892) = 0.2489, Sp = 600 MPa, Fi = 132.3 kN
Sp At − Fi 600(0.245) − 132.3
n= = = 15.7 Ans.
C( P/N ) 0.2489(15/4)
Bolts are a bit oversized for the load.

8-30 (a) ISO M 20 × 2.5 grade 8.8 coarse pitch bolts, lubricated.
Table 8-2 At = 245 mm2
Table 8-11 Sp = 600 MPa
Ad = π(20) 2 /4 = 314.2 mm2
Fp = 245(0.600) = 147 kN
Fi = 0.90Fp = 0.90(147) = 132.3 kN
T = 0.18(132.3)(20) = 476 N · m Ans.
(b) L ≥ l + H = 48 + 18 = 66 mm. Therefore, set L = 80 mm per Table A-17.
L T = 2D + 6 = 2(20) + 6 = 46 mm
ld = L − L T = 80 − 46 = 34 mm
lt = l − ld = 48 − 34 = 14 mm
80
48 grip

Not to
scale

14
34 46
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 219

Ad At E 314.2(245)(207)
kb = = = 1251.9 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 314.2(14) + 245(34)
30

24

24

30

Use Wileman et al.

Eq. (8-23)
A = 0.787 15, B = 0.628 73
 
 
km Bd 20
= A exp = 0.787 15 exp 0.628 73 = 1.0229
Ed LG 48
km = 1.0229(207)(20) = 4235 MN/m
1251.9
C= = 0.228
1251.9 + 4235
Bolts carry 0.228 of the external load; members carry 0.772 of the external load. Ans.
Thus, the actual loads are
Fb = C P + Fi = 0.228(20) + 132.3 = 136.9 kN
Fm = (1 − C) P − Fi = (1 − 0.228)20 − 132.3 = −116.9 kN

8-31 Given pmax = 6 MPa, pmin = 0 and from Prob. 8-20 solution, C = 0.2346, Fi = 37.9 kN,
At = 84.3 mm2 .
For 6 MPa, P = 10.6 kN per bolt
Fi 37.9(103 )
σi = = = 450 MPa
At 84.3
Eq. (8-35):
CP 0.2346(10.6)(103 )
σa = = = 14.75 MPa
2At 2(84.3)
σm = σa + σi = 14.75 + 450 = 464.8 MPa
(a) Goodman Eq. (8-40) for 8.8 bolts with Se = 129 MPa, Sut = 830 MPa
Se (Sut − σi ) 129(830 − 450)
Sa = = = 51.12 MPa
Sut + Se 830 + 129
Sa 51.12
nf = = = 3.47 Ans.
σa 14.75
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
220 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(b) Gerber Eq. (8-42)

1

 
2 2
Sa = Sut Sut + 4Se (Se + σi ) − Sut − 2σi Se
2Se
1 
830 8302 + 4(129)(129 + 450) − 8302 − 2(450)(129)

=
2(129)
= 76.99 MPa
76.99
nf = = 5.22 Ans.
14.75
(c) ASME-elliptic Eq. (8-43) with Sp = 600 MPa
Se   2 2 − σ2 − σ S

Sa = 2 S p S p + Se i i e
Sp + Se2
129  
= 2 2
600 6002 + 1292 − 4502 − 450(129) = 65.87 MPa
600 + 129
65.87
nf = = 4.47 Ans.
14.75

8-32
pA π D2 p π(0.92 )(550)
P= = = = 9.72 kN/bolt
N 4N 4(36)
Table 8-11: Sp = 830 MPa, Sut = 1040 MPa, S y = 940 MPa
Table 8-1: At = 58 mm2
Ad = π(102 )/4 = 78.5 mm2
l = D + E = 20 + 25 = 45 mm
L T = 2(10) + 6 = 26 mm
Table A-31: H = 8.4 mm
L ≥ l + H = 45 + 8.4 = 53.4 mm
Choose L = 60 mm from Table A-17
ld = L − L T = 60 − 26 = 34 mm
lt = l − ld = 45 − 34 = 11 mm
Ad At E 78.5(58)(207)
kb = = = 332.4 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 78.5(11) + 58(34)
15

20
22.5

2.5
25
22.5

10
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 221

Frustum 1: Top, E = 207, t = 20 mm, d = 10 mm, D = 15 mm

0.5774π(207)(10)
k1 = 
 
1.155(20) + 15 − 10 15 + 10
ln
1.155(20) + 15 + 10 15 − 10
= 3503 MN/m
Frustum 2: Middle, E = 96 GPa, D = 38.09 mm, t = 2.5 mm, d = 10 mm
0.5774π(96)(10)
k2 = 
 
1.155(2.5) + 38.09 − 10 38.09 + 10
ln
1.155(2.5) + 38.09 + 10 38.09 − 10
= 44 044 MN/m
could be neglected due to its small influence on km .
Frustum 3: Bottom, E = 96 GPa, t = 22.5 mm, d = 10 mm, D = 15 mm
0.5774π(96)(10)
k3 = 
 
1.155(22.5) + 15 − 10 15 + 10
ln
1.155(22.5) + 15 + 10 15 − 10
= 1567 MN/m
1
km = = 1057 MN/m
(1/3503) + (1/44 044) + (1/1567)
332.4
C= = 0.239
332.4 + 1057
Fi = 0.75At Sp = 0.75(58)(830)(10−3 ) = 36.1 kN
Table 8-17: Se = 162 MPa
Fi 36.1(103 )
σi = = = 622 MPa
At 58
(a) Goodman Eq. (8-40)
Se (Sut − σi ) 162(1040 − 622)
Sa = = = 56.34 MPa
Sut + Se 1040 + 162
56.34
nf = = 2.82 Ans.
20
(b) Gerber Eq. (8-42)
1

 
2 2
Sa = Sut Sut + 4Se (Se + σi ) − Sut − 2σi Se
2Se
1 
1040 10402 + 4(162)(162 + 622) − 10402 − 2(622)(162)

=
2(162)
= 86.8 MPa
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
222 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

CP 0.239(9.72)(103 )
σa = = = 20 MPa
2At 2(58)
Sa 86.8
nf = = = 4.34 Ans.
σa 20
(c) ASME elliptic
Se   2 2 − σ2 − σ S

Sa = S p S p + Se i i e
Sp2 + Se2
162  
2 + 1622 − 6222 − 622(162) = 84.90 MPa
= 830 830
8302 + 1622
84.90
nf = = 4.24 Ans.
20

8-33 Let the repeatedly-applied load be designated as P. From Table A-22, Sut =
93.7 kpsi. Referring to the Figure of Prob. 3-74, the following notation will be used for the
radii of Section AA.
ri = 1 in, ro = 2 in, rc = 1.5 in
From Table 4-5, with R = 0.5 in
0.52
rn =  √  = 1.457 107 in
2 1.5 − 1.52 − 0.52
e = rc − rn = 1.5 − 1.457 107 = 0.042 893 in
co = ro − rn = 2 − 1.457 109 = 0.542 893 in
ci = rn − ri = 1.457 107 − 1 = 0.457 107 in
A = π(12 )/4 = 0.7854 in2
If P is the maximum load
M = Prc = 1.5P
   
P rc ci P 1.5(0.457)
σi = 1+ = 1+ = 21.62P
A eri 0.7854 0.0429(1)
σi 21.62P
σa = σm = = = 10.81P
2 2
(a) Eye: Section AA
ka = 14.4(93.7) −0.718 = 0.553
de = 0.37d = 0.37(1) = 0.37 in
0.37 −0.107
 
kb = = 0.978
0.30
kc = 0.85
Se′ = 0.5(93.7) = 46.85 kpsi
Se = 0.553(0.978)(0.85)(46.85) = 21.5 kpsi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 223

Since no stress concentration exists, use a load line slope of 1. From Table 7-10 for
Gerber
⎡  ⎤
2  2
93.7 ⎣ 2(21.5) ⎦
Sa = −1 + 1 + = 20.47 kpsi
2(21.5) 93.7

Note the mere 5 percent degrading of Se in Sa

Sa 20.47(103 ) 1894
nf = = =
σa 10.81P P
Thread: Die cut. Table 8-17 gives 18.6 kpsi for rolled threads. Use Table 8-16 to find
Se for die cut threads
Se = 18.6(3.0/3.8) = 14.7 kpsi
Table 8-2:
At = 0.663 in2
σ = P/At = P/0.663 = 1.51P
σa = σm = σ/2 = 1.51P/2 = 0.755P
From Table 7-10, Gerber
⎡  ⎤
2  2
120 ⎣ 2(14.7)
Sa = −1 + 1+ ⎦ = 14.5 kpsi
2(14.7) 120

Sa 14 500 19 200
nf = = =
σa 0.755P P
Comparing 1894/P with 19 200/P, we conclude that the eye is weaker in fatigue.
Ans.
(b) Strengthening steps can include heat treatment, cold forming, cross section change (a
round is a poor cross section for a curved bar in bending because the bulk of the mate-
rial is located where the stress is small). Ans.
(c) For n f = 2
1894
P= = 947 lbf, max. load Ans.
2

41
8-34 (a) L ≥ 1.5 + 2(0.134) + = 2.41 in . Use L = 2 21 in Ans.
64
(b) Four frusta: Two washers and two members
1.125"

0.134"

D1

1.280"

0.75"
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
224 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Washer: E = 30 Mpsi, t = 0.134 in, D = 1.125 in, d = 0.75 in

Eq. (8-20): k1 = 153.3 Mlbf/in
Member: E = 16 Mpsi, t = 0.75 in, D = 1.280 in, d = 0.75 in
Eq. (8-20): k2 = 35.5 Mlbf/in
1
km = = 14.41 Mlbf/in Ans.
(2/153.3) + (2/35.5)
Bolt:
L T = 2(3/4) + 1/4 = 13/4 in
l = 2(0.134) + 2(0.75) = 1.768 in
ld = L − L T = 2.50 − 1.75 = 0.75 in
lt = l − ld = 1.768 − 0.75 = 1.018 in
At = 0.373 in2 (Table 8-2)
Ad = π(0.75) 2 /4 = 0.442 in2
Ad At E 0.442(0.373)(30)
kb = = = 6.78 Mlbf/in Ans.
Ad lt + At ld 0.442(1.018) + 0.373(0.75)
6.78
C= = 0.320 Ans.
6.78 + 14.41
(c) From Eq. (8-40), Goodman with Se = 18.6 kpsi, Sut = 120 kpsi
18.6[120 − (25/0.373)]
Sa = = 7.11 kpsi
120 + 18.6
The stress components are
CP 0.320(6)
σa = = = 2.574 kpsi
2At 2(0.373)
Fi 25
σm = σa + = 2.574 + = 69.6 kpsi
At 0.373
Sa 7.11
nf = = = 2.76 Ans.
σa 2.574
(d) Eq. (8-42) for Gerber
      
1 25 25
Sa = 120 1202 + 4(18.6) 18.6 + − 1202 − 2 18.6
2(18.6) 0.373 0.373
= 10.78 kpsi
10.78
nf = = 4.19 Ans.
2.574
85
(e) n proof = = 1.17 Ans.
2.654 + 69.8
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 225

8-35
(a) Table 8-2: At = 0.1419 in2
Table 8-9: Sp = 85 kpsi, Sut = 120 kpsi
Table 8-17: Se = 18.6 kpsi
Fi = 0.75At Sp = 0.75(0.1419)(85) = 9.046 kip
4.94
C= = 0.236
4.94 + 15.97
CP 0.236P
σa = = = 0.832P kpsi
2At 2(0.1419)
Eq. (8-40) for Goodman criterion
18.6(120 − 9.046/0.1419)
Sa = = 7.55 kpsi
120 + 18.6
Sa 7.55
nf = = =2 ⇒ P = 4.54 kip Ans.
σa 0.832P
(b) Eq. (8-42) for Gerber criterion
      
1 9.046 9.046
Sa = 120 1202 + 4(18.6) 18.6 + − 1202 − 2 18.6
2(18.6) 0.1419 0.1419

= 11.32 kpsi
Sa 11.32
nf = = =2
σa 0.832P
From which
11.32
P= = 6.80 kip Ans.
2(0.832)
(c) σa = 0.832P = 0.832(6.80) = 5.66 kpsi
σm = Sa + σa = 11.32 + 63.75 = 75.07 kpsi
Load factor, Eq. (8-28)
Sp At − Fi 85(0.1419) − 9.046
n= = = 1.88 Ans.
CP 0.236(6.80)
Separation load factor, Eq. (8-29)
Fi 9.046
n= = = 1.74 Ans.
(1 − C) P 6.80(1 − 0.236)

8-36 Table 8-2: At = 0.969 in2 (coarse)

At = 1.073 in2 (fine)
Table 8-9: Sp = 74 kpsi, Sut = 105 kpsi
Table 8-17: Se = 16.3 kpsi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
226 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Coarse thread, UNC

Fi = 0.75(0.969)(74) = 53.78 kip
Fi 53.78
σi = = = 55.5 kpsi
At 0.969
CP 0.30P
σa = = = 0.155P kpsi
2At 2(0.969)
Eq. (8-42):
1 
105 1052 + 4(16.3)(16.3 + 55.5) − 1052 − 2(55.5)(16.3) = 9.96 kpsi

Sa =
2(16.3)
Sa 9.96
nf = = =2
σa 0.155P
From which
9.96
P= = 32.13 kip Ans.
0.155(2)
Fine thread, UNF
Fi = 0.75(1.073)(74) = 59.55 kip
59.55
σi = = 55.5 kpsi
1.073
0.32P
σa = = 0.149P kpsi
2(1.073)
Sa = 9.96 (as before)
Sa 9.96
nf = = =2
σa 0.149P
From which
9.96
P= = 33.42 kip Ans.
0.149(2)
Percent improvement
33.42 − 32.13 .
(100) = 4% Ans.
32.13

8-37 For a M 30 × 3.5 ISO 8.8 bolt with P = 80 kN/bolt and C = 0.33
Table 8-1: At = 561 mm2
Table 8-11: Sp = 600 MPa
Sut = 830 MPa
Table 8-17: Se = 129 MPa
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 227

Fi = 0.75(561)(10−3 )(600) = 252.45 kN

252.45(10−3 )
σi = = 450 MPa
561
CP 0.33(80)(103 )
σa = = = 23.53 MPa
2At 2(561)
Eq. (8-42):
1 
830 8302 + 4(129)(129 + 450) − 8302 − 2(450)(129) = 77.0 MPa

Sa =
2(129)
Fatigue factor of safety
Sa 77.0
nf = = = 3.27 Ans.
σa 23.53
Load factor from Eq. (8-28),
Sp At − Fi 600(10−3 )(561) − 252.45
n= = = 3.19 Ans.
CP 0.33(80)
Separation load factor from Eq. (8-29),
Fi 252.45
n= = = 4.71 Ans.
(1 − C) P (1 − 0.33)(80)

8-38
(a) Table 8-2: At = 0.0775 in2
Table 8-9: Sp = 85 kpsi, Sut = 120 kpsi
Table 8-17: Se = 18.6 kpsi
Unthreaded grip
Ad E π(0.375) 2 (30)
kb = = = 0.245 Mlbf/in per bolt Ans.
l 4(13.5)
π π
Am = [( D + 2t) 2 − D 2 ] = (4.752 − 42 ) = 5.154 in2
4 4
 
Am E 5.154(30) 1
km = = = 2.148 Mlbf/in/bolt. Ans.
l 12 6
(b) Fi = 0.75(0.0775)(85) = 4.94 kip
σi = 0.75(85) = 63.75 kpsi


2000 π 2
P = pA = (4) = 4189 lbf/bolt
6 4
0.245
C= = 0.102
0.245 + 2.148
CP 0.102(4.189)
σa = = = 2.77 kpsi
2At 2(0.0775)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
228 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Eq. (8-40) for Goodman

18.6(120 − 63.75)
Sa = = 7.55 kpsi
120 + 18.6
Sa 7.55
nf = = = 2.73 Ans.
σa 2.77
(c) From Eq. (8-42) for Gerber fatigue criterion,
1 
120 1202 + 4(18.6)(18.6 + 63.75) − 1202 − 2(63.75)(18.6)

Sa =
2(18.6)
= 11.32 kpsi
Sa 11.32
nf = = = 4.09 Ans.
σa 2.77
(d) Pressure causing joint separation from Eq. (8-29)
Fi
n= =1
(1 − C) P
Fi 4.94
P= = = 5.50 kip
1−C 1 − 0.102
P 5500
p= = 6 = 2626 psi Ans.
A π(42 )/4

8-39 This analysis is important should the initial bolt tension fail. Members: Sy = 71 kpsi,
Ssy = 0.577(71) = 41.0 kpsi. Bolts: SAE grade 8, S y = 130 kpsi, Ssy = 0.577(130) =
75.01 kpsi
Shear in bolts
π(0.3752 )


As = 2 = 0.221 in2
4
As Ssy 0.221(75.01)
Fs = = = 5.53 kip
n 3
Bearing on bolts
Ab = 2(0.375)(0.25) = 0.188 in2
Ab S yc 0.188(130)
Fb = = = 12.2 kip
n 2
Bearing on member
0.188(71)
Fb = = 5.34 kip
2.5
Tension of members
At = (1.25 − 0.375)(0.25) = 0.219 in2
0.219(71)
Ft = = 5.18 kip
3
F = min(5.53, 12.2, 5.34, 5.18) = 5.18 kip Ans.
The tension in the members controls the design.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 229

8-40 Members: S y = 32 kpsi

Bolts: S y = 92 kpsi, Ssy = (0.577)92 = 53.08 kpsi
Shear of bolts
π(0.375) 2


As = 2 = 0.221 in2
4
Fs 4
τ= = = 18.1 kpsi
As 0.221
Ssy 53.08
n= = = 2.93 Ans.
τ 18.1
Bearing on bolts
Ab = 2(0.25)(0.375) = 0.188 in2
−4
σb = = −21.3 kpsi
0.188
Sy 92
n= = = 4.32 Ans.
|σb | |−21.3|
Bearing on members
S yc 32
n= = = 1.50 Ans.
|σb | |−21.3|
Tension of members
At = (2.375 − 0.75)(1/4) = 0.406 in2
4
σt = = 9.85 kpsi
0.406
Sy 32
n= = = 3.25 Ans.
At 9.85

8-41 Members: Sy = 71 kpsi

Bolts: S y = 92 kpsi, Ssy = 0.577(92) = 53.08 kpsi
Shear of bolts
F = Ssy A/n
53.08(2)(π/4)(7/8) 2
Fs = = 35.46 kip
1.8
Bearing on bolts
2(7/8)(3/4)(92)
Fb = = 54.89 kip
2.2
Bearing on members
2(7/8)(3/4)(71)
Fb = = 38.83 kip
2.4
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
230 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Tension in members
(3 − 0.875)(3/4)(71)
Ft = = 43.52 kip
2.6
F = min(35.46, 54.89, 38.83, 43.52) = 35.46 kip Ans.

8-42 Members: Sy = 47 kpsi

Bolts: S y = 92 kpsi, Ssy = 0.577(92) = 53.08 kpsi
Shear of bolts
π(0.75) 2
Ad = = 0.442 in2
4
20
τs = = 15.08 kpsi
3(0.442)
Ssy 53.08
n= = = 3.52 Ans.
τs 15.08
Bearing on bolt
20
σb = − = −14.22 kpsi
3(3/4)(5/8)
 
Sy 92
n=− =− = 6.47 Ans.
σb −14.22
Bearing on members
F 20
σb = − =− = −14.22 kpsi
Ab 3(3/4)(5/8)
Sy 47
n=− =− = 3.31 Ans.
σb 14.22
Tension on members
F 20
σt = = = 6.10 kpsi
A (5/8)[7.5 − 3(3/4)]
Sy 47
n= = = 7.71 Ans.
σt 6.10

8-43 Members: S y = 57 kpsi

Bolts: S y = 92 kpsi, Ssy = 0.577(92) = 53.08 kpsi
Shear of bolts
π(3/8) 2


As = 3 = 0.3313 in2
4
F 5.4
τs = = = 16.3 kpsi
A 0.3313
Ssy 53.08
n= = = 3.26 Ans.
τs 16.3
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 231

Bearing on bolt   
3 5
Ab = 3 = 0.3516 in2
8 16
F 5.4
σb = − =− = −15.36 kpsi
Ab 0.3516
 
Sy 92
n=− =− = 5.99 Ans.
σb −15.36
Bearing on members
Ab = 0.3516 in2 (From bearing on bolt calculations)
σb = −15.36 kpsi (From bearing on bolt calculations)
 
Sy 57
n=− =− = 3.71 Ans.
σb −15.36
Tension in members
Failure across two bolts

 
5 3 3
A= 2 −2 = 0.5078 in2
16 8 8
F 5.4
σ = = = 10.63 kpsi
A 0.5078
Sy 57
n= = = 5.36 Ans.
σt 10.63

8-44 2.8 kN

350 C 350
By symmetry, R1 = R2 = 1.4 kN
R1 R2

RA 
A B
M B = 0 1.4(250) − 50R A = 0 ⇒ R A = 7 kN
200 50

MA = 0 200(1.4) − 50R B = 0 ⇒ R B = 5.6 kN
1.4 kN RB

Members: S y = 370 MPa

Bolts: S y = 420 MPa, Ssy = 0.577(420) = 242.3 MPa
π
Bolt shear: As = (102 ) = 78.54 mm2
4
7(103 )
τ= = 89.13 MPa
78.54
Ssy 242.3
n= = = 2.72
τ 89.13
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
232 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Bearing on member: Ab = td = 10(10) = 100 mm2

−7(103 )
σb = = −70 MPa
100
Sy −370
n=− = = 5.29
σ −70
Strength of member
At A, M = 1.4(200) = 280 N · m
1
I A = [10(503 ) − 10(103 )] = 103.3(103 ) mm4
12
Mc 280(25)
σA = = 3
(103 ) = 67.76 MPa
IA 103.3(10 )
Sy 370
n= = = 5.46
σA 67.76
At C, M = 1.4(350) = 490 N · m
1
IC = (10)(503 ) = 104.2(103 ) mm4
12
490(25)
σC = 3
(103 ) = 117.56 MPa
104.2(10 )
Sy 370
n= = = 3.15 < 5.46 C more critical
σC 117.56
n = min(2.72, 5.29, 3.15) = 2.72 Ans.

8-45 Fs
P
Fs = 3000 lbf
3000(3)
3" P= = 1286 lbf
3000 lbf 7

7" 3"

Pivot about
this point
O

7
H= in
1"
16
2 1 1
l
l = + + 0.095 = 1.095 in
1"
2 2
2 3"
1
4 L ≥ l + H = 1.095 + (7/16) = 1.532 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 233

3"
Use 1 bolts
4
1
L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in
4
ld = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.5
lt = 1.095 − 0.5 = 0.595
π(0.5) 2
Ad = = 0.1963 in2
4
At = 0.1419 in
Ad At E
kb =
Ad lt + At ld
0.1963(0.1419)(30)
=
0.1963(0.595) + 0.1419(0.5)
= 4.451 Mlbf/in
0.75"

t ⫽ 0.5475"

0.5"

Two identical frusta

A = 0.787 15, B = 0.628 73
 
d
km = Ed A exp 0.628 73
L

G 
0.5
= 30(0.5)(0.787 15) exp 0.628 73
1.095
km = 15.733 Mlbf/in
4.451
C= = 0.2205
4.451 + 15.733
Sp = 85 kpsi
Fi = 0.75(0.1419)(85) = 9.046 kip
σi = 0.75(85) = 63.75 kpsi
C P + Fi 0.2205(1.286) + 9.046
σb = = = 65.75 kpsi
At 0.1419
Fs 3
τs = = = 15.28 kpsi
As 0.1963
von Mises stress
1/2
σ ′ = σb2 + 3τs2 = [65.742 + 3(15.282 )]1/2 = 70.87 kpsi


Stress margin
m = Sp − σ ′ = 85 − 70.87 = 14.1 kpsi Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
234 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

8-46 2Fs 2P(200) = 12(50)

2P 12 kN 12(50)
P= = 1.5 kN per bolt
50 200 2(200)
O Fs = 6 kN/bolt
Sp = 380 MPa
π
At = 245 mm2 , Ad = (202 ) = 314.2 mm2
4
Fi = 0.75(245)(380)(10−3 ) = 69.83 kN
69.83(103 )
σi = = 285 MPa
245
 
C P + Fi 0.30(1.5) + 69.83
σb = = (103 ) = 287 MPa
At 245
Fs 6(103 )
τ= = = 19.1 MPa
Ad 314.2
σ ′ = [2872 + 3(19.12 )]1/2 = 289 MPa
m = Sp − σ ′ = 380 − 289 = 91 MPa
Thus the bolt will not exceed the proof stress. Ans.

8-47 Using the result of Prob. 5-31 for lubricated assembly

2π f T
Fx =
0.18d
n
With a design factor of d gives
0.18n d Fx d 0.18(3)(1000)d
T = = = 716d
2π f 2π(0.12)
or T /d = 716. Also
T
= K (0.75Sp At )
d
= 0.18(0.75)(85 000) At
= 11 475At
Form a table

Size At T /d = 11 475At n
1
4 ⫺ 28 0.0364 417.7 1.75
5
16 ⫺ 24 0.058 665.55 2.8
3
8 ⫺ 24 0.0878 1007.5 4.23

The factor of safety in the last column of the table comes from
2π f (T /d) 2π(0.12)(T /d)
n= = = 0.0042(T /d)
0.18Fx 0.18(1000)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 235

Select a 83 " − 24 UNF capscrew. The setting is given by

T = (11 475At )d = 1007.5(0.375) = 378 lbf · in
Given the coarse scale on a torque wrench, specify a torque wrench setting of 400 lbf · in.
Check the factor of safety
2π f T 2π(0.12)(400)
n= = = 4.47
0.18Fx d 0.18(1000)(0.375)

8-48 26

F'A F'B F'C

50 50
A C
B
M
F"A F"C

152

Bolts: Sp = 380 MPa, S y = 420 MPa

Channel: t = 6.4 mm, S y = 170 MPa
Cantilever: S y = 190 MPa
Nut: H = 10.8 mm
FA′ = FB′ = FC′ = F/3
M = (50 + 26 + 125) F = 201F
201F
FA′′ = FC′′ = = 2.01F
2(50)
 
′ ′′ 1
FC = FC + FC = + 2.01 F = 2.343F
3
Bolts:
The shear bolt area is A = π(122 )/4 = 113.1 mm2
Ssy = 0.577(420) = 242.3 MPa
242.3(113.1)(10−3 )
 
Ssy A
F= = = 4.18 kN
n 2.343 2.8(2.343)
Bearing on bolt: For a 12-mm bolt, at the channel,

Ab = td = (6.4)(12) = 76.8 mm2

420 76.8(10−3 )
 

Sy Ab
F= = = 4.92 kN
n 2.343 2.8 2.343

Bearing on channel: Ab = 76.8 mm2 , S y = 170 MPa

170 76.8(10−3 )


F= = 1.99 kN
2.8 2.343
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
236 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Bearing on cantilever:
Ab = 12(12) = 144 mm2
190 (144)(10−3 )


F= = 4.17 kN
2.8 2.343
Bending of cantilever:
1
I = (12)(503 − 123 ) = 1.233(105 ) mm4
12
I 1.233(105 )
= = 4932
c 25
M 4932(190)
F= = = 2.22 kN
151 2.8(151)(103 )
So F = 1.99 kN based on bearing on channel Ans.

8-49 F ′ = 4 kN; M = 12(200) = 2400 N · m F'A ⫽ 4 kN

2400
FA′′ = FB′′ = = 37.5 kN F"A ⫽ 37.5 kN
A
64

FA = FB = (4) 2 + (37.5) 2 = 37.7 kN Ans. 32
F'O ⫽ 4 kN
FO = 4 kN Ans.
O
Bolt shear:
π(12) 2 32
As = = 113 mm2 F'B ⫽ 4 kN
4
B
37.7(10) 3 F"B ⫽ 37.5 kN
τ= = 334 MPa Ans.
113
Bearing on member:
Ab = 12(8) = 96 mm2
37.7(10) 3
σ =− = −393 MPa Ans.
96
Bending stress in plate: b

bh 3 bd 3
 3 
bd 2
I = − −2 + a bd
12 12 12
a
8(136) 3 8(12) 3 8(12) 3


2 h
= − −2 + (32) (8)(12)
12 12 12 a d

= 1.48(10) 6 mm4 Ans.

M = 12(200) = 2400 N · m
Mc 2400(68)
σ = = (10) 3 = 110 MPa Ans.
I 1.48(10) 6
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 8 237

8-50 M ⫽ 16.5(300)
F'A ⫽ 150 lbf
y
F'B ⫽ 150 lbf
⫽ 4950 lbf • in 300 lbf
16 1"
2 1 1" 1 1"
A 2 2
x
O B
V ⫽ 300 lbf
F"A ⫽ 1650 lbf F"B ⫽ 1650 lbf

4950
Shear of bolt: FA′′ = FB′′ = = 1650 lbf
3
π FA = 1500 lbf, FB = 1800 lbf
As = (0.5) 2 = 0.1963 in2
4
Bearing on bolt:
F 1800
τ= = = 9170 psi  
A 0.1963 1 3
Ab = = 0.1875 in2
2 8
Ssy = 0.577(92) = 53.08 kpsi
53.08 F 1800
n= = 5.79 Ans. σ =− =− = −9600 psi
9.17 A 0.1875
92
n= = 9.58 Ans.
9.6

54
Bearing on members: S y = 54 kpsi, n = = 5.63 Ans.
9.6
Bending of members: Considering the right-hand bolt

M = 300(15) = 4500 lbf · in

0.375(2) 3 0.375(0.5) 3
I = − = 0.246 in4 1"
2"
12 12 2

Mc 4500(1)
σ = = = 18 300 psi
I 0.246
54(10) 3
n= = 2.95 Ans.
18 300 3"
8

8-51 The direct shear load per bolt is F ′ = 2500/6 = 417 lbf. The moment is taken only by the
four outside bolts. This moment is M = 2500(5) = 12 500 lbf · in.
12 500
Thus F ′′ = = 1250 lbf and the resultant bolt load is
2(5)

F = (417) 2 + (1250) 2 = 1318 lbf

Bolt strength, S y = 57 kpsi; Channel strength, S y = 46 kpsi; Plate strength, S y = 45.5 kpsi
Shear of bolt: As = π(0.625) 2 /4 = 0.3068 in2

Ssy (0.577)(57 000)

n= = = 7.66 Ans.
τ 1318/0.3068
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
238 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Bearing on bolt: Channel thickness is t = 3/16 in;

57 000
Ab = (0.625)(3/16) = 0.117 in2 ; n = = 5.07 Ans.
1318/0.117
46 000
Bearing on channel: n= = 4.08 Ans.
1318/0.117
Bearing on plate: Ab = 0.625(1/4) = 0.1563 in2
45 500 1"
n= = 5.40 Ans. 4
1318/0.1563
Bending of plate:
5 "D
0.25(7.5) 3 0.25(0.625) 3 8
I = −
12 12
0.25(0.625) 3

   
1 5
−2 + 2
(2.5) = 6.821 in4 5" 7
1"
2
12 4 8
M = 6250 lbf · in per plate
Mc 6250(3.75)
σ = = = 3436 psi
I 6.821
45 500
n= = 13.2 Ans.
3436

8-52 Specifying bolts, screws, dowels and rivets is the way a student learns about such compo-
nents. However, choosing an array a priori is based on experience. Here is a chance for
students to build some experience.

8-53 Now that the student can put an a priori decision of an array together with the specification
of fasteners.

8-54 A computer program will vary with computer language or software application.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 9

9-1 Eq. (9-3):

F = 0.707hlτ = 0.707(5/16)(4)(20) = 17.7 kip Ans.

9-2 Table 9-6: τall = 21.0 kpsi

f = 14.85h kip/in
= 14.85(5/16) = 4.64 kip/in
F = f l = 4.64(4) = 18.56 kip Ans.

9-3 Table A-20:

1018 HR: Sut = 58 kpsi, S y = 32 kpsi
1018 CR: Sut = 64 kpsi, S y = 54 kpsi
Cold-rolled properties degrade to hot-rolled properties in the neighborhood of the weld.

Table 9-4:
τall = min(0.30Sut , 0.40S y )
= min[0.30(58), 0.40(32)]
= min(17.4, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
for both materials.

Eq. (9-3): F = 0.707hlτall

F = 0.707(5/16)(4)(12.8) = 11.3 kip Ans.

9-4 Eq. (9-3)

√ √
2F 2(32)
τ= = = 18.1 kpsi Ans.
hl (5/16)(4)(2)

9-5 b = d = 2 in
F

1.414

7"

(a) Primary shear Table 9-1

V F
τ y′ = = = 1.13F kpsi
A 1.414(5/16)(2)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
240 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Secondary shear Table 9-1

d(3b2 + d 2 ) 2[(3)(22 ) + 22 ]
Ju = = = 5.333 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(5/16)(5.333) = 1.18 in4
Mr y 7F(1)
τx′′ = τ y′′ = = = 5.93F kpsi
J 1.18
Maximum shear


τmax = τx′′2 + (τ y′ + τ y′′ ) 2 = F 5.932 + (1.13 + 5.93) 2 = 9.22F kpsi

τall 20
F= = = 2.17 kip Ans. (1)
9.22 9.22
(b) For E7010 from Table 9-6, τall = 21 kpsi
Table A-20:
HR 1020 Bar: Sut = 55 kpsi, S y = 30 kpsi
HR 1015 Support: Sut = 50 kpsi, S y = 27.5 kpsi
Table 9-5, E7010 Electrode: Sut = 70 kpsi, S y = 57 kpsi
The support controls the design.
Table 9-4:
τall = min[0.30(50), 0.40(27.5)] = min[15, 11] = 11 kpsi
The allowable load from Eq. (1) is
τall 11
F= = = 1.19 kip Ans.
9.22 9.22

9-6 b = d = 2 in
F

7"

Primary shear
V F
τ y′ = = = 0.566F
A 1.414(5/16)(2 + 2)
Secondary shear

(b + d) 3 (2 + 2) 3
Table 9-1: Ju = = = 10.67 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(5/16)(10.67) = 2.36 in4
Mr y (7F)(1)
τx′′ = τ y′′ = = = 2.97F
J 2.36
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 241

Maximum shear


τmax = τx′′2 + (τ y′ + τ y′′ ) 2 = F 2.972 + (0.556 + 2.97) 2 = 4.61F kpsi
τall
F= Ans.
4.61
which is twice τmax /9.22 of Prob. 9-5.

9-7 Weldment, subjected to alternating fatigue, has throat area of

A = 0.707(6)(60 + 50 + 60) = 721 mm2
Members’ endurance limit: AISI 1010 steel

Sut = 320 MPa, Se′ = 0.5(320) = 160 MPa

ka = 272(320) −0.995 = 0.875

kb = 1 (direct shear)
kc = 0.59 (shear)
kd = 1
1 1
kf = = = 0.370
Kfs 2.7
Sse = 0.875(1)(0.59)(0.37)(160) = 30.56 MPa

Electrode’s endurance: 6010

Sut = 62(6.89) = 427 MPa
Se′ = 0.5(427) = 213.5 MPa

ka = 272(427) −0.995 = 0.657

kb = 1 (direct shear)
kc = 0.59 (shear)
kd = 1
k f = 1/K f s = 1/2.7 = 0.370
.
Sse = 0.657(1)(0.59)(0.37)(213.5) = 30.62 MPa = 30.56

Thus, the members and the electrode are of equal strength. For a factor of safety of 1,
Fa = τa A = 30.6(721)(10−3 ) = 22.1 kN Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
242 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

9-8 Primary shear τ′ = 0 (why?)

Secondary shear
Table 9-1: Ju = 2πr 3 = 2π(4) 3 = 402 cm3
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(0.5)(402) = 142 cm4
M = 200F N · m ( F in kN)
Mr (200F)(4)
τ ′′ = = = 2.82F (2 welds)
2J 2(142)
τall 140
F = ′′ = = 49.2 kN Ans.
τ 2.82

9-9 Rank
a 3 /12 a2
 2
′ Ju a
fom = = = = 0.0833 5
lh ah 12h h

a(3a 2 + a 2 ) a2
 2
′ a
fom = = = 0.3333 1
6(2a)h 3h h

(2a) 4 − 6a 2 a 2 5a 2
 2
′ a
fom = = = 0.2083 4
12(a + a)2ah 24h h

1 8a 3 + 6a 3 + a 3 a4 11 a 2
   2
′ a
fom = − = = 0.3056 2
3ah 12 2a + a 36 h h

(2a) 3 1 8a 3 a2
 2
′ a
fom = = = = 0.3333 1
6h 4a 24ah 3h h

2π(a/2) 3 a3 a2
 2
′ a
fom = = = = 0.25 3
πah 4ah 4h h
These rankings apply to fillet weld patterns in torsion that have a square area a × a in
which to place weld metal. The object is to place as much metal as possible to the border.
If your area is rectangular, your goal is the same but the rankings may change.
Students will be surprised that the circular weld bead does not rank first.

9-10
a3 1 a2
      2
′ Iu 1 1 a
fom = = = = 0.0833 5
lh a 12 h 12 h h
a3 a2
   
Iu 1
fom′ = = = 0.0833 5
lh 2ah 6 h
 2  2  2
Iu 1 a 1 a a
fom′ = = = = 0.25 1
lh 2ah 2 4 h h
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 243

a2 1 a2
     2
Iu
′ 1 a
fom = = (3a + a) = = 0.1667 2
lh [2(2a)]h 6 6 h h
b a d2 a2 a
x̄ = = , ȳ = = =
2 2 b + 2d 3a 3
2d 3 a2 2a 3 2a 3
 2
a3
   
2 a a
Iu = − 2d + (b + 2d) = − + 3a =
3 3 9 3 3 9 3
a 3 /3 1 a2 a2
   
Iu
fom′ = = = = 0.1111 4
lh 3ah 9 h h
3
πa
Iu = πr 3 =
8
πa 3 /8 a2
 2
′ Iu a
fom = = = = 0.125 3
lh πah 8h h
The CEE-section pattern was not ranked because the deflection of the beam is out-of-plane.
If you have a square area in which to place a fillet weldment pattern under bending, your
objective is to place as much material as possible away from the x-axis. If your area is rec-
tangular, your goal is the same, but the rankings may change.

9-11 Materials:
Attachment (1018 HR) S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36) S y = 36 kpsi, Sut ranges from 58 to 80 kpsi, use 58.
The member and attachment are weak compared to the E60XX electrode.
Decision Specify E6010 electrode
Controlling property: τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = min(16.6, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
For a static load the parallel and transverse fillets are the same. If n is the number of beads,
F
τ= = τall
n(0.707)hl
F 25
nh = = = 0.921
0.707lτall 0.707(3)(12.8)
Make a table.

Number of beads Leg size

n h
1 0.921
2 0.460 → 1/2"
3 0.307 → 5/16"
4 0.230 → 1/4"

Decision: Specify 1/4" leg size

Decision: Weld all-around
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
244 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: All-around square
Electrode: E6010
Type: Two parallel fillets Ans.
Two transverse fillets
Length of bead: 12 in
Leg: 1/4 in
For a figure of merit of, in terms of weldbead volume, is this design optimal?

9-12 Decision: Choose a parallel fillet weldment pattern. By so-doing, we’ve chosen an optimal
pattern (see Prob. 9-9) and have thus reduced a synthesis problem to an analysis problem:
Table 9-1: A = 1.414hd = 1.414(h)(3) = 4.24h in3
Primary shear
V 3000 707
τ y′ = = =
A 4.24h h
Secondary shear
d(3b2 + d 2 ) 3[3(32 ) + 32 ]
Table 9-1: Ju = = = 18 in3
6 6
J = 0.707(h)(18) = 12.7h in4
Mr y 3000(7.5)(1.5) 2657
τx′′ = = = = τ y′′
J 12.7h h

1 4287
τmax = τx′′2 + (τ y′ + τ y′′ ) 2 = 26572 + (707 + 2657) 2 =
h h
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi
The attachment is weaker
Decision: Use E60XX electrode
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = 12.8 kpsi
4287
τmax = τall = = 12 800 psi
h
4287
h= = 0.335 in
12 800
Decision: Specify 3/8" leg size
Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: Parallel fillet welds
Electrode: E6010
Type: Fillet Ans.
Length of bead: 6 in
Leg size: 3/8 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 245

9-13 An optimal square space (3" × 3" ) weldment pattern is ⱍⱍ or or 䊐. In Prob. 9-12, there
was roundup of leg size to 3/8 in. Consider the member material to be structural A36 steel.
Decision: Use a parallel horizontal weld bead pattern for welding optimization and
convenience.
Materials:
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi, Sut 58–80 kpsi; use 58 kpsi
From Table 9-4 AISC welding code,
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = min(16.6, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
Select a stronger electrode material from Table 9-3.
Decision: Specify E6010
Throat area and other properties:
A = 1.414hd = 1.414(h)(3) = 4.24h in2
x̄ = b/2 = 3/2 = 1.5 in
ȳ = d/2 = 3/2 = 1.5 in
d(3b2 + d 2 ) 3[3(32 ) + 32 ]
Ju = = = 18 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(h)(18) = 12.73h in4
Primary shear:
V 3000 707.5
τx′ = = =
A 4.24h h
␶⬘x

␶⬘⬘y

r ␶⬘⬘
rx ␶⬘⬘x

y
ry

Secondary shear:
Mr
τ ′′ =
J
Mr Mr x
τx′′ = τ ′′ cos 45◦ = cos 45◦ =
J J
3000(6 + 1.5)(1.5) 2651
τx′′ = =
12.73h h
2651
τ y′′ = τx′′ =
h
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
246 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

τmax = (τx′′ + τx′ ) 2 + τ y′′2

1
= (2651 + 707.5) 2 + 26512
h
4279
= psi
h
Relate stress and strength:
τmax = τall
4279
= 12 800
h
4279
h= = 0.334 in → 3/8 in
12 800
Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: Horizontal parallel weld tracks
Electrode: E6010
Type of weld: Two parallel fillet welds
Length of bead: 6 in
Leg size: 3/8 in
Additional thoughts:
Since the round-up in leg size was substantial, why not investigate a backward C ⊐ weld
pattern. One might then expect shorter horizontal weld beads which will have the advan-
tage of allowing a shorter member (assuming the member has not yet been designed). This
will show the inter-relationship between attachment design and supporting members.

9-14 Materials:
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi, Sut = 58 to 80 kpsi; use Sut = 58 kpsi
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = 12.8 kpsi
Decision: Use E6010 electrode. From Table 9-3: S y = 50 kpsi, Sut = 62 kpsi,
τall = min[0.3(62), 0.4(50)] = 20 kpsi
Decision: Since A36 and 1018 HR are weld metals to an unknown extent, use
τall = 12.8 kpsi
Decision: Use the most efficient weld pattern–square, weld-all-around. Choose 6" × 6" size.
Attachment length:
l1 = 6 + a = 6 + 6.25 = 12.25 in
Throat area and other properties:
A = 1.414h(b + d) = 1.414(h)(6 + 6) = 17.0h
b 6 d 6
x̄ = = = 3 in, ȳ = = = 3 in
2 2 2 2
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 247

Primary shear
V F 20 000 1176
τ y′ = = = = psi
A A 17h h
Secondary shear

(b + d) 3 (6 + 6) 3
Ju = = = 288 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h(288) = 203.6h in4
Mr y 20 000(6.25 + 3)(3) 2726
τx′′ = τ y′′ = = = psi
J 203.6h h

1 4760
τmax = τx′′2 + (τ y′′ + τ y′ ) 2 = 27262 + (2726 + 1176) 2 = psi
h h

Relate stress to strength

τmax = τall
4760
= 12 800
h
4760
h= = 0.372 in
12 800
Decision:
Specify 3/8 in leg size
Specifications:
Pattern: All-around square weld bead track
Electrode: E6010
Type of weld: Fillet
Weld bead length: 24 in
Leg size: 3/8 in
Attachment length: 12.25 in

9-15 This is a good analysis task to test the students’ understanding

(1) Solicit information related to a priori decisions.
(2) Solicit design variables b and d.
(3) Find h and round and output all parameters on a single screen. Allow return to Step 1
or Step 2.
(4) When the iteration is complete, the final display can be the bulk of your adequacy
assessment.
Such a program can teach too.

9-16 The objective of this design task is to have the students teach themselves that the weld
patterns of Table 9-3 can be added or subtracted to obtain the properties of a comtem-
plated weld pattern. The instructor can control the level of complication. I have left the
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
248 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

presentation of the drawing to you. Here is one possibility. Study the problem’s opportuni-
ties, then present this (or your sketch) with the problem assignment.
Section AA
A b1

1"
2
8" d

1018 HR

A36 A 8" b
a Body welds Attachment weld
10000 lbf not shown pattern considered

Use b1 as the design variable. Express properties as a function of b1 . From Table 9-3,
category 3:
A = 1.414h(b − b1 )
x̄ = b/2, ȳ = d/2
bd 2 b1 d 2 (b − b1 )d 2
Iu = − =
2 2 2
I = 0.707h Iu
V F
τ′ = =
A 1.414h(b − b1 )
Mc Fa(d/2)
τ ′′ = =
I 0.707h Iu

τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2
Parametric study
Let a = 10 in, b = 8 in, d = 8 in, b1 = 2 in, τall = 12.8 kpsi, l = 2(8 − 2) = 12 in
A = 1.414h(8 − 2) = 8.48h in2
Iu = (8 − 2)(82 /2) = 192 in3
I = 0.707(h)(192) = 135.7h in4
10 000 1179
τ′ = = psi
8.48h h
10 000(10)(8/2) 2948
τ ′′ = = psi
135.7h h
1 3175
τmax = 11792 + 29482 = = 12 800
h h
from which h = 0.248 in. Do not round off the leg size – something to learn.
Iu 192
fom′ = = = 64.5
hl 0.248(12)
A = 8.48(0.248) = 2.10 in2
I = 135.7(0.248) = 33.65 in4
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 249

h2 0.2482
vol = l= 12 = 0.369 in3
2 2
I 33.65
= = 91.2 = eff
vol 0.369
1179
τ′ = = 4754 psi
0.248
2948
τ ′′ = = 11 887 psi
0.248
4127 .
τmax = = 12 800 psi
0.248
Now consider the case of uninterrupted welds,
b1 = 0
A = 1.414(h)(8 − 0) = 11.31h
Iu = (8 − 0)(82 /2) = 256 in3
I = 0.707(256)h = 181h in4
10 000 884
τ′ = =
11.31h h
10 000(10)(8/2) 2210
τ ′′ = =
181h h
1  2380
τmax = 8842 + 22102 = = τall
h h
τmax 2380
h= = = 0.186 in
τall 12 800
Do not round off h.
A = 11.31(0.186) = 2.10 in2
I = 181(0.186) = 33.67
884 0.1862
τ′ = = 4753 psi, vol = 16 = 0.277 in3
0.186 2
2210
τ ′′ = = 11 882 psi
0.186
Iu 256
fom′ = = = 86.0
hl 0.186(16)
I 33.67
eff = 2 = = 121.7
(h /2)l (0.1862 /2)16
Conclusions: To meet allowable stress limitations, I and A do not change, nor do τ and σ . To
meet the shortened bead length, h is increased proportionately. However, volume of bead laid
down increases as h 2 . The uninterrupted bead is superior. In this example, we did not round h
and as a result we learned something. Our measures of merit are also sensitive to rounding.
When the design decision is made, rounding to the next larger standard weld fillet size will
decrease the merit.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
250 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Had the weld bead gone around the corners, the situation would change. Here is a fol-
lowup task analyzing an alternative weld pattern.
b1

d1 d

9-17 From Table 9-2

For the box A = 1.414h(b + d)
Subtracting b1 from b and d1 from d
A = 1.414 h(b − b1 + d − d1 )
d2 d 3 b1 d 2
Iu = (3b + d) − 1 −
6 6 2
1 1
= (b − b1 )d 2 + d 3 − d13

2 6
length of bead l = 2(b − b1 + d − d1 )
fom = Iu / hl

9-18 Computer programs will vary.

9-19 τall = 12 800 psi. Use Fig. 9-17(a) for general geometry, but employ beads and then ⱍⱍ
beads.
Horizontal parallel weld bead pattern
6"

b = 6 in
8"
d = 8 in

From Table 9-2, category 3

A = 1.414 hb = 1.414(h)(6) = 8.48 h in2

x̄ = b/2 = 6/2 = 3 in, ȳ = d/2 = 8/2 = 4 in
bd 2 6(8) 2
Iu = = = 192 in3
2 2
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(h)(192) = 135.7h in4
10 000 1179
τ′ = = psi
8.48h h
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 251

Mc 10 000(10)(8/2) 2948
τ ′′ = = = psi
I 135.7h h
 1 3175
τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = (11792 + 29482 ) 1/2 = psi
h h
Equate the maximum and allowable shear stresses.
3175
τmax = τall = = 12 800
h
from which h = 0.248 in. It follows that
I = 135.7(0.248) = 33.65 in4
The volume of the weld metal is
h 2l 0.2482 (6 + 6)
vol = = = 0.369 in3
2 2
The effectiveness, (eff) H , is
I 33.65
(eff) H = = = 91.2 in
vol 0.369
Iu 192
(fom′ ) H = = = 64.5 in
hl 0.248(6 + 6)
Vertical parallel weld beads

6"
b = 6 in
8"
d = 8 in

From Table 9-2, category 2

A = 1.414hd = 1.414(h)(8) = 11.31h in2
x̄ = b/2 = 6/2 = 3 in, ȳ = d/2 = 8/2 = 4 in
d3 83
Iu = = = 85.33 in3
6 6
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(h)(85.33) = 60.3h
10 000 884
τ′ = = psi
11.31h h
Mc 10 000(10)(8/2) 6633
τ ′′ = = = psi
I 60.3 h h
 1
τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = (8842 + 66332 ) 1/2
h
6692
= psi
h
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
252 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Equating τmax to τall gives h = 0.523 in. It follows that

I = 60.3(0.523) = 31.5 in4
h 2l 0.5232
vol = = (8 + 8) = 2.19 in3
2 2
I 31.6
(eff) V = = = 14.4 in
vol 2.19
Iu 85.33
(fom′ ) V = = = 10.2 in
hl 0.523(8 + 8)
The ratio of (eff) V /(eff) H is 14.4/91.2 = 0.158. The ratio (fom′ ) V /(fom′ ) H is
10.2/64.5 = 0.158. This is not surprising since
I I 0.707 h Iu Iu
eff = = 2 = 2
= 1.414 = 1.414 fom′
vol (h /2)l (h /2)l hl
The ratios (eff) V /(eff) H and (fom′ ) V /(fom′ ) H give the same information.

9-20 Because the loading is pure torsion, there is no primary shear. From Table 9-1, category 6:
Ju = 2πr 3 = 2π(1) 3 = 6.28 in3
J = 0.707 h Ju = 0.707(0.25)(6.28)
= 1.11 in4
Tr 20(1)
τ= = = 18.0 kpsi Ans.
J 1.11

9-21 h = 0.375 in, d = 8 in, b = 1 in

From Table 9-2, category 2:
A = 1.414(0.375)(8) = 4.24 in2
d3 83
Iu = = = 85.3 in3
6 6
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(0.375)(85.3) = 22.6 in4
F 5
τ′ = = = 1.18 kpsi
A 4.24
M = 5(6) = 30 kip · in
c = (1 + 8 + 1 − 2)/2 = 4 in
Mc 30(4)
τ ′′ = = = 5.31 kpsi
I 22.6
 
τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = 1.182 + 5.312
= 5.44 kpsi Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 253

9-22 h = 0.6 cm, b = 6 cm, d = 12 cm.

Table 9-3, category 5:

6 A = 0.707h(b + 2d)
B
4.8 = 0.707(0.6)[6 + 2(12)] = 12.7 cm2
G d2 122
ȳ = = = 4.8 cm
b + 2d 6 + 2(12)
7.2
2d 3
Iu = − 2d 2 ȳ + (b + 2d) ȳ 2
A 3
2(12)3
= − 2(122 )(4.8) + [6 + 2(12)]4.82
3
= 461 cm3
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(0.6)(461) = 196 cm4
F 7.5(103 )
τ′ = = = 5.91 MPa
A 12.7(102 )
M = 7.5(120) = 900 N · m
c A = 7.2 cm, c B = 4.8 cm
The critical location is at A.

Mc A 900(7.2)
τ A′′ = = = 33.1 MPa
I 196

τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = (5.912 + 33.12 ) 1/2 = 33.6 MPa
τall 120
n= = = 3.57 Ans.
τmax 33.6

9-23 The largest possible weld size is 1/16 in. This is a small weld and thus difficult to accom-
plish. The bracket’s load-carrying capability is not known. There are geometry problems
associated with sheet metal folding, load-placement and location of the center of twist.
This is not available to us. We will identify the strongest possible weldment.
Use a rectangular, weld-all-around pattern – Table 9-2, category 6:

A = 1.414 h(b + d)
= 1.414(1/16)(1 + 7.5)
= 0.751 in2
7.5"
x̄ = b/2 = 0.5 in
d 7.5
ȳ = = = 3.75 in
2 2
1"
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
254 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

d2 7.52
Iu = (3b + d) = [3(1) + 7.5] = 98.4 in3
6 6
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(1/16)(98.4) = 4.35 in4
M = (3.75 + 0.5)W = 4.25W
V W
τ′ = = = 1.332W
A 0.751
Mc 4.25W (7.5/2)
τ ′′ = = = 3.664W
I 4.35
 
τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = W 1.3322 + 3.6642 = 3.90W

Material properties: The allowable stress given is low. Let’s demonstrate that.
For the A36 structural steel member, S y = 36 kpsi and Sut = 58 kpsi. For the 1020 CD
attachment, use HR properties of S y = 30 kpsi and Sut = 55. The E6010 electrode has
strengths of S y = 50 and Sut = 62 kpsi.
Allowable stresses:

A36: τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(36)]

= min(17.4, 14.4) = 14.4 kpsi

1020: τall = min[0.3(55), 0.4(30)]

τall = min(16.5, 12) = 12 kpsi

E6010: τall = min[0.3(62), 0.4(50)]

= min(18.6, 20) = 18.6 kpsi
Since Table 9-6 gives 18.0 kpsi as the allowable shear stress, use this lower value.
Therefore, the allowable shear stress is
τall = min(14.4, 12, 18.0) = 12 kpsi
However, the allowable stress in the problem statement is 0.9 kpsi which is low from the
weldment perspective. The load associated with this strength is
τmax = τall = 3.90W = 900
900
W = = 231 lbf
3.90
If the welding can be accomplished (1/16 leg size is a small weld), the weld strength is
12 000 psi and the load W = 3047 lbf. Can the bracket carry such a load?
There are geometry problems associated with sheet metal folding. Load placement is
important and the center of twist has not been identified. Also, the load-carrying capability
of the top bend is unknown.
These uncertainties may require the use of a different weld pattern. Our solution pro-
vides the best weldment and thus insight for comparing a welded joint to one which em-
ploys screw fasteners.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 255

9-24
y

x
F
FB
R xA
A 60⬚

RyA B

F = 100 lbf, τall = 3 kpsi

FB = 100(16/3) = 533.3 lbf
FBx = −533.3 cos 60◦ = −266.7 lbf
y
FB = −533.3 cos 30◦ = −462 lbf
y
It follows that R A = 562 lbf and R xA = 266.7 lbf, R A = 622 lbf

M = 100(16) = 1600 lbf · in

100
462
266.7
16
3
266.7
562

The OD of the tubes is 1 in. From Table 9-1, category 6:

A = 1.414(π hr)(2)
= 2(1.414)(πh)(1/2) = 4.44h in2
Ju = 2πr 3 = 2π(1/2)3 = 0.785 in3
J = 2(0.707)h Ju = 1.414(0.785)h = 1.11h in4
V 622 140
τ′ = = =
A 4.44h h
Tc Mc 1600(0.5) 720.7
τ ′′ = = = =
J J 1.11h h
The shear stresses, τ ′ and τ ′′, are additive algebraically
1 861
τmax = (140 + 720.7) = psi
h h
861
τmax = τall = = 3000
h
861
h= = 0.287 → 5/16"
3000
Decision: Use 5/16 in fillet welds Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
256 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

9-25
y
g g
1" 3"
4 G 8
x
1" 3"
4B g g 8

9" 7"

For the pattern in bending shown, find the centroid G of the weld group.

6(0.707)(1/4)(3) + 6(0.707)(3/8)(13)
x̄ =
6(0.707)(1/4) + 6(0.707)(3/8)
= 9 in
= 2 IG + A2x̄
 
I1/4
0.707(1/4)(63 )
 
2
=2 + 0.707(1/4)(6)(6 )
12
= 82.7 in4
0.707(3/8)(63 )
 
2
I3/8 =2 + 0.707(3/8)(6)(4 )
12
= 60.4 in4
I = I1/4 + I3/8 = 82.7 + 60.4 = 143.1 in4

The critical location is at B. From Eq. (9-3),

F
τ′ = = 0.189F
2[6(0.707)(3/8 + 1/4)]
Mc (8F)(9)
τ ′′ = = = 0.503F
I 143.1
 
τmax = τ ′2 + τ ′′2 = F 0.1892 + 0.5032 = 0.537F
Materials:
A36 Member: Sy = 36 kpsi
1015 HR Attachment: S y = 27.5 kpsi
E6010 Electrode: S y = 50 kpsi
τall = 0.577 min(36, 27.5, 50) = 15.9 kpsi
τall /n 15.9/2
F= = = 14.8 kip Ans.
0.537 0.537

9-26 Figure P9-26b is a free-body diagram of the bracket. Forces and moments that act on the
welds are equal, but of opposite sense.
(a) M = 1200(0.366) = 439 lbf · in Ans.
(b) Fy = 1200 sin 30◦ = 600 lbf Ans.
(c) Fx = 1200 cos 30◦ = 1039 lbf Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 257

(d) From Table 9-2, category 6:

A = 1.414(0.25)(0.25 + 2.5) = 0.972 in2
d2 2.52
Iu = (3b + d) = [3(0.25) + 2.5] = 3.39 in3
6 6
The second area moment about an axis through G and parallel to z is
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(0.25)(3.39) = 0.599 in4 Ans.
(e) Refer to Fig. P.9-26b. The shear stress due to Fy is
Fy 600
τ1 = = = 617 psi
A 0.972
The shear stress along the throat due to Fx is
Fx 1039
τ2 = = = 1069 psi
A 0.972
The resultant of τ1 and τ2 is in the throat plane
1/2
τ ′ = τ12 + τ22 = (6172 + 10692 ) 1/2 = 1234 psi


The bending of the throat gives

Mc 439(1.25)
τ ′′ = = = 916 psi
I 0.599
The maximum shear stress is
τmax = (τ ′2 + τ ′′2 ) 1/2 = (12342 + 9162 ) 1/2 = 1537 psi Ans.
(f) Materials:
1018 HR Member: S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi (Table A-20)
E6010 Electrode: S y = 50 kpsi (Table 9-3)
Ssy 0.577S y 0.577(32)
n= = = = 12.0 Ans.
τmax τmax 1.537
(g) Bending in the attachment near the base. The cross-sectional area is approximately
equal to bh.
.
A1 = bh = 0.25(2.5) = 0.625 in2
Fx 1039
τx y = = = 1662 psi
A1 0.625
I bd 2 0.25(2.5) 2
= = = 0.260 in3
c 6 6
At location A
Fy M
σy = +
A1 I /c
600 439
σy = + = 2648 psi
0.625 0.260
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
258 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

The von Mises stress σ ′ is

1/2
σ ′ = σ y2 + 3τx2y = [26482 + 3(1662) 2 ]1/2 = 3912 psi


Thus, the factor of safety is,

Sy 32
n= ′
= = 8.18 Ans.
σ 3.912
The clip on the mooring line bears against the side of the 1/2-in hole. If the clip fills
the hole
F −1200
σ = = = −9600 psi
td 0.25(0.50)
Sy 32(103 )
n=− = − = 3.33 Ans.
σ′ −9600
Further investigation of this situation requires more detail than is included in the task
statement.
(h) In shear fatigue, the weakest constituent of the weld melt is 1018 with Sut = 58 kpsi
Se′ = 0.5Sut = 0.5(58) = 29 kpsi
Table 7-4:
ka = 14.4(58) −0.718 = 0.780

For the size factor estimate, we first employ Eq. (7-24) for the equivalent diameter.
√ 
de = 0.808 0.707hb = 0.808 0.707(2.5)(0.25) = 0.537 in
Eq. (7-19) is used next to find kb
de −0.107 0.537 −0.107
   
kb = = = 0.940
0.30 0.30
The load factor for shear kc , is
kc = 0.59
The endurance strength in shear is
Sse = 0.780(0.940)(0.59)(29) = 12.5 kpsi

From Table 9-5, the shear stress-concentration factor is K f s = 2.7. The loading is
repeatedly-applied.
τmax 1.537
τa = τm = K f s = 2.7 = 2.07 kpsi
2 2
Table 7-10: Gerber factor of safety n f , adjusted for shear, with Ssu = 0.67Sut
  
 2    2 
1 0.67(58) 2.07 2(2.07)(12.5)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 5.52 Ans.
2 2.07 12.5  0.67(58)(2.07) 

Attachment metal should be checked for bending fatigue.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 9 259

9-27 Use b = d = 4 in. Since h = 5/8 in, the primary shear is

F
τ′ = = 0.283F
1.414(5/8)(4)
The secondary shear calculations, for a moment arm of 14 in give
4[3(42 ) + 42 ]
Ju = = 42.67 in3
6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(5/8)42.67 = 18.9 in4
Mr y 14F(2)
τx′′ = τ y′′ = = = 1.48F
J 18.9
Thus, the maximum shear and allowable load are:

τmax = F 1.482 + (0.283 + 1.48) 2 = 2.30F
τall 20
F= = = 8.70 kip Ans.
2.30 2.30
From Prob. 9-5b, τall = 11 kpsi
τall 11
Fall = = = 4.78 kip
2.30 2.30
The allowable load has thus increased by a factor of 1.8 Ans.

9-28 Purchase the hook having the design shown in Fig. P9-28b. Referring to text Fig. 9-32a,
this design reduces peel stresses.

9-29 (a)
1
 l/2 Pω cosh(ωx)
τ̄ = dx
l −l/2 4b sinh(ωl/2)
 l/2
= A1 cosh(ωx) dx
−l/2

A1 l/2
= sinh(ωx) 

ω −l/2

A1
= [sinh(ωl/2) − sinh(−ωl/2)]
ω
A1
= [sinh(ωl/2) − (−sinh(ωl/2))]
ω
2A1 sinh(ωl/2)
=
ω
Pω
= [2 sinh(ωl/2)]
4bl sinh(ωl/2)
P
τ̄ = Ans.
2bl
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
260 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Pω cosh(ωl/2) Pω
(b) τ (l/2) = = Ans.
4b sinh(ωl/2) 4b tanh(ωl/2)

(c)  
τ (l/2) Pω 2bl
K = =
τ̄ 4b sinh(ωl/2) P
ωl/2
K = Ans.
tanh(ωl/2)
For computer programming, it can be useful to express the hyperbolic tangent in terms
of exponentials:
ωl exp(ωl/2) − exp(−ωl/2)
K = Ans.
2 exp(ωl/2) + exp(−ωl/2)

9-30 This is a computer programming exercise. All programs will vary.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali

Chapter 10
10-1

1" 1"
1" 1"
2 2
4" 4"

10-2 A = Sd m
dim( Auscu ) = dim(S) dim(d m ) = kpsi · inm
dim( ASI ) = dim(S1 ) dim d1m = MPa · mmm



MPa mmm .
ASI = · m Auscu = 6.894 757(25.40) m Auscu = 6.895(25.4) m Auscu Ans.
kpsi in
For music wire, from Table 10-4:
Auscu = 201, m = 0.145; what is ASI ?
ASI = 6.89(25.4) 0.145 (201) = 2214 MPa · mmm Ans.

10-3 Given: Music wire, d = 0.105 in, OD = 1.225 in, plain ground ends, Nt = 12 coils.
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 1 = 12 − 1 = 11
L s = d Nt = 0.105(12) = 1.26 in
Table 10-4: A = 201, m = 0.145
201
(a) Eq. (10-14): Sut = = 278.7 kpsi
(0.105) 0.145
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(278.7) = 125.4 kpsi
D = 1.225 − 0.105 = 1.120 in
D 1.120
C= = = 10.67
d 0.105
4(10.67) + 2
Eq. (10-6): KB = = 1.126
4(10.67) − 3
πd 3 Ssy π(0.105) 3 (125.4)(103 )
Eq. (10-3): F| Ssy = = = 45.2 lbf
8K B D 8(1.126)(1.120)
d4G (0.105) 4 (11.75)(106 )
Eq. (10-9): k= = = 11.55 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(1.120) 3 (11)
F| Ssy 45.2
L0 = + Ls = + 1.26 = 5.17 in Ans.
k 11.55
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
262 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

(b) F| Ssy = 45.2 lbf Ans.

(c) k = 11.55 lbf/in Ans.
2.63D 2.63(1.120)
(d) (L 0 ) cr = = = 5.89 in
α 0.5
Many designers provide (L 0 ) cr /L 0 ≥ 5 or more; therefore, plain ground ends are not
often used in machinery due to buckling uncertainty.

10-4 Referring to Prob. 10-3 solution, C = 10.67, Na = 11, Ssy = 125.4 kpsi, (L 0 ) cr =
5.89 in and F = 45.2 lbf (at yield).
Eq. (10-18): 4 ≤ C ≤ 12 C = 10.67 O.K.
Eq. (10-19): 3 ≤ Na ≤ 15 Na = 11 O.K.

y1 F1
ys
L0 Fs

L1
Ls

L 0 = 5.17 in, L s = 1.26 in

F1 30
y1 = = = 2.60 in
k 11.55
L 1 = L 0 − y1 = 5.17 − 2.60 = 2.57 in
ys 5.17 − 1.26
ξ= −1= − 1 = 0.50
y1 2.60
Eq. (10-20): ξ ≥ 0.15, ξ = 0.50 O.K.
From Eq. (10-3) for static service
   
8F1 D 8(30)(1.120)
τ1 = K B = 1.126 = 83 224 psi
πd 3 π(0.105) 3
Ssy 125.4(103 )
ns = = = 1.51
τ1 83 224
Eq. (10-21): n s ≥ 1.2, n s = 1.51 O.K.
   
45.2 45.2
τs = τ1 = 83 224 = 125 391 psi
30 30
.
Ssy /τs = 125.4(103 )/125 391 = 1
Ssy /τs ≥ (n s ) d : Not solid-safe. Not O.K.
L 0 ≤ (L 0 ) cr : 5.17 ≤ 5.89 Margin could be higher, Not O.K.
Design is unsatisfactory. Operate over a rod? Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 263

10-5 Static service spring with: HD steel wire, d = 2 mm, OD = 22 mm, Nt = 8.5 turns plain
and ground ends.
Preliminaries
Table 10-5: A = 1783 MPa · mmm , m = 0.190
1783
Eq. (10-14): Sut = = 1563 MPa
(2) 0.190
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(1563) = 703.4 MPa
Then,
D = OD − d = 22 − 2 = 20 mm
C = 20/2 = 10
4C + 2 4(10) + 2
KB = = = 1.135
4C − 3 4(10) − 3
Na = 8.5 − 1 = 7.5 turns
L s = 2(8.5) = 17 mm
Eq. (10-21): Use n s = 1.2 for solid-safe property.

πd 3 Ssy /n s π(2) 3 (703.4/1.2) (10−3 ) 3 (106 )

 
Fs = = = 81.12 N
8K B D 8(1.135)(20) 10−3

d4G (2) 4 (79.3) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )

 
k= = = 0.002 643(106 ) = 2643 N/m
8D 3 Na 8(20) 3 (7.5) (10−3 ) 3
Fs 81.12
ys = = = 30.69 mm
k 2643(10−3 )
(a) L 0 = y + L s = 30.69 + 17 = 47.7 mm Ans.
L0 47.7
(b) Table 10-1: p = = = 5.61 mm Ans.
Nt 8.5
(c) Fs = 81.12 N (from above) Ans.
(d) k = 2643 N/m (from above) Ans.
(e) Table 10-2 and Eq. (10-13):
2.63D 2.63(20)
(L 0 ) cr = = = 105.2 mm
α 0.5
(L 0 ) cr /L 0 = 105.2/47.7 = 2.21
This is less than 5. Operate over a rod?
Plain and ground ends have a poor eccentric footprint. Ans.

10-6 Referring to Prob. 10-5 solution: C = 10, Na = 7.5, k = 2643 N/m, d = 2 mm,
D = 20 mm, Fs = 81.12 N and Nt = 8.5 turns.
Eq. (10-18): 4 ≤ C ≤ 12, C = 10 O.K.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
264 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Eq. (10-19): 3 ≤ Na ≤ 15, Na = 7.5 O.K.

F1 75
y1 = = = 28.4 mm
k 2643(10−3 )
81.12(1.2)
( y) for yield = = 36.8 mm
2643(10−3 )
81.12
ys = = 30.69 mm
2643(10−3 )
( y) for yield 36.8
ξ= −1= − 1 = 0.296
y1 28.4
Eq. (10-20): ξ ≥ 0.15, ξ = 0.296 O.K.
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45Sut O.K.
As-wound
10−3
    
8Fs D 8(81.12)(20)
τs = K B = 1.135 = 586 MPa
πd 3 π(2) 3 (10−3 ) 3 (106 )
Ssy 703.4
Eq. (10-21): = = 1.2 O.K. (Basis for Prob. 10-5 solution)
τs 586
Table 10-1: L s = Nt d = 8.5(2) = 17 mm
Fs 81.12
L0 = + Ls = + 17 = 47.7 mm
k 2.643
2.63D 2.63(20)
= = 105.2 mm
α 0.5
(L 0 ) cr 105.2
= = 2.21
L0 47.7
which is less than 5. Operate over a rod? Not O.K.
Plain and ground ends have a poor eccentric footprint. Ans.

10-7 Given: A228 (music wire), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.006 in, OD = 0.036 in, L 0 = 0.63 in,
Nt = 40 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 201 kpsi · inm , m = 0.145
D = OD − d = 0.036 − 0.006 = 0.030 in
C = D/d = 0.030/0.006 = 5
4(5) + 2
KB = = 1.294
4(5) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 40 − 2 = 38 turns
201
Sut = = 422.1 kpsi
(0.006) 0.145
Ssy = 0.45(422.1) = 189.9 kpsi
Gd 4 12(106 )(0.006) 4
k= = = 1.895 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.030) 3 (38)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 265

Table 10-1: L s = Nt d = 40(0.006) = 0.240 in

Now Fs = kys where ys = L 0 − L s = 0.390 in. Thus,
   
8(kys ) D 8(1.895)(0.39)(0.030)
τs = K B = 1.294 (10−3 ) = 338.2 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.006) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 338.2 > 189.9 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys
gives
(τs /n s )(πd 3 ) (189 900/1.2)(π)(0.006) 3
ys′ = = = 0.182 in
8K B k D 8(1.294)(1.895)(0.030)
Using a design factor of 1.2,
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 0.240 + 0.182 = 0.422 in
The spring should be wound to a free length of 0.422 in. Ans.

10-8 Given: B159 (phosphor bronze), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.012 in, OD = 0.120 in, L 0 =
0.81 in, Nt = 15.1 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 145 kpsi · inm , m=0
Table 10-5: G = 6 Mpsi
D = OD − d = 0.120 − 0.012 = 0.108 in
C = D/d = 0.108/0.012 = 9
4(9) + 2
KB = = 1.152
4(9) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 15.1 − 2 = 13.1 turns
145
Sut = = 145 kpsi
0.0120
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.35(145) = 50.8 kpsi
Gd 4 6(106 )(0.012) 4
k= = = 0.942 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.108) 3 (13.1)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.012(15.1) = 0.181 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 0.81 − 0.181 = 0.629 in
   
8(kys ) D 8(0.942)(0.6)(0.108)
τs = K B = 1.152 (10−3 ) = 108.6 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.012) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 108.6 > 50.8 kpsi; the spring is not solid safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys′ gives
(Ssy /n)πd 3 (50.8/1.2)(π)(0.012) 3 (103 )
ys′ = = = 0.245 in
8K B k D 8(1.152)(0.942)(0.108)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 0.181 + 0.245 = 0.426 in
Wind the spring to a free length of 0.426 in. Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
266 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

10-9 Given: A313 (stainless steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.040 in, OD = 0.240 in, L 0 =
0.75 in, Nt = 10.4 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 169 kpsi · inm , m = 0.146
Table 10-5: G = 10(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 0.240 − 0.040 = 0.200 in
C = D/d = 0.200/0.040 = 5
4(5) + 2
KB = = 1.294
4(5) − 3
Table 10-6: Na = Nt − 2 = 10.4 − 2 = 8.4 turns
169
Sut = = 270.4 kpsi
(0.040) 0.146
Table 10-13: Ssy = 0.35(270.4) = 94.6 kpsi
Gd 4 10(106 )(0.040) 4
k= = = 47.62 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.2) 3 (8.4)
Table 10-6: L s = d Nt = 0.040(10.4) = 0.416 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 0.75 − 0.416 = 0.334 in
   
8(kys ) D 8(47.62)(0.334)(0.2)
τs = K B 3
= 1.294 3
(10−3 ) = 163.8 kpsi (1)
πd π(0.040)
τs > Ssy , that is, 163.8 > 94.6 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (94 600/1.2)(π)(0.040) 3
ys′ = = = 0.161 in
8K B k D 8(1.294)(47.62)(0.2)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 0.416 + 0.161 = 0.577 in
Wind the spring to a free length 0.577 in. Ans.

10-10 Given: A227 (hard drawn steel), d = 0.135 in, OD = 2.0 in, L 0 = 2.94 in, Nt = 5.25
turns.
Table 10-4: A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190
Table 10-5: G = 11.4(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 2 − 0.135 = 1.865 in
C = D/d = 1.865/0.135 = 13.81
4(13.81) + 2
KB = = 1.096
4(13.81) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 5.25 − 2 = 3.25 turns
140
Sut = = 204.8 kpsi
(0.135) 0.190
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 267

Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(204.8) = 92.2 kpsi

Gd 4 11.4(106 )(0.135) 4
k= = = 22.45 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(1.865) 3 (3.25)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.135(5.25) = 0.709 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 2.94 − 0.709 = 2.231 in
   
8(kys ) D 8(22.45)(2.231)(1.865)
τs = K B = 1.096 (10−3 ) = 106.0 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.135) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 106 > 92.2 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (92 200/1.2)(π)(0.135) 3
ys′ = = = 1.612 in
8K B k D 8(1.096)(22.45)(1.865)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 0.709 + 1.612 = 2.321 in
Wind the spring to a free length of 2.32 in. Ans.

10-11 Given: A229 (OQ&T steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.144 in, OD = 1.0 in, L 0 = 3.75 in,
Nt = 13 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 147 kpsi · inm , m = 0.187
Table 10-5: G = 11.4(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 1.0 − 0.144 = 0.856 in
C = D/d = 0.856/0.144 = 5.944
4(5.944) + 2
KB = = 1.241
4(5.944) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 13 − 2 = 11 turns
147
Sut = = 211.2 kpsi
(0.144) 0.187
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.50(211.2) = 105.6 kpsi
Gd 4 11.4(106 )(0.144) 4
k= = = 88.8 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.856) 3 (11)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.144(13) = 1.872 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 3.75 − 1.872 = 1.878 in
   
8(kys ) D 8(88.8)(1.878)(0.856)
τs = K B 3
= 1.241 3
(10−3 ) = 151.1 kpsi (1)
πd π(0.144)
τs > Ssy , that is,151.1 > 105.6 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (105 600/1.2)(π)(0.144) 3
ys′ = = = 1.094 in
8K B k D 8(1.241)(88.8)(0.856)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 1.878 + 1.094 = 2.972 in
Wind the spring to a free length 2.972 in. Ans.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
268 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

10-12 Given: A232 (Cr-V steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.192 in, OD = 3 in, L 0 = 9 in, Nt =
8 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 169 kpsi · inm , m = 0.168
Table 10-5: G = 11.2(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 3 − 0.192 = 2.808 in
C = D/d = 2.808/0.192 = 14.625 (large)
4(14.625) + 2
KB = = 1.090
4(14.625) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 8 − 2 = 6 turns
169
Sut = = 223.0 kpsi
(0.192) 0.168

Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.50(223.0) = 111.5 kpsi

Gd 4 11.2(106 )(0.192) 4
k= = = 14.32 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(2.808) 3 (6)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.192(8) = 1.536 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 9 − 1.536 = 7.464 in
   
8(kys ) D 8(14.32)(7.464)(2.808)
τs = K B = 1.090 (10−3 ) = 117.7 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.192) 3
τs > Ssy , that is,117.7 > 111.5 kpsi; the spring is not solid safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (111 500/1.2)(π)(0.192) 3
ys′ = = = 5.892 in
8K B k D 8(1.090)(14.32)(2.808)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 1.536 + 5.892 = 7.428 in
Wind the spring to a free length of 7.428 in. Ans.

10-13 Given: A313 (stainless steel) SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.2 mm, OD = 0.91 mm, L 0 =
15.9 mm, Nt = 40 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 1867 MPa · mmm , m = 0.146
Table 10-5: G = 69.0 GPa
D = OD − d = 0.91 − 0.2 = 0.71 mm
C = D/d = 0.71/0.2 = 3.55 (small)
4(3.55) + 2
KB = = 1.446
4(3.55) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 40 − 2 = 38 turns
1867
Sut = = 2361.5 MPa
(0.2) 0.146
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 269

Table 10-6:
Ssy = 0.35(2361.5) = 826.5 MPa
d4G (0.2) 4 (69.0) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
 
k= =
8D 3 Na 8(0.71) 3 (38) (10−3 ) 3
= 1.0147(10−3 )(106 ) = 1014.7 N/m or 1.0147 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 0.2(40) = 8 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 15.9 − 8 = 7.9
8(1.0147)(7.9)(0.71) 10−3 (10−3 )(10−3 )
    
8(kys ) D
τs = K B = 1.446
πd 3 π(0.2) 3 (10−3 ) 3
= 2620(1) = 2620 MPa (1)
τs > Ssy , that is, 2620 > 826.5 MPa; the spring is not solid safe. Solve Eq. (1) for ys giving
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (826.5/1.2)(π)(0.2) 3
ys′ = = = 2.08 mm
8K B k D 8(1.446)(1.0147)(0.71)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 8.0 + 2.08 = 10.08 mm
Wind the spring to a free length of 10.08 mm. This only addresses the solid-safe criteria.
There are additional problems. Ans.

10-14 Given: A228 (music wire), SQ&GRD ends, d = 1 mm, OD = 6.10 mm, L 0 = 19.1 mm,
Nt = 10.4 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 2211 MPa · mmm , m = 0.145
Table 10-5: G = 81.7 GPa
D = OD − d = 6.10 − 1 = 5.1 mm
C = D/d = 5.1/1 = 5.1
Na = Nt − 2 = 10.4 − 2 = 8.4 turns
4(5.1) + 2
KB = = 1.287
4(5.1) − 3
2211
Sut = = 2211 MPa
(1) 0.145

Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(2211) = 995 MPa

d4G (1) 4 (81.7) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
 
k= 3
= 3 − 3 3
= 0.009 165(106 )
8D Na 8(5.1) (8.4) (10 )
= 9165 N/m or 9.165 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 1(10.4) = 10.4 mm
Fs = kys
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
270 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

ys = L 0 − L s = 19.1 − 10.4 = 8.7 mm

   
8(kys ) D 8(9.165)(8.7)(5.1)
τs = K B = 1.287 = 1333 MPa (1)
πd 3 π(1) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 1333 > 995 MPa; the spring is not solid safe. Solve Eq. (1) for ys giving
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (995/1.2)(π)(1) 3
ys′ = = = 5.43 mm
8K B k D 8(1.287)(9.165)(5.1)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 10.4 + 5.43 = 15.83 mm
Wind the spring to a free length of 15.83 mm. Ans.

10-15 Given: A229 (OQ&T spring steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 3.4 mm, OD = 50.8 mm, L 0 =
74.6 mm, Nt = 5.25.
Table 10-4: A = 1855 MPa · mmm , m = 0.187
Table 10-5: G = 77.2 GPa
D = OD − d = 50.8 − 3.4 = 47.4 mm
C = D/d = 47.4/3.4 = 13.94 (large)
Na = Nt − 2 = 5.25 − 2 = 3.25 turns
4(13.94) + 2
KB = = 1.095
4(13.94) − 3
1855
Sut = = 1476 MPa
(3.4) 0.187
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.50(1476) = 737.8 MPa
d4G (3.4) 4 (77.2) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
 
k= = = 0.003 75(106 )
8D 3 Na 8(47.4) 3 (3.25) (10−3 ) 3
= 3750 N/m or 3.750 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 3.4(5.25) = 17.85
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 74.6 − 17.85 = 56.75 mm
 
8(kys ) D
τs = K B
πd 3
 
8(3.750)(56.75)(47.4)
= 1.095 = 720.2 MPa (1)
π(3.4) 3

τs < Ssy , that is, 720.2 < 737.8 MPa

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 271

∴ The spring is solid safe. With n s = 1.2,

(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (737.8/1.2)(π)(3.4) 3

ys′ = = = 48.76 mm
8K B k D 8(1.095)(3.75)(47.4)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 17.85 + 48.76 = 66.61 mm
Wind the spring to a free length of 66.61 mm. Ans.

10-16 Given: B159 (phosphor bronze), SQ&GRD ends, d = 3.7 mm, OD = 25.4 mm, L 0 =
95.3 mm, Nt = 13 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 932 MPa · mmm , m = 0.064
Table 10-5: G = 41.4 GPa
D = OD − d = 25.4 − 3.7 = 21.7 mm
C = D/d = 21.7/3.7 = 5.865
4(5.865) + 2
KB = = 1.244
4(5.865) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 13 − 2 = 11 turns
932
Sut = = 857.1 MPa
(3.7) 0.064
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.35(857.1) = 300 MPa

d4G (3.7) 4 (41.4) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )

 
k= 3
= 3 − 3 3
= 0.008 629(106 )
8D Na 8(21.7) (11) (10 )
= 8629 N/m or 8.629 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 3.7(13) = 48.1 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 95.3 − 48.1 = 47.2 mm
 
8(kys ) D
τs = K B
πd 3
 
8(8.629)(47.2)(21.7)
= 1.244 = 553 MPa (1)
π(3.7) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 553 > 300 MPa; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (300/1.2)(π)(3.7) 3
ys′ = = = 21.35 mm
8K B k D 8(1.244)(8.629)(21.7)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 48.1 + 21.35 = 69.45 mm

Wind the spring to a free length of 69.45 mm. Ans.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
272 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

10-17 Given: A232 (Cr-V steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 4.3 mm, OD = 76.2 mm, L 0 =
228.6 mm, Nt = 8 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 2005 MPa · mmm , m = 0.168
Table 10-5: G = 77.2 GPa
D = OD − d = 76.2 − 4.3 = 71.9 mm
C = D/d = 71.9/4.3 = 16.72 (large)
4(16.72) + 2
KB = = 1.078
4(16.72) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 8 − 2 = 6 turns
2005
Sut = = 1569 MPa
(4.3) 0.168
Table 10-6:
Ssy = 0.50(1569) = 784.5 MPa
d4G (4.3) 4 (77.2) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
 
k= 3
= 3 − 3 3
= 0.001 479(106 )
8D Na 8(71.9) (6) (10 )
= 1479 N/m or 1.479 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 4.3(8) = 34.4 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 228.6 − 34.4 = 194.2 mm
   
8(kys ) D 8(1.479)(194.2)(71.9)
τs = K B = 1.078 = 713.0 MPa (1)
πd 3 π(4.3) 3
τs < Ssy , that is, 713.0 < 784.5; the spring is solid safe. With n s = 1.2
Eq. (1) becomes
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (784.5/1.2)(π)(4.3) 3
ys′ = = = 178.1 mm
8K B k D 8(1.078)(1.479)(71.9)
L ′0 = L s + ys′ = 34.4 + 178.1 = 212.5 mm

Wind the spring to a free length of L ′0 = 212.5 mm. Ans.

10-18 For the wire diameter analyzed, G = 11.75 Mpsi per Table 10-5. Use squared and ground
ends. The following is a spread-sheet study using Fig. 10-3 for parts (a) and (b). For Na ,
k = 20/2 = 10 lbf/in.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 273

(a) Spring over a Rod (b) Spring in a Hole

Source Parameter Values Source Parameter Values
d 0.075 0.08 0.085 d 0.075 0.08 0.085
D 0.875 0.88 0.885 D 0.875 0.870 0.865
ID 0.800 0.800 0.800 ID 0.800 0.790 0.780
OD 0.950 0.960 0.970 OD 0.950 0.950 0.950
Eq. (10-2) C 11.667 11.000 10.412 Eq. (10-2) C 11.667 10.875 10.176
Eq. (10-9) Na 6.937 8.828 11.061 Eq. (10-9) Na 6.937 9.136 11.846
Table 10-1 Nt 8.937 10.828 13.061 Table 10-1 Nt 8.937 11.136 13.846
Table 10-1 Ls 0.670 0.866 1.110 Table 10-1 Ls 0.670 0.891 1.177
1.15y + L s L0 2.970 3.166 3.410 1.15y + L s L0 2.970 3.191 3.477
Eq. (10-13) (L 0 ) cr 4.603 4.629 4.655 Eq. (10-13) (L 0 ) cr 4.603 4.576 4.550
Table 10-4 A 201.000 201.000 201.000 Table 10-4 A 201.000 201.000 201.000
Table 10-4 m 0.145 0.145 0.145 Table 10-4 m 0.145 0.145 0.145
Eq. (10-14) Sut 292.626 289.900 287.363 Eq. (10-14) Sut 292.626 289.900 287.363
Table 10-6 Ssy 131.681 130.455 129.313 Table 10-6 Ssy 131.681 130.455 129.313
Eq. (10-6) KB 1.115 1.122 1.129 Eq. (10-6) KB 1.115 1.123 1.133
Eq. (10-3) ns 0.973 1.155 1.357 Eq. (10-3) ns 0.973 1.167 1.384
Eq. (10-22) fom −0.282 −0.391 −0.536 Eq. (10-22) fom −0.282 −0.398 −0.555

For n s ≥ 1.2, the optimal size is d = 0.085 in for both cases.

10-19 From the figure: L 0 = 120 mm, OD = 50 mm, and d = 3.4 mm. Thus
D = OD − d = 50 − 3.4 = 46.6 mm
(a) By counting, Nt = 12.5 turns. Since the ends are squared along 1/4 turn on each end,
Na = 12.5 − 0.5 = 12 turns Ans.
p = 120/12 = 10 mm Ans.
The solid stack is 13 diameters across the top and 12 across the bottom.
L s = 13(3.4) = 44.2 mm Ans.
(b) d = 3.4/25.4 = 0.1339 in and from Table 10-5, G = 78.6 GPa
d4G (3.4) 4 (78.6)(109 )
k= 3
= 3
(10−3 ) = 1080 N/m Ans.
8D Na 8(46.6) (12)
(c) Fs = k(L 0 − L s ) = 1080(120 − 44.2)(10−3 ) = 81.9 N Ans.
(d) C = D/d = 46.6/3.4 = 13.71
4(13.71) + 2
KB = = 1.096
4(13.71) − 3
8K B Fs D 8(1.096)(81.9)(46.6)
τs = 3
= = 271 MPa Ans.
πd π(3.4) 3

10-20 One approach is to select A227-47 HD steel for its low cost. Then, for y1 ≤ 3/8 at
F1 = 10 lbf, k ≥10/ 0.375 = 26.67 lbf/in . Try d = 0.080 in #14 gauge
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
274 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

For a clearance of 0.05 in: ID = (7/16) + 0.05 = 0.4875 in; OD = 0.4875 + 0.16 =
0.6475 in
D = 0.4875 + 0.080 = 0.5675 in
C = 0.5675/0.08 = 7.094
G = 11.5 Mpsi
d4G (0.08) 4 (11.5)(106 )
Na = = = 12.0 turns
8k D 3 8(26.67)(0.5675) 3
Nt = 12 + 2 = 14 turns, L s = d Nt = 0.08(14) = 1.12 in O.K.
L 0 = 1.875 in, ys = 1.875 − 1.12 = 0.755 in
Fs = kys = 26.67(0.755) = 20.14 lbf
4(7.094) + 2
KB = = 1.197
4(7.094) − 3
   
8Fs D 8(20.14)(0.5675)
τs = K B = 1.197 = 68 046 psi
πd 3 π(0.08) 3
Table 10-4: A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190
140
Ssy = 0.45 = 101.8 kpsi
(0.080) 0.190
101.8
n= = 1.50 > 1.2 O.K.
68.05
F1 10
τ1 = τs = (68.05) = 33.79 kpsi,
Fs 20.14
101.8
n1 = = 3.01 > 1.5 O.K.
33.79
There is much latitude for reducing the amount of material. Iterate on y1 using a spread
sheet. The final results are: y1 = 0.32 in, k = 31.25 lbf/in, Na = 10.3 turns, Nt =
12.3 turns, L s = 0.985 in, L 0 = 1.820 in, ys = 0.835 in, Fs = 26.1 lbf, K B = 1.197,
τs = 88 190 kpsi, n s = 1.15, and n 1 = 3.01.
ID = 0.4875 in, OD = 0.6475 in, d = 0.080 in
Try other sizes and/or materials.

10-21 A stock spring catalog may have over two hundred pages of compression springs with up
to 80 springs per page listed.
• Students should be aware that such catalogs exist.
• Many springs are selected from catalogs rather than designed.
• The wire size you want may not be listed.
• Catalogs may also be available on disk or the web through search routines. For exam-
ple, disks are available from Century Spring at
1 − (800) − 237 − 5225
www.centuryspring.com
• It is better to familiarize yourself with vendor resources rather than invent them yourself.
• Sample catalog pages can be given to students for study.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 275

10-22 For a coil radius given by:

R2 − R1
R = R1 + θ
2π N
The torsion of a section is T = P R where d L = R dθ
  2π N
∂U 1 ∂T 1
δp = = T dL = P R 3 dθ
∂P GJ ∂P GJ 0
R2 − R1 3
 2π N  
P
= R1 + θ dθ
GJ 0 2π N
  
2π N
R2 − R1 4

 
P 1 2π N
= R1 + θ

GJ 4 R2 − R1 2π N

0
πPN
4 4
 πPN
( R1 + R2 ) R12 + R22


= R2 − R1 =
2G J ( R2 − R1 ) 2G J
π 16P N
J = d 4 ∴ δp =

2 2

( R 1 + R 2 ) R 1 + R 2
32 Gd 4
P d4G
k= = Ans.
16N ( R1 + R2 ) R12 + R22


δp

10-23 For a food service machinery application select A313 Stainless wire.
G = 10(106 ) psi
Note that for 0.013 ≤ d ≤ 0.10 in A = 169, m = 0.146
0.10 < d ≤ 0.20 in A = 128, m = 0.263
18 − 4 18 + 4
Fa = = 7 lbf, Fm = = 11 lbf, r = 7/11
2 2
169
Try d = 0.080 in, Sut = = 244.4 kpsi
(0.08) 0.146
Ssu = 0.67Sut = 163.7 kpsi, Ssy = 0.35Sut = 85.5 kpsi
Try unpeened using Zimmerli’s endurance data: Ssa = 35 kpsi, Ssm = 55 kpsi
Ssa 35
Gerber: Sse = 2
= = 39.5 kpsi
1 − (Ssm /Ssu ) 1 − (55/163.7) 2
  
2 2   2 
(7/11) (163.7) 2(39.5)
Ssa = −1 + 1 + = 35.0 kpsi
2(39.5)  (7/11)(163.7) 

α = Ssa /n f = 35.0/1.5 = 23.3 kpsi

 
8Fa −3 8(7)
β= 2
(10 ) = 2
(10−3 ) = 2.785 kpsi
πd π(0.08 )

2(23.3) − 2.785 2

2(23.3) − 2.785 3(23.3)
C= + − = 6.97
4(2.785) 4(2.785) 4(2.785)
D = Cd = 6.97(0.08) = 0.558 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
276 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4(6.97) + 2
KB = = 1.201
4(6.97) − 3
   
8Fa D 8(7)(0.558) −3
τa = K B = 1.201 (10 ) = 23.3 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.083 )
n f = 35/23.3 = 1.50 checks
Gd 4 10(106 )(0.08) 4
Na = = = 31.02 turns
8k D 3 8(9.5)(0.558) 3
Nt = 31 + 2 = 33 turns, L s = d Nt = 0.08(33) = 2.64 in
ymax = Fmax /k = 18/9.5 = 1.895 in,
ys = (1 + ξ ) ymax = (1 + 0.15)(1.895) = 2.179 in
L 0 = 2.64 + 2.179 = 4.819 in
D 2.63(0.558)
(L 0 ) cr = 2.63= = 2.935 in
α 0.5
τs = 1.15(18/7)τa = 1.15(18/7)(23.3) = 68.9 kpsi
n s = Ssy /τs = 85.5/68.9 = 1.24
 
kg 9.5(386)
f = 2 2
= 2 2
= 109 Hz
π d D Na γ π (0.08 )(0.558)(31.02)(0.283)
These steps are easily implemented on a spreadsheet, as shown below, for different
diameters.

d1 d2 d3 d4
d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205
m 0.146 0.146 0.263 0.263
A 169.000 169.000 128.000 128.000
Sut 244.363 239.618 231.257 223.311
Ssu 163.723 160.544 154.942 149.618
Ssy 85.527 83.866 80.940 78.159
Sse 39.452 39.654 40.046 40.469
Ssa 35.000 35.000 35.000 35.000
α 23.333 23.333 23.333 23.333
β 2.785 2.129 1.602 1.228
C 6.977 9.603 13.244 17.702
D 0.558 0.879 1.397 2.133
KB 1.201 1.141 1.100 1.074
τa 23.333 23.333 23.333 23.333
nf 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
Na 30.893 13.594 5.975 2.858
Nt 32.993 15.594 7.975 4.858
Ls 2.639 1.427 0.841 0.585
ys 2.179 2.179 2.179 2.179
L0 4.818 3.606 3.020 2.764
(L 0 ) cr 2.936 4.622 7.350 11.220
τs 69.000 69.000 69.000 69.000
ns 1.240 1.215 1.173 1.133
f (Hz) 108.895 114.578 118.863 121.775
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 277

The shaded areas depict conditions outside the recommended design conditions. Thus,
one spring is satisfactory–A313, as wound, unpeened, squared and ground,
d = 0.0915 in, OD = 0.879 + 0.092 = 0.971 in, Nt = 15.59 turns

10-24 The steps are the same as in Prob. 10-23 except that the Gerber-Zimmerli criterion is
replaced with Goodman-Zimmerli:
Ssa
Sse =
1 − (Ssm /Ssu )
The problem then proceeds as in Prob. 10-23. The results for the wire sizes are shown
below (see solution to Prob. 10-23 for additional details).

Iteration of d for the first trial

d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205 d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205
m 0.146 0.146 0.263 0.263 KB 1.151 1.108 1.078 1.058
A 169.000 169.000 128.000 128.000 τa 29.008 29.040 29.090 29.127
Sut 244.363 239.618 231.257 223.311 nf 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
Ssu 163.723 160.544 154.942 149.618 Na 14.191 6.456 2.899 1.404
Ssy 85.527 83.866 80.940 78.159 Nt 16.191 8.456 4.899 3.404
Sse 52.706 53.239 54.261 55.345 Ls 1.295 0.774 0.517 0.410
Ssa 43.513 43.560 43.634 43.691 ys 2.179 2.179 2.179 2.179
α 29.008 29.040 29.090 29.127 L0 3.474 2.953 2.696 2.589
β 2.785 2.129 1.602 1.228 (L 0 ) cr 3.809 5.924 9.354 14.219
C 9.052 12.309 16.856 22.433 τs 85.782 85.876 86.022 86.133
D 0.724 1.126 1.778 2.703 ns 0.997 0.977 0.941 0.907
f (Hz) 141.284 146.853 151.271 154.326
Without checking all of the design conditions, it is obvious that none of the wire sizes
satisfy n s ≥ 1.2. Also, the Gerber line is closer to the yield line than the Goodman. Setting
n f = 1.5 for Goodman makes it impossible to reach the yield line (n s < 1) . The table
below uses n f = 2.
Iteration of d for the second trial
d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4
d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205 d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205
m 0.146 0.146 0.263 0.263 KB 1.221 1.154 1.108 1.079
A 169.000 169.000 128.000 128.000 τa 21.756 21.780 21.817 21.845
Sut 244.363 239.618 231.257 223.311 nf 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000
Ssu 163.723 160.544 154.942 149.618 Na 40.243 17.286 7.475 3.539
Ssy 85.527 83.866 80.940 78.159 Nt 42.243 19.286 9.475 5.539
Sse 52.706 53.239 54.261 55.345 Ls 3.379 1.765 1.000 0.667
Ssa 43.513 43.560 43.634 43.691 ys 2.179 2.179 2.179 2.179
α 21.756 21.780 21.817 21.845 L0 5.558 3.944 3.179 2.846
β 2.785 2.129 1.602 1.228 (L 0 ) cr 2.691 4.266 6.821 10.449
C 6.395 8.864 12.292 16.485 τs 64.336 64.407 64.517 64.600
D 0.512 0.811 1.297 1.986 ns 1.329 1.302 1.255 1.210
f (Hz) 99.816 105.759 110.312 113.408
The satisfactory spring has design specifications of: A313, as wound, unpeened, squared
and ground, d = 0.0915 in, OD = 0.811 + 0.092 = 0.903 in , Nt = 19.3 turns.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
278 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

10-25 This is the same as Prob. 10-23 since Sse = Ssa = 35 kpsi. Therefore, design the spring
using: A313, as wound, un-peened, squared and ground, d = 0.915 in, OD = 0.971 in,
Nt = 15.59 turns.

10-26 For the Gerber fatigue-failure criterion, Ssu = 0.67S

ut , 
 2
2 2 
Ssa r Ssu  2Sse
Sse = , Ssa = −1 + 1+ 
1 − (Ssm /Ssu ) 2 2Sse r Ssu
The equation for Ssa is the basic difference. The last 2 columns of diameters of Ex. 10-5
are presented below with additional calculations.

d = 0.105 d = 0.112 d = 0.105 d = 0.112

Sut 278.691 276.096 Na 8.915 6.190
Ssu 186.723 184.984 Ls 1.146 0.917
Sse 38.325 38.394 L0 3.446 3.217
Ssy 125.411 124.243 (L 0 ) cr 6.630 8.160
Ssa 34.658 34.652 KB 1.111 1.095
α 23.105 23.101 τa 23.105 23.101
β 1.732 1.523 nf 1.500 1.500
C 12.004 13.851 τs 70.855 70.844
D 1.260 1.551 ns 1.770 1.754
ID 1.155 1.439 fn 105.433 106.922
OD 1.365 1.663 fom −0.973 −1.022

There are only slight changes in the results.

10-27 As in Prob. 10-26, the basic change is Ssa .

Ssa
For Goodman, Sse =
1 − (Ssm /Ssu )
Recalculate Ssa with
r Sse Ssu
Ssa =
r Ssu + Sse
Calculations for the last 2 diameters of Ex. 10-5 are given below.

d = 0.105 d = 0.112 d = 0.105 d = 0.112

Sut 278.691 276.096 Na 9.153 6.353
Ssu 186.723 184.984 Ls 1.171 0.936
Sse 49.614 49.810 L0 3.471 3.236
Ssy 125.411 124.243 (L 0 ) cr 6.572 8.090
Ssa 34.386 34.380 KB 1.112 1.096
α 22.924 22.920 τa 22.924 22.920
β 1.732 1.523 nf 1.500 1.500
C 11.899 13.732 τs 70.301 70.289
D 1.249 1.538 ns 1.784 1.768
ID 1.144 1.426 fn 104.509 106.000
OD 1.354 1.650 fom −0.986 −1.034

There are only slight differences in the results.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 279

10-28 Use: E = 28.6 Mpsi, G = 11.5 Mpsi, A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190, rel cost = 1.
140
Try d = 0.067 in, Sut = = 234.0 kpsi
(0.067) 0.190
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45Sut = 105.3 kpsi
Table 10-7: S y = 0.75Sut = 175.5 kpsi
Eq. (10-34) with D/d = C and C1 = C
Fmax Sy
σA = 2
[(K ) A (16C) + 4] =
πd ny
4C 2 − C − 1 πd 2 S y
(16C) + 4 =
4C(C − 1) n y Fmax
πd 2 S y
 
2
4C − C − 1 = (C − 1) −1
4n y Fmax
πd 2 S y 1 πd 2 S y
   
2 1
C − 1+ −1 C + −2 =0
4 4n y Fmax 4 4n y Fmax
  
2 2
2 2
1 πd S y πd S y πd S y
C=  ± − + 2  take positive root
2 16n y Fmax 16n y Fmax 4n y Fmax

1 π(0.0672 )(175.5)(103 )
=
2 16(1.5)(18)
 
 2 3
2 2 3
π(0.067) (175.5)(10 ) π(0.067) (175.5)(10 ) 
+ − + 2 = 4.590
16(1.5)(18) 4(1.5)(18) 
D = Cd = 0.3075 in
πd 3 τi πd 3
  
33 500 C −3
Fi = = ± 1000 4 −
8D 8D exp(0.105C) 6.5
Use the lowest Fi in the preferred range. This results in the best fom.
π(0.067) 3
  
33 500 4.590 − 3
Fi = − 1000 4 − = 6.505 lbf
8(0.3075) exp[0.105(4.590)] 6.5
For simplicity, we will round up to the next integer or half integer;
therefore, use Fi = 7 lbf
18 − 7
k= = 22 lbf/in
0.5
d4G (0.067) 4 (11.5)(106 )
Na = = = 45.28 turns
8k D 3 8(22)(0.3075) 3
G 11.5
Nb = Na − = 45.28 − = 44.88 turns
E 28.6
L 0 = (2C − 1 + Nb )d = [2(4.590) − 1 + 44.88](0.067) = 3.555 in
L 18 lbf = 3.555 + 0.5 = 4.055 in
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
280 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

4C + 2 4(4.590) + 2
Body: K B = = = 1.326
4C − 3 4(4.590) − 3
8K B Fmax D 8(1.326)(18)(0.3075)
τmax = 3
= 3
(10−3 ) = 62.1 kpsi
πd π(0.067)
Ssy 105.3
(n y ) body = = = 1.70
τmax 62.1
2r2 2(0.134)
r2 = 2d = 2(0.067) = 0.134 in, C2 = = =4
d 0.067
4C2 − 1 4(4) − 1
(K ) B = = = 1.25
4C2 − 4 4(4) − 4
   
8Fmax D 8(18)(0.3075)
τ B = (K ) B = 1.25 (10−3 ) = 58.58 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.067) 3
Ssy 105.3
(n y ) B = = = 1.80
τB 58.58
π 2 d 2 ( Nb + 2) D π 2 (0.067) 2 (44.88 + 2)(0.3075)
fom = −(1) =− = −0.160
4 4
Several diameters, evaluated using a spreadsheet, are shown below.

d: 0.067 0.072 0.076 0.081 0.085 0.09 0.095 0.104

Sut 233.977 230.799 228.441 225.692 223.634 221.219 218.958 215.224
Ssy 105.290 103.860 102.798 101.561 100.635 99.548 98.531 96.851
Sy 175.483 173.100 171.331 169.269 167.726 165.914 164.218 161.418
C 4.589 5.412 6.099 6.993 7.738 8.708 9.721 11.650
D 0.307 0.390 0.463 0.566 0.658 0.784 0.923 1.212
Fi (calc) 6.505 5.773 5.257 4.675 4.251 3.764 3.320 2.621
Fi (rd) 7.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0
k 22.000 24.000 25.000 26.000 27.000 28.000 29.000 30.000
Na 45.29 27.20 19.27 13.10 9.77 7.00 5.13 3.15
Nb 44.89 26.80 18.86 12.69 9.36 6.59 4.72 2.75
L0 3.556 2.637 2.285 2.080 2.026 2.071 2.201 2.605
L 18 lbf 4.056 3.137 2.785 2.580 2.526 2.571 2.701 3.105
KB 1.326 1.268 1.234 1.200 1.179 1.157 1.139 1.115
τmax 62.118 60.686 59.707 58.636 57.875 57.019 56.249 55.031
(n y ) body 1.695 1.711 1.722 1.732 1.739 1.746 1.752 1.760
τB 58.576 59.820 60.495 61.067 61.367 61.598 61.712 61.712
(n y ) B 1.797 1.736 1.699 1.663 1.640 1.616 1.597 1.569
(n y ) A 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
fom −0.160 −0.144 −0.138 −0.135 −0.133 −0.135 −0.138 −0.154

Except for the 0.067 in wire, all springs satisfy the requirements of length and number of
coils. The 0.085 in wire has the highest fom.
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 281

10-29 Given: Nb = 84 coils, Fi = 16 lbf, OQ&T steel, OD = 1.5 in, d = 0.162 in.
D = 1.5 − 0.162 =1.338 in
(a) Eq. (10-39):
L 0 = 2( D − d) + ( Nb + 1)d
= 2(1.338 − 0.162) + (84 + 1)(0.162) = 16.12 in Ans.
or 2d + L 0 = 2(0.162) + 16.12 = 16.45 in overall.
D 1.338
(b) C= = = 8.26
d 0.162
4(8.26) + 2
KB = = 1.166
4(8.26) − 3
   
8Fi D 8(16)(1.338)
τi = K B = 1.166 = 14 950 psi Ans.
πd 3 π(0.162) 3
(c) From Table 10-5 use: G = 11.4(106 ) psi and E = 28.5(106 ) psi
G 11.4
Na = Nb + = 84 + = 84.4 turns
E 28.5
d4G (0.162) 4 (11.4)(106 )
k= = = 4.855 lbf/in Ans.
8D 3 Na 8(1.338) 3 (84.4)
(d) Table 10-4: A = 147 psi · inm , m = 0.187
147
Sut = = 207.1 kpsi
(0.162) 0.187
S y = 0.75(207.1) = 155.3 kpsi
Ssy = 0.50(207.1) = 103.5 kpsi
Body
πd 3 Ssy
F=
π KB D
π(0.162) 3 (103.5)(103 )
= = 110.8 lbf
8(1.166)(1.338)
Torsional stress on hook point B
2r2 2(0.25 + 0.162/2)
C2 = = = 4.086
d 0.162
4C2 − 1 4(4.086) − 1
(K ) B = = = 1.243
4C2 − 4 4(4.086) − 4
π(0.162) 3 (103.5)(103 )
F= = 103.9 lbf
8(1.243)(1.338)
Normal stress on hook point A
2r1 1.338
C1 = = = 8.26
d 0.162
4C12 − C1 − 1 4(8.26) 2 − 8.26 − 1
(K ) A = = = 1.099
4C1 (C1 − 1) 4(8.26)(8.26 − 1)
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
282 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

 
16(K ) A D 4
S yt = σ = F +
πd 3 πd 2
155.3(103 )
F= = 85.8 lbf
[16(1.099)(1.338)]/[π(0.162) 3 ] + {4/[π(0.162) 2 ]}
= min(110.8, 103.9, 85.8) = 85.8 lbf Ans.

(e) Eq. (10-48):

F − Fi 85.8 − 16
y= = = 14.4 in Ans.
k 4.855

10-30 Fmin = 9 lbf, Fmax = 18 lbf

18 − 9 18 + 9
Fa = = 4.5 lbf, Fm = = 13.5 lbf
2 2
A313 stainless: 0.013 ≤ d ≤ 0.1 A = 169 kpsi · inm , m = 0.146
0.1 ≤ d ≤ 0.2 A = 128 kpsi · inm , m = 0.263
E = 28 Mpsi, G = 10 Gpsi
Try d = 0.081 in and refer to the discussion following Ex. 10-7
169
Sut = = 243.9 kpsi
(0.081) 0.146
Ssu = 0.67Sut = 163.4 kpsi
Ssy = 0.35Sut = 85.4 kpsi
Sy = 0.55Sut = 134.2 kpsi

Table 10-8: Sr = 0.45Sut = 109.8 kpsi

Sr /2 109.8/2
Se = = = 57.8 kpsi
1 − [Sr /(2Sut )]2 1 − [(109.8/2)/243.9]2
r = Fa /Fm = 4.5/13.5 = 0.333
  
2 2  2
r Sut  2Se
Table 6-7: Sa = −1 + 1 + 
2Se r Sut
  
2 2  2
(0.333) (243.9 )  2(57.8)
Sa = −1 + 1 +  = 42.2 kpsi
2(57.8) 0.333(243.9)
Hook bending
 
16C 4 Sa Sa
(σa ) A = Fa (K ) A 2 + = =
πd πd 2 (n f ) A 2
4.5 (4C 2 − C − 1)16C
 
Sa
2
+4 =
πd 4C(C − 1) 2
This equation reduces to a quadratic in C—see Prob. 10-28
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 283

The useable root for C is

  
2  2 2 2
πd Sa πd Sa πd Sa
C = 0.5  + − + 2
144 144 36
  
 π(0.081) 2 (42.2)(103 )  2 3
2 2 3
π(0.081) (42.2)(10 ) π(0.081) (42.2)(10 ) 
= 0.5 + − +2
 144 144 36 

= 4.91
D = Cd = 0.398 in
πd 3 τi πd 3
  
33 500 C −3
Fi = = ± 1000 4 −
8D 8D exp(0.105C) 6.5
Use the lowest Fi in the preferred range.
π(0.081) 3
  
33 500 4.91 − 3
Fi = − 1000 4 −
8(0.398) exp[0.105(4.91)] 6.5
= 8.55 lbf
For simplicity we will round up to next 1/4 integer.
Fi = 8.75 lbf
18 − 9
k= = 36 lbf/in
0.25
d4G (0.081) 4 (10)(106 )
Na = = = 23.7 turns
8k D 3 8(36)(0.398) 3
G 10
Nb = Na − = 23.7 − = 23.3 turns
E 28
L 0 = (2C − 1 + Nb )d = [2(4.91) − 1 + 23.3](0.081) = 2.602 in
L max = L 0 + ( Fmax − Fi )/k = 2.602 + (18 − 8.75)/36 = 2.859 in
4.5(4) 4C 2 − C − 1
 
(σa ) A = +1
πd 2 C −1
18(10−3 ) 4(4.912 ) − 4.91 − 1
 
= + 1 = 21.1 kpsi
π(0.0812 ) 4.91 − 1
Sa 42.2
(n f ) A = = = 2 checks
(σa ) A 21.1
4C + 2 4(4.91) + 2
Body: KB = = = 1.300
4C − 3 4(4.91) − 3
8(1.300)(4.5)(0.398)
τa = (10−3 ) = 11.16 kpsi
π(0.081) 3
Fm 13.5
τm = τa = (11.16) = 33.47 kpsi
Fa 4.5
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
284 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

The repeating allowable stress from Table 7-8 is

Ssr = 0.30Sut = 0.30(243.9) = 73.17 kpsi
The Gerber intercept is
73.17/2
Sse = = 38.5 kpsi
1 − [(73.17/2)/163.4]2
From Table 6-7,  
 2     2 
1 163.4 11.16 2(33.47)(38.5)
(n f ) body = −1 + 1 + = 2.53
2 33.47 38.5  163.4(11.16) 
Let r2 = 2d = 2(0.081) = 0.162
2r2 4(4) − 1
C2 = = 4, (K ) B = = 1.25
d 4(4) − 4
(K ) B 1.25
(τa ) B = τa = (11.16) = 10.73 kpsi
KB 1.30
(K ) B 1.25
(τm ) B = τm = (33.47) = 32.18 kpsi
KB 1.30
Table 10-8: (Ssr ) B = 0.28Sut = 0.28(243.9) = 68.3 kpsi
68.3/2
(Sse ) B = = 35.7 kpsi
1 − [(68.3/2)/163.4]2
  
 2    2 
1 163.4 10.73 2(32.18)(35.7)
(n f ) B = −1 + 1 + = 2.51
2 32.18 35.7  163.4(10.73) 
Yield
Bending:
4Fmax (4C 2 − C − 1)
 
(σ A ) max = +1
πd 2 C −1
4(4.91) 2 − 4.91 − 1
 
4(18)
= 2
+ 1 (10−3 ) = 84.4 kpsi
π(0.081 ) 4.91 − 1
134.2
(n y ) A = = 1.59
84.4
Body:
τi = ( Fi /Fa )τa = (8.75/4.5)(11.16) = 21.7 kpsi
r = τa /(τm − τi ) = 11.16/(33.47 − 21.7) = 0.948
r 0.948
(Ssa ) y = (Ssy − τi ) = (85.4 − 21.7) = 31.0 kpsi
r +1 0.948 + 1
(Ssa ) y 31.0
(n y ) body = = = 2.78
τa 11.16
Hook shear:
Ssy = 0.3Sut = 0.3(243.9) = 73.2 kpsi
τmax = (τa ) B + (τm ) B = 10.73 + 32.18 = 42.9 kpsi
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 285

73.2
(n y ) B = = 1.71
42.9
7.6π 2 d 2 ( Nb + 2) D 7.6π 2 (0.081) 2 (23.3 + 2)(0.398)
fom = − =− = −1.239
4 4
A tabulation of several wire sizes follow

d 0.081 0.085 0.092 0.098 0.105 0.12

Sut 243.920 242.210 239.427 237.229 234.851 230.317
Ssu 163.427 162.281 160.416 158.943 157.350 154.312
Sr 109.764 108.994 107.742 106.753 105.683 103.643
Se 57.809 57.403 56.744 56.223 55.659 54.585
Sa 42.136 41.841 41.360 40.980 40.570 39.786
C 4.903 5.484 6.547 7.510 8.693 11.451
D 0.397 0.466 0.602 0.736 0.913 1.374
OD 0.478 0.551 0.694 0.834 1.018 1.494
Fi (calc) 8.572 7.874 6.798 5.987 5.141 3.637
Fi (rd) 8.75 9.75 10.75 11.75 12.75 13.75
k 36.000 36.000 36.000 36.000 36.000 36.000
Na 23.86 17.90 11.38 8.03 5.55 2.77
Nb 23.50 17.54 11.02 7.68 5.19 2.42
L0 2.617 2.338 2.127 2.126 2.266 2.918
L 18 lbf 2.874 2.567 2.328 2.300 2.412 3.036
(σa ) A 21.068 20.920 20.680 20.490 20.285 19.893
(n f ) A 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000
KB 1.301 1.264 1.216 1.185 1.157 1.117
(τa ) body 11.141 10.994 10.775 10.617 10.457 10.177
(τm ) body 33.424 32.982 32.326 31.852 31.372 30.532
Ssr 73.176 72.663 71.828 71.169 70.455 69.095
Sse 38.519 38.249 37.809 37.462 37.087 36.371
(n f ) body 2.531 2.547 2.569 2.583 2.596 2.616
(K ) B 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250 1.250
(τa ) B 10.705 10.872 11.080 11.200 11.294 11.391
(τm ) B 32.114 32.615 33.240 33.601 33.883 34.173
(Ssr ) B 68.298 67.819 67.040 66.424 65.758 64.489
(Sse ) B 35.708 35.458 35.050 34.728 34.380 33.717
(n f ) B 2.519 2.463 2.388 2.341 2.298 2.235
Sy 134.156 133.215 131.685 130.476 129.168 126.674
(σ A ) max 84.273 83.682 82.720 81.961 81.139 79.573
(n y ) A 1.592 1.592 1.592 1.592 1.592 1.592
τi 21.663 23.820 25.741 27.723 29.629 31.097
r 0.945 1.157 1.444 1.942 2.906 4.703
(Ssy ) body 85.372 84.773 83.800 83.030 82.198 80.611
(Ssa ) y 30.958 32.688 34.302 36.507 39.109 40.832
(n y ) body 2.779 2.973 3.183 3.438 3.740 4.012
(Ssy ) B 73.176 72.663 71.828 71.169 70.455 69.095
(τ B ) max 42.819 43.486 44.321 44.801 45.177 45.564
(n y ) B 1.709 1.671 1.621 1.589 1.560 1.516
fom −1.246 −1.234 −1.245 −1.283 −1.357 −1.639
optimal fom

The shaded areas show the conditions not satisfied.

Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
286 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

10-31 For the hook,

R ⫽ D兾2
M = F R sin θ, ∂ M/∂ F = R sin θ
F
␪  π/2
1 π P R3
δF = F R 2 sin2 R dθ =
EI 0 2 EI
The total deflection of the body and the two hooks

8F D 3 Nb π F R3 8F D 3 Nb π F( D/2) 3
δ= + 2 = +
d4G 2 EI d4G E(π/64)(d 4 )
8F D 3 8F D 3 Na
 
G
= 4 Nb + =
d G E d4G
G
⬖ Na = Nb + QED
E

10-32 Table 10-4 for A227:

A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190
Table 10-5: E = 28.5(106 ) psi
140
Sut = = 197.8 kpsi
(0.162) 0.190
Eq. (10-57):
Sy = σall = 0.78(197.8) = 154.3 kpsi
D = 1.25 − 0.162 = 1.088 in
C = D/d = 1.088/0.162 = 6.72
4C 2 − C − 1 4(6.72) 2 − 6.72 − 1
Ki = = = 1.125
4C(C − 1) 4(6.72)(6.72 − 1)
32M
From σ = Ki
πd 3
Solving for M for the yield condition,
πd 3 S y π(0.162) 3 (154 300)
My = = = 57.2 lbf · in
32K i 32(1.125)
Count the turns when M = 0
My
N = 2.5 −
d 4 E/(10.8D N )
from which
2.5
N=
1 + [10.8D M y /(d 4 E)]
2.5
= = 2.417 turns
1 + {[10.8(1.088)(57.2)]/[(0.162) 4 (28.5)(106 )]}
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
Chapter 10 287

This means (2.5 − 2.417)(360◦ ) or 29.9◦ from closed. Treating the hand force as in the
middle of the grip
3.5
r =1+ = 2.75 in
2
My 57.2
F= = = 20.8 lbf Ans.
r 2.75

10-33 The spring material and condition are unknown. Given d = 0.081 in and OD = 0.500,
(a) D = 0.500 − 0.081 = 0.419 in
Using E = 28.6 Mpsi for an estimate
d4 E (0.081) 4 (28.6)(106 )
k′ = = = 24.7 lbf · in/turn
10.8D N 10.8(0.419)(11)
for each spring. The moment corresponding to a force of 8 lbf
Fr = (8/2)(3.3125) = 13.25 lbf · in/spring
The fraction windup turn is
Fr 13.25
n= ′
= = 0.536 turns
k 24.7
The arm swings through an arc of slightly less than 180◦ , say 165◦ . This uses up
165/360 or 0.458 turns. So n = 0.536 − 0.458 = 0.078 turns are left (or
0.078(360◦ ) = 28.1◦ ). The original configuration of the spring was

Ans.
28.1⬚

(b) 0.419
C= = 5.17
0.081
4(5.17) 2 − 5.17 − 1
Ki = = 1.168
4(5.17)(5.17 − 1)
32M
σ = Ki
πd 3
 
32(13.25)
= 1.168 = 296 623 psi Ans.
π(0.081) 3
To achieve this stress level, the spring had to have set removed.

10-34 Consider half and double results

3FR
L兾2 ∂M
Straight section: F M = 3F R, = 3R
∂P
Philadelphia University
Mechanical Engineering Design 8th
eng.ahmad jabali
288 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design

Upper 180◦ section:

M = F[R + R(1 − cos φ)]
␾ ∂M
= F R(2 − cos φ), = R(2 − cos φ)
R ∂P
␪
F

Lower section: M = F R sin θ

∂M
= R sin θ
∂P

Considering bending only:

 L/2  π  π/2 
2 2 2 2 2
δ= 9F R dx + F R (2 − cos φ) R dφ + F( R sin θ) R dθ
EI 0 0 0
 
π π   
2F 9 2 3 3 π
= R L + R 4π − 4 sin φ
+ +R

EI 2 0 2 4
2F R 2 19π F R2
 
9
= R+ L = (19π R + 18L) Ans.
EI 4 2 2E I

10-35 Computer programs will vary.

10-36 Computer programs will vary.